WQ0012404_Operation and Maintenance Plan_20160421

April 21, 2016
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Attention: Mr. David Goodrich, Hydrogeologist II
Reference: Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
Dear Mr. Goodrich:
RECEIVED/NCDENR/DWR
APR 2 9 2016
Water Quality Regional
Operations Section
Washington Regional Offos
APR 2 2 206
%bnl wMer�p��,_G_r,uff,
^� Sftw"
S&ME, Inc. (S&ME) is submitting this draft Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Plan to comply with Permit
Condition III (Permit No. WQ0012404) for the land application of nitrogen -enriched groundwater from the
CF Nitrogen, Inc. site in Cofield (Hertford Co.), North Carolina. The O&M Plan is required to be submitted
to the Division of Water Resources for approval as part of Condition 111.2.
S&ME understands that you will review and either approve the O&M Plan or provide comments for
modifying the O&M Plan. We request that you submit your approval via a letter, or send your comments
to Mr. Ed Woloszyn at S&ME via email at [e-mail]. Also, if you have any questions, please
don't hesitate to call Ed at 919-954-6212.
Sincerely,
S&ME, Inc.
Jason Volker, LSS
Project Soil Scientist/ORC
Edmund Woloszyn, Jr., R.E.M.
Principal Scientist / Project Manager
S&ME, Inc. 13201 Spring Forest Road I Raleigh, NC 27616 1 p 919.872.2660 1 f 919.876.3958 1 www.smeinc.com

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
S&ME
CIFNitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
Table of Contents
1.0 Introduction and Purpose (Permit Condition III.1)........................................1
2.0 Groundwater Recovery Operational Functions (Condition III.2.a) ............1
2.1 Groundwater Recovery/Land Application Program Overview................................1
2.1.1 Groundwater Recovery System Major Components...........................................................2
2.1.2 Land Application Equipment..............................................................................................3
2.2 Groundwater Recovery System......................................................................................3
3.0 Groundwater Recovery Maintenance Schedule (Condition II.2.b).............4
4.0 Safety Measures (Condition III.2.c)................................................................... 5
4.1 Groundwater Recovery System......................................................................................6
4.2 Land Application Safety.................................................................................................. 6
5.0 Spill Response Plan (Condition III.2.d)............................................................6
6.0 Inspection Plan (Condition III.2.e).................................................................... 8
6.1 Groundwater Recovery System......................................................................................8
6.2 Land Application Procedures and Equipment.............................................................9
6.3 Inspections of Land Application Operations (Condition III.e.i e.ii and e.iii) ......... 10
7.0 Sampling and Monitoring Plan (Condition III.2.0 ......................................12
List of Tables
Table 2-1 Pump Models and Motor Sizes (Condition III.2.a)................................................................3
Table 3-1 Groundwater Recovery System Maintenance Schedule (Conditions III.2.b & e) .............4
Table 3-2 Personnel / Subcontractor for Repairs and Maintenance Groundwater Recovery System
(Condition III.2.e.i)......................................................................................................................................5
Table 6-1 Groundwater Recovery System Maintenance Schedule (Conditions III.2.b & e) .............8
Table 6-2 Inspectors of Groundwater Recovery System (Condition III.2.e.i).....................................9
Table 6-3 Setbacks (Condition II.5).........................................................................................................10
Table 6-4 Names and Titles of Inspection Personnel (Condition III.e.i)............................................11
Table 7-1 Names and Titles of Inspection Personnel (Condition III.f.i)............................................12
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
ME CF Nitrogen, Inc.
#S&Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
SWE Project No. 1040-98-044Q
Appendices
Appendix I - Non -Discharge Permit
Appendix 11- Groundwater Recovery System Construction Drawings
Appendix III - Equipment Manuals
Appendix IV - Safety Meeting Attendance Log
Appendix V - Inspection Forms and Logs
Appendix VI - Spreader Calibration Instructions
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
#vS&ME
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
1.0 Introduction and Purpose (Permit Condition III.1)
CF Nitrogen, Inc. (CFN), owned by CF Industries Holdings, Inc. (CFIH), owns and operates a groundwater
recovery system to prevent nitrogen -enriched groundwater from discharging to the Chowan River. The
property is located at 100 Farmers Chemical Road. Nitrogen -enriched groundwater is land applied at
agronomic rates to the local agricultural community under a non -discharge permit (Permit No.
WQ002404), which was issued by the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality, Division of
Water Resources (Appendix 1). The non -discharge permit requires an Operation and Maintenance (O&M)
Plan. The purpose of this O&M plan is to ensure the land application process (primarily equipment use
and maintenance) is preventative of contravention of surface water or groundwater standards.
S&ME, Inc. (S&ME) is the engineering firm that designed the groundwater recovery system and developed
the land application program on behalf of CFIH in 1997-1998. S&ME has remained the engineer for
maintaining the groundwater recovery/land application program since 1998. Granville Farms, Inc.
(Granville Farms) is the land application contractor under contract with CFIH. Granville Farms is on -site on
a daily basis and responsible for regular inspections and reporting maintenance issues to S&ME in the
event of equipment failure or non-compliance issues should one occur (i.e., accidental release of nitrogen -
enriched groundwater). Both S&ME and Granville Farms are responsible for maintaining the CFN site and
the land application program.
This O&M Plan primarily pertains to the land application of nitrogen -enriched groundwater as well as the
maintenance, monitoring and upkeep of the groundwater recovery system at Site 11, the CF Nitrogen site.
The groundwater recovery and land application program has been operating efficiently and has
maintained compliance with permit WQ0012404 since 1998.
2.0 Groundwater Recovery Operational Functions (Condition III.2.a)
The groundwater recovery system is automated for continual unmanned operation until the storage basin
is filled with an allowance of two feet of freeboard. The system was approved for construction in 1996 by
the Division of Water Quality (currently the Division of Water Resources) and construction was completed
in 1998. The land application program was fully operational in May 1998.
2.1 Groundwater Recovery/Land Application Program Overview
Groundwater at the CFN site (Site 11 listed in the permit) is recovered by nine recovery wells. The wells
pump groundwater through independent pipes to a transfer station identified as Transfer Pump Station
No. 1 (TSP#1). Each of the nine recovery wells discharge water to a 1,635-gallon polyethylene surge tank.
The surge tank has high and low switches that control flow from the well field to the surge tank. When the
surge tank is empty, the low switch is activated and power to the recovery wells is turned on. When the
high switch inside the surge tank is activated (i.e., the surge tank is nearly full), the system turns on one of
two 5-hp centrifugal pumps. Water is then pumped from the surge tank to a 1-million gallon HDPE lined
storage basin. A water sensor in the storage basin activates the recovery well system at TSP#1 when
water is below 4 feet deep. When the water level reaches 4.1 feet, the water sensor turns off the recovery
well system at TSP#1.
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
S&ME
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
SWE Project No. 1040-98-044Q
To transport the nitrogen -enriched groundwater to the land application fields, tanker trucks pull up to the
loading station, open the top cover to the truck and lower a large hose into the tanker. The truck
operator then turns on a 600-gallon per minute (gpm) centrifugal pump, which pumps water from the
storage basin to the loading basin via 6-inch pipes. After approximately 15 minutes, the tank trailer is
filled with approximately 6,500 gallons of nitrogen -enriched groundwater. The truck operator turns off
the pump, and the driver takes the water to the application field. Groundwater is then transferred to the
land application equipment and is land applied at established agronomic rates.
Construction drawings of the groundwater recovery system are included in Appendix 11.
2.1.1 Groundwater Recovery System Major Components
The major components of the groundwater recovery equipment include the following:
♦ Nine 6-inch groundwater recover wells made of 25 feet of Schedule 40 PVC 0.010-inch wire
wrapped screen with Schedule 40 PVC well risers.
• Control panel for automated on -off well pumps and surge tank levels and surge tank pumps
♦ Nine 4-Inch Grundfos Redi-Flow submersible pumps and submersible Franklin or Grundfos Redi-
Flow motors (ranging in power from 1/2 hp to 1 1/2 hp) delivering a combined flow of all nine
wells of up to —180 gallons per minute
• Transfer Pump Station No. 1 (TPS#1), houses the following components:
• End terminus of each of the nine recovery well transfer pipes
• 1,635-gallon polyethylene surge tank, which receives water from all nine recovery wells
• Totalizer meter installed for each recovery well transfer line with flow rate indicator
Control panel with hour meters and amp meters for each recover well pump
Control switches for surge tank water level cut-off/on.
• Two 5-hp centrifugal pumps set in alternating transfer mode. (-240 gallons per minute each
pump).
• Flow rate totalizer meter monitoring flow from TSP#1 to the storage basin
• Single —1,800 foot, eight -inch transfer line from surge tank to storage basin (below grade)
• A one million gallon storage basin lined with 40-Mil single sided textured HDPE Geomembrane
Originally constructed in 1998 and modified / re -lined with HDPE in 2014.
• Ultrasonic water level indicator installed over the storage basin
♦ 6-inch transfer line from storage basin to a second transfer pump station
• Transfer Pump Station No. 2(TSP#2) houses the following components:
• Gorman -Rupp semi -open impeller self -priming centrifugal 600-gallon per minute pump
• Control panel connected to the ultrasonic water level indicator for automated on -off control
of the entire groundwater recovery system
• Six-inch below grade transfer line from Transfer Pump Station No. 2 to the loading station
• Loading Station with a remote on -off pump switch and an overflow recovery sump with an
overflow sound alarm.
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
#S&ME
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
2.1.2 Land Application Equipment
The major components of the land application equipment include the following:
• 6,500-gallon tractor trailer tankers to haul nitrogen -enriched groundwater to land application
sites.
• Case Tractor
• Houle Self -Loading Liquid Tandem Series Spreader
♦ Wide Body 3250 Series Cadman Traveler
♦ 18,000 gallon frac tank
♦ Terragator Model 903
Equipment manuals are included in Appendix III of this O&M Plan.
2.2 Groundwater Recovery System
There are nine 6-inch recovery wells installed along the northern portion of the CFN site. Each recovery
well is installed to approximately 35 feet below the ground surface and is fitted with a 4-inch submersible
pump and motor. Changing pumps and motors in the wells are conducted on an as -need basis. Care is
required when removing and re -installing the motors as the PVC wire wrapped well screen is delicate and
can be easily damaged.
The horsepower of each motor is dependent on the distance between the well and a surge tank (Table 2-
1)
Table 2-1
Pump Models and Motor Sizes (Condition III.2.a)
Well
RW-1
ModelRecovery
Pump
Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7
1/4 hp
RW-2
Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7
1/4 hp
RW-3
Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7
3/4 hp
RW-4
Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7
1/4 hp
RW-5
Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E7
3/4 hp
RW-6
Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E9 or 25E6
1 hp
RW-7
Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E9 or 25E6
1 hp
RW-g
Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Submersible Pump Model 16E9 or 25E6
1 hp
RW-9
Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Submersible Pump Model 25E8
1 1/2 hp
Note: the 16E# vs the 25E# models have different fitting sizes. All motors are Single Phase 230V three
wire units with a capacitor (Grundfos or Franklin manufactures).
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
S&ME CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
At TPS#1, inspections are conducted on the recovery well system on a weekly basis. Each pump's function
is monitored with a flow/totalizer meter located on the transfer line before discharge to the surge tank.
The hourly operations meter is located on the control panel inside TPS#1. Each recovery well's motor
functions are monitored by a dedicated amp meter. Pumps beginning to fail have less output, which is
indicated by lower flow rates compared to the flow rates from previous meter readings at the
flow/totalizer meter. Pumps that begin to fail will also draw higher amps compared to previously
recorded amp values.
Other components of the groundwater recovery system include two 5-hp centrifugal pumps that alternate
the transfer of recovered groundwater from the surge tank to the storage basin via an eight inch schedule
40 PVC line installed two feet below the ground surface. The distance from TSP#1 to the storage basin is
approximately 1,800 linear feet. That storage basin has a total capacity of 1,035,100 gallons. However,
two feet of freeboard is maintained, giving an operational storage capacity of approximately 625,000
gallons. An ultrasonic water level sensor will automatically turn on the groundwater recovery components
at TPS#1 when the water level drops below four feet (below an elevation of approximately 43 feet mean
sea level [ft-MSL]). When the water level in the storage basin rises to 43 ft-MSL, the recovery well system
is powered off as to prevent overfilling the storage basin.
Groundwater in the storage basin is pumped from the basin to a loading station where the 6,500-gallon
tankers are filled. The truck operator will position the tanker below a platform and then lower a hose from
the loading station to the fill port on top of the tanker. The operator will turn on a 600 gallon per minute
centrifugal pump and the tanker will be filled with groundwater within 15 minutes. The pump is turned
off by the operator, the volume of water is recorded onto a load sheet as read from a totalizer meter in
TPS#2. The nitrogen -enriched groundwater is then trucked to a land application field.
3.0 Groundwater Recovery Maintenance Schedule (Condition II.2.b)
The schedule for maintenance of system components is presented in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1
Groundwater Recovery System Maintenance Schedule (Conditions III.2.b & e)
Component
Recovery Well Submersible Pumps and Motors
As Needed
Control Systems at TPS#1
As Needed
5 hp Transfer Pumps in TPS#1
As Needed
Surge Tank
Not Applicable
Transfer Lines
As Needed
Control Systems at TPS#2
As Needed
Storage Basin Water Level Sensor
As Needed
600 gpm Transfer Pump in TPS #1
Change Oil 1X / year
Loading Station Swing Arms
Grease 1X/Month
Loading Station Overfill Sump and Alarm
As Needed
Flow and Totalizer Meters
Replace As Needed
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
The groundwater recovery system is inspected weekly (refer to Section 6, Inspection Plan). If a
component of the system fails, or is malfunctioning, it will be repaired in a timely manner. The following
S&ME and Granville Farms personnel and subcontractors are qualified to perform maintenance on the
groundwater recovery system.
Table 3-2
Personnel / Subcontractor for Repairs and Maintenance
Groundwater Recovery System (Condition III.2.e.i)
.4
p.
Recovery Well Submersible Pumps and
Motors
White &Woodley
Mechanical Contractors, Inc.
S&ME, Inc.
Licensed Electrician #6993
Licensed Plumber #29378
NC Engineering License
F-0176
Control Systems at TPS#1
5 hp Transfer Pumps in TPS#1
Surge Tank
Transfer Lines
Control Systems at TPS#2
Storage Basin Water Level Sensor
Jay Bryant (oil change only)
Forman - Granville Farms
600 gpm Transfer Pump in TPS #1 — Oil
Change Only
White & Woodley
Licensed Electrician #6993
Mechanical Contractors, Inc.
Licensed Plumber #29378
Loading Station Swing Arms
White & Woodley
Mechanical Contractors, Inc.
Licensed Electrician #6993
Licensed Plumber #29378
Loading Station Overfill Sump and Alarm
Flow and Totalizer Meters
Loading Station
4.0 Safety Measures (Condition III.2.c)
This O&M plan is not intended to be a comprehensive safety document. All personnel working at the
CF Nitrogen site must comply with all applicable OSHA safety standards and safety rules. A worker
safety meeting orientation sheet is presented and must be signed by personnel who are first-time visitors
to the CF Nitrogen site.
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
vS&M E CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
4.1 Groundwater Recovery System
The primary hazards associated with the maintenance and servicing of the groundwater recovery system
are electrical. The electricity should be disconnected at the main breaker when servicing components
inside TPS#1 and inside TPS#2. Electrical disconnects are located at each recovery well's wellhead. The
electrical disconnect must be removed before servicing the well head components.
The Gorman -Rupp pump located inside TPS#2, which contains an electric motor and drive belt, has the
potential for mechanical hazards. The belt shield must remain in place at all times, except when servicing
the pump or motor.
The one million gallon storage basin poses a drowning hazard. Personnel who work within three feet of
the edge of the basin must don a U.S. Coast Guard approved personal floatation device.
Additional safety concerns at the site are biological hazards, including fire ants, poisonous snakes,
poisonous spiders, and other wildlife (i.e., bears, coyotes, and foxes). Personnel at the site need to be
aware of their surroundings.
4.2 Land Application Safety
Drivers for Granville Farms must comply will all North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT)
and North Carolina Department of Motor Vehicles rules for commercial drivers. Granville Farms also
conducts weekly driver safety meetings when land application events take place. These safety meetings
will be recorded in the attached Safety Meeting Attendance log (Appendix IV).
The spill prevention plan requires that all equipment used to transport nitrogen -enriched groundwater be
subject to periodic safety inspections. Tires, brakes, lights, and turn signals will be inspected for proper
working order. Each truck will be equipped with safety flares and appropriate signs to be used in the
event of a breakdown. Any deficiencies observed during the safety inspections will result in the vehicle
being removed from service and the field superintendent will be notified so that these deficiencies can be
corrected and documented. Routes leading from the CFN site to the application sites will be inspected for
road hazards. The road hazards will be documented and the drivers will be informed of the hazards.
Alternate routes will be investigated and routes which minimize road hazards will be selected. Hazardous
situations resulting from rush-hour traffic will be avoided during hauling.
5.0 Spill Response Plan (Condition IIIIA)
Drivers and management personnel associated with the hauling of nitrogen -enriched groundwater will be
instructed in the spill prevention plan and will be required to attend training sessions. Drivers will be
trained in defensive driving techniques in order to minimize road hazards. A driver who observes a road
hazard will be required to report the hazard to the field superintendent who, in turn, will warn other
drivers. As part of the spill prevention plan, drivers will be required to inspect the safety equipment of
their vehicles on a daily basis. Any deficiency in safety equipment will be noted for corrective action.
Drivers will be trained in the procedures to be taken in the event of a spill that occurs during the hauling
of nitrogen -enriched groundwater. These procedures are discussed below. A COPY OF THIS SPILL AND
CLEANUP PLAN MUST BE IN EVERY VEHICLE INVOLVED IN LAND APPLICATION
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
#S&ME Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. W0002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS MUST BE TAKEN IN THE EVENT OF A SPILL
1. Halt the source of the spill: Ruptured line or valve, or damaged tank unit.
2. Contain spill: Use straw bales to form a barrier. Straw or hay bales can be obtained from several
sources for this purpose. Soil near the site can also be used to form a barrier for containment.
3. Clean up: Use application equipment to recover as much of the material as possible. After the
application equipment has recovered as much material as possible, it will be land applied as per
the management plan. A temporary sump pit may be dug in the containment area and spilled
material washed into it to enhance recovery.
4. Final Clean up: Any unrecoverable material will be washed from road surfaces and incorporated
into an adjacent tillable area.
5. Notification: As soon as possible after a spill occurs notify:
S&ME - Edmund Woloszyn, Jr. [phone] ext. 10212 Office
[phone] Cell
CIF Industries — John Foster
Granville Farms — Jay Bryant
S&ME — Jason Volker
[phone] Office
[phone] Cell
[phone] Site 11
[phone] Cell
[phone] ext. 10297
(919) 880 -3139 Cell
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Washington Regional Office [phone]
Fire Department if assistance is required for wash down "911"
Highway Patrol if accident is on a public road "911"
6. Management of cleanup efforts: The field superintendent will take immediate charge of the
cleanup activities. Additional labor will be requested from the groundwater recovery site and
other departments as needed.
7. Reporting: Within 24 hours of a spill, the field superintendent will present a written report
detailing the cause of the spill and all actions taken in response to the spill. The report will be
sent to the NCDEQ Regional office having jurisdiction at the location in which the release
occurred.
April 21, 2016 7

•
6.0 Inspection Plan (Condition III.2.e)
Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WO002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
Granville Farms is the land application contractor responsible for the management of Site 11 (CF
Nitrogen's property/groundwater recovery system), loading, hauling and applying nitrogen -enriched
groundwater to permitted agricultural fields. Granville Farms is also responsible for the inspection and
maintenance of land application equipment. S&ME is the engineering firm responsible for system
changes, re -design, and gives authorization for repairs of the groundwater recovery system. The
following personnel have the experience and qualifications to perform inspections on the groundwater
recovery system:
6.1 Groundwater Recovery System
The groundwater recovery system is inspected on the following schedule:
Table 6-1
Groundwater Recovery System Maintenance Schedule (Conditions III.2.b & e)
Component
Recovery Well Submersible Pumps and Motors
Weekly
Control Systems at TPS#1
Weekly
5 hp Transfer Pumps in TPS#1
Weekly
Surge Tank
Weekly
Transfer Lines
Weekly
Control Systems at TPS#2
Weekly
Storage Basin Water Level Sensor
Weekly
600 gpm Transfer Pump in TPS #1
Weekly
Loading Station Swing Arms
Weekly
Loading Station Overfill Sump and Alarm
Annually
Flow and Totalizer Meters
Weekly
The weekly inspection form for the groundwater recovery system is in Appendix V. Weekly inspection
forms are reviewed by S&ME and saved electronically.
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
The following individuals have been approved to inspect the groundwater recovery system.
Table 6-2
Inspectors of Groundwater Recovery System (Condition III.2.e.i)
.,
Recovery Well Submersible Pumps and
Motors
, tnonzea versonnei
Edmund Woloszyn — S&ME, Inc.
Jay Bryant — Granville Farms
Ernie Powell — Granville Farms
Bob Bryant — S&ME, Inc.
Jason Smith — Granville Farms
Jason Volker— S&ME, Inc.
Project Mgr.
Project Supervisor
Field Operator
Senior Technician
Backup ORC
ORC
Control Systems at TPS#1
5 hp Transfer Pumps in TPS#1
Surge Tank
Transfer Lines
Control Systems at TPS#2
Storage Basin Water Level Sensor
600 gpm Transfer Pump in TPS #1
Loading Station Swing Arms
Loading Station Overfill Sump and Alarm
Flow and Totalizer Meters
Loading Station
Other personnel will be trained to inspect the system and added to the list as deemed necessary by
S&ME.
6.2 Land Application Procedures and Equipment
Granville Farms transports the nitrogen -enriched groundwater to permitted fields. A list of the fields are
provided in permit WQ002404. Fields added subsequent to the issuance of the permit are also allowed to
receive the nitrogen -enriched groundwater given the owner and/or land lessee have singed CF Industries
forms LOAA 01072016 and LAA 01072016..
S&ME create site maps for each field in the program. The maps show property boundaries and buffer
zones. Pertinent structures such as dwellings, wells, surface water features and ditches are also shown on
the maps so that setbacks can be made in the field. In addition, a duplicate map of each field shows the
soil types for each land application field. Granville Farms uses these maps to mark buffer zones and
setback boundaries in the field using pin flags. The setbacks are as follows:
April 21, 2016

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. W0002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
Table 6-3
Setbacks (Condition II.5)
Setback..
Private or public water supply
100
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial
100
waterbodies, and wetlands)
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
25
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch
intersects the SHWT)
25
Wells with exception to monitoring wells
100
Bedrock outcrops
25
The ORC provides the field operator with the loading rates for plant available nitrogen (PAN) for the field
and crop being grown or already planted in the fields following the performance standards of Permit
WQ002404 Condition 11.7. Upon arrival to a land application field, Granville Farms Field Operator will
complete a Field Operator Log (Appendix V). Granville Farms will use one or more of the following
application vehicles to apply the nitrogen -enriched groundwater: a pull behind spreader; Terragator; or
reel sprayer connected to frac tank. The discharge rate of groundwater from the application vehicle is
fixed. The speed of the equipment can be adjusted to maintain the flow rate needed to achieve the
specified application rates. The calibration procedures for the spreaders are presented in Appendix VI.
At each application site, Granville Farms will establish a staging area where groundwater is transferred
from 6,500-gallon tankers to the application vehicle.
Once the pin flags are placed to mark setbacks and buffer zones on the application site, the Field
Operator will fill the application equipment tanks (pull behind spreader, Terragator, or reel sprayer) from
the 6,500-gallon tankers pulled by standard tractors arriving from the CFN site.
6.3 Inspections of Land Application Operations (Condition III.e.i e.ii and e.iii)
Granville Farms Project Supervisor will be in direct charge of the field operations, controlling the amount
of groundwater delivered to each field, and conducting daily inspections. Field inspections will include
ensuring that pin flags are in place, groundwater is applied uniformly at the designated application rate,
setbacks are observed, trucks are unloading at accessible locations, and that land application equipment
is maintained in working condition. The names and titles of the inspection personnel are listed in Table
6-4.
April 21, 2016 10

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
S&ME
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
-#Cofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
Table 6-4
Names and Titles of Inspection Personnel (Condition III.e.i)
Jason Volker (S&ME)
ORC
Jason Smith (Granville Farms)
Backup ORC
Jay Bryant (Granville Farms)
Project Supervisor
Ernie Powell (Granville Farms)
Field Operator
Edmund Woloszyn (S&ME)
Program Manager
Inspections will be conducted unannounced on a quarterly basis by inspection personnel and
documented on the field land application inspection form (Appendix V). The location of the inspection
will be conducted at one of the permitted fields being land applied at the time of the inspection.
The inspection procedures will address the following:
• The field is permitted and suitable for the application of nitrogen -enriched groundwater
• Pre -application requirements are met:
• Appropriate loading rates for the crop and soil have been provided by the ORC
• The land owner and/or lessee agreements are current
• Crop to be grown is verified
• Current concentration of total nitrogen was used for calculating loading rates
♦ The field is flagged to prevent applications in buffer zones and setbacks
• The appropriate application rate and field capacity is calculated
♦ Weather is appropriate for application
♦ Document that water is not flowing off the application field
In the event that the inspection identifies a violation of the conditions of Permit WQ002404, the inspector
will perform the following:
• Immediately stop the application of nitrogen -enriched groundwater
• Document the permit condition that was not in compliance on the inspection form
• Corrective action will be implemented immediately in the field before additional land application
takes place
• Notify the Division of Water Resources of the non-compliance action by telephone and then issue
a letter to the Division
April 21, 2016 11

Draft Operation and Maintenance Plan
&ME
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
*SCofield, NC 27922
Permit No. WQ002404
S&ME Project No. 1040-98-044Q
7.0 Sampling and Monitoring Plan (Condition III.2.0
The monitoring requirements specified in the non -discharge permit WQ002404 will be adhered too. For
the groundwater at the CFN site (Site 11), groundwater levels will be measured in nine monitor wells and
four piezometers as listed in Attachment C of the permit (Appendix 1). The levels will be collected using
an electronic water level indicator. The depth to water will be measured from the top of the
well's/piezometer's casing. The elevation of the groundwater will be calculated by subtracting the height
of the above -ground casing (riser) with a resolution of one hundredth of a foot mean sea level. These
measurement will be collected quarterly. These data will be filed electronically by S&ME.
Groundwater contour maps of the CFN site will be drawn using the calculated groundwater elevation
data. The maps will depict access to the field and monitoring points and include cross -sectional views that
depict water levels across the slurry wall.
Groundwater samples will be analyzed prior to permit renewal for hazardous or toxic waste under 40 CFR
Part 261. The analyses [corrosivity, ignitability, reactivity, and toxicity characteristic leaching procedure
(TCLP)] will be performed at the end of the permit cycle (Appendix 1, Permit Conditions 11.2).
Quarterly (every 90 day cycle) samples will be collected for laboratory analysis. The water sample will be
collected from the discharge point at the loading station. Sample jars will be filled, labeled with the date,
time and sampler's name. The samples will then be placed on ice and shipped to Waypoint Analytical in
Richmond Virginia under standard chain of custody protocols. Quarterly samples will be analyzed for
permit required parameters (aluminum, ammonia nitrogen, nitrate -nitrite nitrogen, calcium, magnesium,
pH, phosphorus, potassium and sodium) as listed in permit condition 11.3 (Appendix 1). Plant available
nitrogen will be calculated using the results of the laboratory analyses by the ORC or Backup ORC.
The following personnel will be responsible for collection of samples and groundwater levels:
Table 7-1
Names and Titles of Inspection Personnel (Condition III1.0
Name
Jason Volker (S&ME)
Title
ORC
Jason Smith (Granville Farms)
Backup ORC
Jay Bryant (Granville Farms)
Project Supervisor
Ernie Powell (Granville Farms)
Field Operator
Edmund Woloszyn (S&ME)
Program Manager
All data will be filed electronically by S&ME for a period of at least five years.
April 21, 2016 12

Appendices

Appendix I — Non -Discharge Permit

Water Resources
ENV�ACMIMENTAL QVAL Y
PAT MCCRORY
t"ovr l
DONALD R. VAN DFR VAART
&C?-erory
S. JAY ZIMMERMAN
Uireao;
kinuary 25, 2016
JOHN A. FOs I'ER — MANAGER
CF NITROGEN, INC.
4 PARKWAY NORTH — SUITE 400
DEERFIELD, ILLINOIs 60015-2590
Dear Mr. Foster:
Subject: Permit No. WQ0012404
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
CF Nitrogen Site in Tunis. NC'
Land Application of Nitrogen -
Enriched Ground Water
Hertford County
In accordance with your permit renewal request received June 22, 2015, and subsequent additional
information received January 4, 2016 and January 11, 2016, we are forwarding herewith Permit No.
WQ0012404 dated January 25, 2016, to CF Nitrogen, Inc. for the continued operation of the subject
nitrogen -enriched ground water land application program.
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until December 31, 2020, and shall be
subject to the conditions and limitations as specified therein. Please pay particular attention to the
monitoring requirements listed in Attachments A. B and C for they may differ from the previous permit
issuance. Failure to establish an adequate system for collecting and maintaining the required operational
information shall result in future compliance problems.
Please note the following permit conditions have been removed since the last permit issuance
dated December 9, 2011:
Y Old Conditions H.I. & 1I.2. — These conditions are inherently covered under new Condition
11.1.
➢ Old Conditions HI.3. & II1.4. - These conditions are inherenth covered under new Condition
11L5. r
Y Old Conditions III.5, 6 & 7 - These conditions are inherently covered under new Condition
IIIJ., which describes conditions which prohibit the application of nitrogen -enriched ground
wqter.
Stata cif Nix Ili C'molina I Fmvironmentnl Quality Water Rcsourcct Q'ater Qaaliry Pccmitting Non-DiscLarge Pa�niiuinx
1617 Mail Sai viun Quuter l Ruleiyh, North (arcoline 27699.1617
919 807 6464

Mr. John A. roster
January 25,2016
Page 2 of 2
Pleme note the following permit conditions are new since the last permit Issuance dated
December 9, 2011:
➢ Condition 1.3. —This condition requires the submission of an Operas ion and Maintenance Plan.
Condition III.2. This condition requires the maintenance of an Operation and -Maintenance
Plan.
Y Condition II1.4. This condition requires the presence of copies of the permit and the Operation
and Maintenance manual whenever an application event takes place.
➢ Condition VI.6. — This condition allows the permit to be revoked or modified under certain
circumstances.
Y Condition VI.7. This condition prohihils the expansion of the facilities if eeiltain conditions
are present.
If any parts, requirements or limitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, the Permittee
has the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within 30 days following receipt of
this permit. This request shall be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the North
Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of Administrative Hearings at 6714 Mail Service
Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. Unless such demands arc made, this permit shall be final and binding.
If you need additional information concerning this permit; please contact David Csoodrich at (919)
807-6352 or david.goodrichaamcdenr.gov.
Sincerely,
S. Jay Zimmerman, P.G., Directly
Division of Water Resources
cc: Bertie County Health Department (Electronic Copy)
Hertford County Health Department (Electronic Copy)
Northampton County Health Department (Electronic Copy)
Washington Regional Office, Water Quality Regional Operations Section (Electronic Copy)
Raleigh Regional Office. Water Quality Regional Operations Section (Electronic Copy)
Beth Buffmgton - Protection and Enforcement Branch (Electronic Copy)
Digital Permit Archive (Electronic Copy)
Central Files

NORTH CAROLiNA
FNViRONNIENTAi, MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
DEPARTMENT OF EN-VTRONAITNTAI, QUALITY
RALEIGH
LAND APPLICATION OF NITROGEN -ENRICHED GROUND WATER
In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as
amended, and other applicable laws, Rules, and Regulations
PERMISSION iS HEREBY GRANTED TO
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Hertford County
FOR THE
continued operation of a nitrogen -enriched groundwater recovery system for CF Nitrogen, Inc. and
consisting of:
nine recovery wells with a transfer pump station and a one million gallon storage basin with a groundwater
transfer and loading system with dual loading bays for the tanker trucks. the operation of a nitrogen -
enriched ground wal.cr land application program consisting of the application of up to 20,000,000 gallons
per year of nitrogen -enriched ground water from the CF Nitrogen site in Tunis, NC; and all associated
piping, valves, control and appurtenances
to the approved sites listed in Attachment B in nearby counties with no discharge of wastes to surface
waters, pursuant to the application for permit renewal received June 22, 2015, and subsequent additional
information received by the Division of Water Resources, and in conformity with other supporting data
subsequently riled and approved by the Department of Environmental Quality and considered a part of this
permit. Additional land can be included into the progrwn upon execution of the Landowner Agreement and
Lessee !Agreement attached to this permit. 'Phis permit does not exempt the Permtttne from complying with
the federal regulations.
This permit shall be effective fi-om the date of issuance until December 31, 2020 shall void Permit No.
WQ0012404 issued December 9, 2011, and shall be subject to the following specified conditions and
limitations:
I. SCHEDULES
The nine monitoring wells and four piezometers at Site Number 11, shown on Figure I and listed in
Attachment C, shall be properly maintained. Well abandonment, if necessary, shall he coordinated
through the Division of Waste Management's Inactive Sites Branch. Within 30 days of abandonment.
a Well Abandonment Record (Form GW-30) listing this permit number and the appropriate monitoring
well identification number shall he completed for each well abandoned and mailed to the Division of
Water Resources, Water Quality Permitting Section, Non -Discharge Permitting Unit, 1617 Mail
Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1617. A North Carolina Certified Well Contractor shall abandon
the monitoring wells according to the Forth Carolina Well Construction Standards (15A NCAC 02C
.0113) and local county rules. [15A NCAC 02C .0113, 02T .0103(b)(2)]
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Shell Version 151201 Page 1 of 9

No later than six months prior to the expiration of this permit, the Permittcc shall request renewal of
this permit on official Division forms. Upon receipt of the request, the Division will review the
adequacy of the facilities described therein, and if warranted, will renew the permit for such period of
time and under such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. Please note Rule 15A
NCAC 02T .0105(d) requires an updated site map to be submitted with the permit renewal application.
[ 15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(2), 02`1' .105(d), 02T .0109]
3. The Permittee shall submit the Operation and Maintenance (O&M) plan as required in Condition 111.4.
to the Division within 90 days of the effective date of this permit. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(bx2)]
H. PERFOR UNCE STANDARDS
The subject nitrogen -enriched ground water land application program shall be effectively maintained
and operated at all times so there is no discharge to surface waters, nor any contravention of
groundwater or surface water standards, In the event the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily,
including the creation of nuisance conditions due to improper operation and maintenance. the Permittee
shall immediately cease land applying nitrogen -enriched ground water to the approved application area -
contact the appropriate regional office supervisor, and take any immediate corrective actions. [G.S.
143-215.1)
2. The nine monitoring wells (C-22, C-23, C-28, C-29, C-32, C-33, MWI-3, MWI-4, and MWI-6) and
four piezometers (PI-2, PI-11, PO-12 and PO-236) at Site Number 11, shown on Figure 1 and listed in
Attachment C, shall be properly maintained. Well abandonment if necessary, shall be coordinated
through the Division of Waste Management's Inactive Sites Branch. Within 30 days of abandonment,
a Well Abandonment Record (Form GW%-30) listing this permit number and the appropriate monitoring
well identification number shall be completed for each well abandoned and mailed to the Division of
Water Quality, Water Quality Permitting Section. 1617 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1636.
ANorth Carolina Certified Well Contractor shall abandon the monitoring wells according to the North
Carolina Well Construction Standards (15A NCAC 02C .0113) and local county rules. Replacement
monitor wells shall be coordinated through the Division of Waste Management's inactive Sites Branch
and approved by the Washington Regional Office, telephone number [phone]. prior to their
installation. 'Tire regional office shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to the construction of any
monitoring well, and such notification to the Water Quality Regional Operations Section's regional
supervisor shall be made from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m, on Monday through Friday, excluding State
Holidays. The monitoring wells shall be constructed such that the water level in the monitoring well is
never above or below the screened (open) portion of the well at any time during the year, and in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02C .0108. [15A NCAC 02C .0113, .0108]
3. This permit shall not relieve the Permittee of responsibility for damages to groundwater or surface
water resulting from the operation of this program. [ 15A NCAC 02B .0200, 02L .01001
Only the land application sites owned by individuals or corporations who have signed a completed
Landowner Agreement Attachment and, if applicable, a Lessee Agreement Attachment, are approved
to receive nitrogen -enriched ground water as a nitrogen amendment for crop growth. A completed
Landowner Agreement and Lessee Agreement (see Attachments D and L) must be kept on file by the
Permittee and available for inspection. The appropriate Attachments (FORM: CF Industries LOAA
01072016 for landowners and FORM: CF industries LAA 01072016 for lessees) will be signed and
submitted to the Division as part of the residuals annual report. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Shell Version 151201 Page 2 of 9

5. Setbacks for the application areas shall be as follows:
Setback Description
Private or public water supply
Surface waters (streams intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbMies, and
wetlands)
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
Setback
(feet)
100
100
25
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the I 75
Wells with exception to monitoring wells
100
Bedrock outcrops 1 25 1
[l 5A NCAC 02T .1108]
6. Land application areas shall be clearly marked on each site prior to and during any nitrogen -enriched
groundwater application event. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(l)]
7. Nitrogen -enriched ground water and other sources of Plant Available Nitrogen (PAN) shall not be
applied in exceedanec or agronomic rates. Appropriate agronomic rates shall be calculated using
expected nitrogen requirements based on the determined Real istic Yield Fxpectations (RYE) using any
of the following methods:
a. Division's pre -approved site specific historical data for specific crop or soil types by calculating
the mean of the best three yields of the last five consecutive crop harvests for each field.
b. North Carolina Historical Data for specific crop and soil types as provided by North Carolina State
11niversity Department of Soil Science (http:/Inutrients.soil.ncsu.edtdvields/index.php). A copy
shall be kept on file and reprinted every five years in accordance with Condition IV.6.
c, If the RYE cannot be determined using methods (a) or (b) above, the Permittee may use the RYE
and appropriate nutrient application rates reported in any of the following documents:
i. Crop management plan as outlined by the local Cooperative Extension Office, the North
Carolina Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, the Natural Resource
Conservation Service, or other agronomist.
ii. Waste Utilization Plan as outlined by the Senate Bill 1217 Interagency Group - Guidance
Document: Chapter l
(http://www.neaar.gov/SWC/tech/documents/9th Guidance Doc 100109.RM,
iii. Certified Nutrient Management Plan as outlined by the Natural Resources Conservation
Services (MRCS). 'These plans must meet the USDA -MRCS 590 Nutrient Management
Standards (ftp://ftp-fc.sc.egov.usda.gov/NHO/practice-standards/standards/590.pdf).
d. If the RYE and appropriate nutrient application rates cannot be determined, the Permittee shall
contact the Division to determine necessary action.
[ 15A NCAC 02T .1109(b)(1)(k)]
8. If land application sites are to be over -seeded or double -cropped (e.g., Bermuda grass in the summer
and rye grass in the winter with .both crops to receive nitrogen -enriched ground water), then the second
crop can receive an application of PAN at a rate not to exceed 50 pounds per acre per year (lbslac/yr).
This practice may be allowed as long as the second crop is to be harvested or grazed. If the second
crop is to be planted for erosion control only and is to be tilled into the soil, then no additional PAN
shall be applied. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(bxl)]
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Shell Version 151201 Page 3 of

9. The use of spray irrigation equipment for application of the nitmgcn-enriched ground water is approves]
by this permit, provided all pcnni► restrictions are met and appropriate backflow prevention, as
approved by the North Carolina Public Water Supply Division, is in place to protect the potable water
supply. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
10. These nitrogen -enriched ground water application sites were individually permitted on or after
December 30, 1983, therefore, the compliance houndary is established at either 250 feet from the
residual land application area, or 50 feet within the property boundary, whichever is closest to the
nitrogen -enriched ground water application area. An exceedance of groundwater standards at or
beyond the compliance boundary is subject to remediation action according to 15A NCAC 02L
.0106(d) (2) as well as enforcement actions in accordance with North Carolina General Statute 143-
215.6A through 143-215.6C. Any approved relocation of the COMPLIANCE BOUNDARY will be
noted in Attachment R. [15A NCAC 02L .0107(a)]
l l . The review boundary shall be established midway between the compliance boundary and the nitrogen -
enriched ground water application area. Any exceedance of groundwater standards at the review
boundary shall require action in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0106. [15A NCAC 02L .01081
Ill. OPFRATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIRENIENTS
1. The land application program shall be properly maintained and operated at all times. The prograun shall
be effectively maintained and operated as a non -discharge system to prevent any contravention of
surface water or groundwater standards. [1 SA NCAC 02T.11101
2. The Permittee shall maintain an approved Operation and Maintenance Plan (O&M Plan). Modifications
to the O&M Plan shall be approved by Ilse Division prior to utilization of the new plan. The O&M Plan,
which pertains primarily to the land application equipment used at land application fields will, at a
minimum, include:
a_ Operational functions that include the replacement or rehabilitation of recovery well components;
b. Maintenance schedules;
c. Safety measures;
d. Spill response plan;
e. Inspection plan including the following information:
i. Names ansUor titles of personnel responsible for conducting the inspections;
ii. Frequency and location of inspections, including those to be conducted by the ORC, and
procedures to assure that the selected location(s) and inspection frequency are representative
of the residuals management program;
iii. Detailed description of inspection procedures including record keeping and actions to be taken
by the inspector in the event that noncompliance is observed pursuant to the noncorpliance
notification requirements under the monitoring and reporting section of the permit;
f. Sampling and monitoring plan including the following information:
i. ]Names and/or titles of personnel responsible for conducting the sampling and monitoring;
ii. Detailed description of monitoring procedures including parameters to he monitored;
iii. Sampling frequency and procedures to assure that representative samples are heing collected.
[15A NCAC 02T .11 OOJ
WQOO 12404 Version 3.0 Shell Version 151201 Page 4 of 9

Upon the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission's (WPCSOCC)
classification of the facility, the Permittee shall designate and employ a certified operator in responsible
charge (ORC) and one or more certified operators as back-up ORCs in accordance with 15A NCAC
08G .0201. The ORC or his back-up shall visit the land application sites in accordance with 15A NCAC
08G. 0204, or as specified in the most recently approved O&M plan (i.e., see Condition III. 2.), and
shall comply with all other conditions of 15A NCAC 08G. 0204. For more information regarding
classification and designation requirements, please contact the Division of Water Resources' Protection
and Enforcement Branch at [phone]. [15A NCAC 02T .0117]
4. When the Pennittee land applies nitrogen -enriched ground water, a copy of this permit and a copy of
O&M Plan shall be maintained at the land application sites during land application activities. [15A
NCAC 02T .0108(bxl)]
5. Adequate provisions shall be taken to prevent wind erosion and surface runoff from conveying
nitrogen -enriched ground water from the surface disposal sites or storage sites onto adjacent properties
or into surface waters. [15A 'NCAC 02T .1109(cx2)(C)]
G. With the exception of Site 11, no nitrogen -enriched ground water shall be stored at any land application
site, unless written approval has been requested and received from the Division. [G.S. 143-215.1]
Temporary storage in a 12,000 gallon tanker trailer at a specific land application site may be maintained
only during the application process. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
7 Nitrogen -enriched groundwater shall not be land applied under the following conditions:
a. If the nitrogen -enriched ground water is likely to adversely affect a threatened or endangered
species listed under section 4 of the Endangered Species Act or its designated critical habitat;
h. If the application causes prolonged nuisance conditions;
c. If the land fails to assimilate the nitrogen -enriched ground water or the application causes the
contravention of surface water or groundwater standards;
d. If the land is flooded, frozen or snow-covered, or is otherwise in a condition such that runoff of the
nitrogen -enriched ground water would occur;
e. Within the 100-year flood elevation, unless the nitrogen -enriched ground water is injected or
incorporated within a 24-hour period following a residuals land application event;
f. During a measurable precipitation event (i.e., greater than 0.01 inch per hour), or within Zit hours
follrnving a rainfall event of 0.5 inches or greater in a 24-hour period;
g. If the slope is greater than 10% for surface applied nitrogen -enriched ground water, or if the slope
is greater than 18% for injected or incorporated nitrogen -enriched ground water;
h. If the land does not have an established vegetative cover unless the nitrogen -enriched ground water
is incorporated or injected within a 24-hour period following a nitrogen -enriched ground water
application event. Any field that is in a USDA no -till program shall be exempted Gom meeting this
vegetative cover requirement;
i. It' the vertical separation between the seasonal high water table and the depth of residuals
application is less than one foot;
j. If the vertical separation ofbedrock and the depth of residuals application is less than one fool;
k. Application exceeds agronomic rates.
[15A NCAC 02T .1109]
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Shell Version 151201 Page 5 of 9

IV.
Only the land application sites owned by individuals who have signed a completed Landowner
Agreement Attachmcnl and, if applicable, a Lessee Agreement AtMelurnent, are approved for nitrogen -
enriched ground water land application. A completed Landowner Agreement Attachment and Lessee
Agreement Attachment (see Attachments D and E) must be kept on file by the Permittee and available
for inspection. The appropriate Attachments (FORM: CF Industries LOAA 01072016 for landowners
and FORM: CF Industries LAA 01072016 for lessees) will be signed and submitted to the Division as
part of the residuals annual report. [15A NCAC 02T .1104(c)(4)J
9. The Permittee shall notland apply nitrogen -enriched ground water to a land application site owned by
others unless the agreement between the Permittee and the landowner/lessee or operators (see attached
forms) is in fitll force and effect. The Landowner Agreement Attachment (FORM: LOAA 01072016)
shall be considered renewed at the same time the permit is renewed. Should a landowner or lessee
terminate its agreement with the Permittee, the Permittee shall inform the Washington Regional Office,
Water Quality Regional Operations Section, to remove all of the sines associated with that owner or
lessee from the list of sites on Attachment B. If the Lessee has changed during a given permit cycle,
the Lessee Agreement Attachment (FORM: LAA 01072016). [15A NCAC 021' .1 104(c)(4)]
MONITORING AND REPORTING REOUMMENTS
1. Any Division required monitoring (including groundwater, plant tissue, soil and surface water analyses)
necessary to ensure groundwater and surface water protection shall be established, and an acceptable
sample reporting schedule shall be followed. [l 5A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
2. The nitrogen -enriched groundwater shal I be analyzed to demonstrate they are non -hazardous under the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). Nitrogen -enriched ground water that tests or is
classified as a lia7ardous or toxic waste under 40 CFR Part 261 shall not be used or disposed under this
permit. The analyses [eorrosivity, ignitability, reacti-0ty, and toxicity characteristic leaching
procedure (TCLP)l shall be performed at the frcquency specified in Attachment A. and the Permittee
shall maintain these results for a minimum of five years. Any exceptions from the requirements in this
condition shall be specified in Attachment A.
The TCLP analysis shall include the following parameters (the regulatory level in milligrams per liter
is in parentheses):
Arsenic (5.0) 1,4-Dichlorobenzene (7.5)
Barium (100.0) 1,2-Dichloroetharre (0.5)
Benzene (0.5) 1, 1 -Dichloroethylene (0.7)
Cadmium (1.0) 2,4-Dinitrotoluene (0.13)
Carbon tetrachloride (0.5) Endrin (0.02)
Chlordane (0.03)
Hexaehlorobenzene (0.13)
Chlorobenzene (100.0)
Heptachlor (and its hydroxide)
- _ _(0.00g)
Chloroform (6.0)
Hexachloro-1,3-butadicne (0.5)
Chromium (5.0)
Hexachloroethane (3.0)
m-Cresol (200.0)
Lead (5.0)
o-Cresol (200.0)
p-Cresol (200.0)
Cresol (200.0)
Lindane (0.4)
Mercury (0.2)
Methoxychlor (10.0)
2,4-D (10.0)
'_Methyl ethyl ketone (200.0)
WQ0012404 Version 1.0 Shell Version 151201
Nitrobenzene (2.0)
Pentachlorophenol (100.0)
Pyridine (5.0)
Selenium (1.0)
Silver (5.0)
Tetraehlornethylene (0.7)
Toaaphene (0.5)
Trichloroethylene (().5)
2,4,5-Trichlorophenol (400.0)
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol (2.0)
2,4,5-TT (Silvex) (1.0)
Vinyl chloride (0.2)
Page 6(if 9

[ 15A NCAC 13A .0102(b), 02T .1101, 02T .1105]
An analysis shall be conducted on the nitrogen -enriched ground water every 90 days; and the Pennittee
shall maintain the results for a minimum of five years. The analysis shall include the following
parameters:
,Aluminum
Nitrate -Nitrite Nitrogen
Plant Available Nitrogen
(by calculation),
Amigonia-Nitrogen
Total Kjeidabl Nitrogen
pH —
Potassium
Calcium
Sodium
Magnesium
Phosphorus
[ 15A NCAC 02T.11011
4. Analytical determinations made pursuant to the monitoring and reporting requirements of this permit
shall be made by a laboratory certified by the Division for the required parameters under 15A NCAC
2H .0800 or 15A NCAC 2II .1100. Field analyses are exempted from this requirement. [15A NCAC
02H .0800 or .1100]
5. Monitoring wells shall be sampled at the frequencies and for the parameters specified in Attachment
C. The Permittec shall develop groundwater contour maps of the system and map this data as
groundwater contours. This is to be sufficient in aerial extent and density to describe the general pattern
of the water level elevation. The maps shall include access to the field and monitoring points, and cross -
sectional view maps that depict water levels across the slurry wall. [ 15A NCAC 02'1' .0105(m)]
6. Any monitoring (i.e., including groundwater, surface water, soil, or plant tissue analyses) deemed
necessary by the Division to ensure protection of the environment shall be established, and an
acceptable sampling and reporting schedule shall be followed.
7. Analytical determinations made pursuant to the monitoring and reporting requirements of this permit
shall be made by a laboratory certified by the Division for the required parameter(s) under 15A NCAC
2H .0800 or 15A NCAC 2H .1100. field analyses are exempted from this requirement.
8. Proper records shal I be maintained by the Permittec tracking all application events. These records shall
include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following information:
a. Date of nitrogen -enriched ground water application;
b. Location of nitrogen -enriched ground water application (site, field, or zone 9);
c. Type of crop or crops to be grown on land application site;
d, Volume of nitrogen -enriched ground water applied in gallons per acre;
e Continuous weekly, monthly, and year-to-date hydraulic (inches/acre) loadings for each land
application site; and
f. Annual totals, for each land application site; of plant available nitrogen (PAN) from the nitrogen -
enriched ground water (lbs/acre), annual totals; for each land application site; of phosphorous
applied from all sources (lbs/acre), fertilizers applied (other than from the nitrogen -enriched ground
water) (lbs. of PAN/acre); and annual totals. for each field, of PAN from all sources.
[ 15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)]
WQOO122404 Version 3.0 Shell. Version 151201 Page 7 of 9

9. "17rree copies of an annual report shall be submitted on or before March 11. The annual report shall
meet the requirements described in the Instructions for Residuals Application Annual Reporting Forms.
Instructions for reporting and annual report forms are available at
hD://portal.nedenr.ora/web/wg/gs/lau/reporting, or can he obtained by contacting the Land
Application Unit directly. The annual report shall be submitted to the following address:
Division of Water Resources
Information Processing unit
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
[I 5A NCAC 02T .1 l 11(a)]
10. Noncompliance Notification
The Permittee shall report by telephone to the Washington Regional Office, telephone number (252)
946-6481, as soon as possible, but in no case more than 24 hours or on the next working day following
the occurrence or first knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following:
a. Any failure of the nitrogen -enriched ground water application program resulting in a release of
material to surface waters.
b. Any time self -monitoring indicates the facility has gone out of compliance with its permit
limitations.
c. Any process unit failure, due to known or unknown reasons rendering the facility incapable of
adequate residual treatment.
d. Any spill or discharge from a vehicle or piping system during nitrogen -enriched ground water
transportation.
Any emergency requiring immediate reporting (e.g., discharges to surface waters, imminent failure of
a storage structure, etc.) outside normal business hours shall be reported to the Division's Emergency
Response personnel at telephone number [phone], [phone], or [phone]. Persons
reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file a written report in letter from within five days
following first knowledge of the occurrence. This report shall outline the actions taken or proposed to
betaken to ensure that the problem does not recur. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(1), 02T .0108(b) (l )J
V. LNSPECTIONS
1. The Permittee shall provide adequate inspection and maintenance to ensure proper operation of the
groundwater recovery, storage and transfer system and shall be in accordance with the approved O&M
Plan. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)]
Prior to each nitrogen -enriched ground water application event, the Permittee or his designee shall
inspect the nitrogen -enriched ground water storage, transport and application facilities to prevent
malfunctions, facility deterioration and operator errors resulting in discharges, which may cause the
release of wastes to the enviroiunent, a threat to human health or a public nuisance. The Permittee shall
maintain an inspection log that includes, at a minimum, the date and time of inspection, observations
made, and any maintenance, repairs, or corrective actions taken. The Permittee shall maintain this
inspection log for a period of five years from the date of inspection, and this log shall be made available
to the Division upon request. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)]
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Shell Version 151201 Page 8 of 9

3. Any duly authorized Division representative may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect
any property, premises or place on or related to the land application sites or groundwater remediation
facilities permitted herein at any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with this
permit; may inspect or copy any records required to be maintained under the terms and conditions of
this permit, and may collect groundwater, surface water or leachate saniples. [G.S. 143-215.3(a)(2)]
V1. GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Failure to comply with the conditions and limitations contained herein may subject the Pennittee to an
enforcement action by the Division in accordance with North Carolina General Statutes 143-215.6A to
143-215.6C. [G.S. 143-215.6A to 143-215.6C]
2. This permit shall becorne voidable if the nitrogen -enriched ground water application events are not
carried out in accordance with the conditions of this permit. [15A NCAC 02T .0110]
3. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of.'the nitrogen -enriched ground
water described in the permit application and other supporting documentation. [G.S. 143-215.1]
4. The issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittee from complying with any and all statutes,
rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by other jurisdictional government agencies
(e.g., local, state, and federal). Of particular concern to the Division are applicable river buffer rules in
15A NCAC 02B .0200; erosion and sedimentation control requirements in 15A NCAC Chapter 4 and
under the Division's Creneral Pen -nit NC0010000; any requirements pertaining to wetlands under 15A
NCAC 0213.0200 and 02H .0500; and documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter
143 of the General Statutes. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6)]
5. In the event the residuals program changes ownership or the Permittee changes his name, a formal
permit modification request shall be submitted to the Division. This request shall be made on official
Division forms, and shall include appropriate documentation from the parties involved and other
supporting documentation as necessary. The Permittee of record shall remain fully responsible for
maintaining and operating the residuals program permitted herein until a permit is issued to the new
owner. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0104]
6. This permit is subject to revocation or unilateral modification upon 60 days' notice from the Division
Director, in whole or part for the requirements listed in 15A NCAC 02T .0110. [15A NCAC 02T .0110]
7. Unless the Division Director grants a variance, expansion of the permitted residuals program contained
herein shall not be granted if the Permittee exemplifies any of the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0120(b).
[15A NCAC 02T .0120]
8. The Permittee shall pay the annual fee within 30 days after being billed by the Division. Failure to pay
the annual fee accordingly shall •be cause for the Division to revoke this permit. [15A NCAC 02T
.0105(e)(3)]
Permit issued this the 25h day of .lanuary 2016
NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
S. Jay Zimmerman, P.G., Director �,`
Division of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Permit Number WQ0012404
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Shell Version 151201 Page 9 of 9

THIS PAGE BLANK

ATTACHMENT A - Approved Residual Sources
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Owner I Facility Name
Certification Date: January 25, 2016
Permit dumber: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Nitrogen -Enriched Ground Water Source -Generating Facility
CF Nitrogen, hic CF Nitrogen in Tunis, NC
Total
Maximum Monitoring
County permit Biological gallons Frequency for
Number Residuals per Year' Non -hazardous
Characteristics Z
Hertford I WQ0012404 No 20,11 AHNlll I I X Hermit Cycle
20,W),W)
Approved
Monitoring
Monitoring
Mineralization
Frequency for
Frequency for
Rate
Metals and
Pathogen &
[Raw =0.4;
Nutrients
VectorAttraetion
Aemhic=0.3.
Reductions
Anaerobiv 0.2;
Compost = 0.11
t X year
WA
I N!A
1. Maximum Gallons per Year is the amount of nitrogen -enriched ground water approved for land application from each penuitted facility.
2. Analyses to demonstrate that residuals are non -hazardous (i.e.. TCLK ignitability. reuc:tivity, and corrusivily) us stipulated under permit Condition IV.2.
3. Testing of inetuls and nutrients as stipulated under permit Condition IV T
If no land application events occur during a required sampling period (e.g. no land application occur during an entire year when annual monitoring is required), then no
sampling data is required during the period of inactivity. The annual report shall include an explanation for missing sampling data. Those required to submit the annual
report to EPA may be required to make up the miksed sampling, contact the EPA for additional information and clarification.
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Attachment A Page 1 of I

THIS PAGE BLANK

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: January 25, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Field/ Owner
site29-1
Lessee
County
Latitude
Lgngitade NetAcrea
Dominant Soil Series
Leaf Lf
Footnotes
Ronald Byrd
Ilertie
36109*30"
-76057'54" 6.7
29-2
Roriuld Byrd
Bettie
36"09'31"
-761158'02" 2.4
Leaf— Lf
29-3
Ronald Byrd
Beroi:
36"09'31"
-76"58'09" ; 6.2
Exum — I NA
29-4
29-5
Ronald Byrd t
Ronald Byid
Bettie
36°09'27"
-76"58'W' 9.8
Exum — ExA
Berrie
36009'27"
-76058'20" 11.1
-76058'34" 3.1
Exum—ExA
29.6
Ronald Byrd
Bertie
36009'25"
Leaf Lf
29-7
Ronald Byrd
Bettie
36"09'24"
-76058.10" I 4.6
Granthum - Gt
29-8
Ronald 11yrd
Berrie
36"09'21"
-76658'05" 99
Granthum — Gt
29-9
Ronald Byrd
Bettie
361109'24"
-?6058'(MY'
0.5
I :xum — I?xA
29-10
Romild Byrd
&:rtie
361109'24"
-76"57*-1%G'
4.0
hxum — F'xll
30-1
30-2
Kendred C. Williurns, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bettie
36008' I5 '
76057' l2''
15.4
Exum — ExA
Bertie
36008'22"
36012'47"
-76"57'13"
-76°56'35"
6.1
Exum—ExA
30-3
Kendred C Williams, Jr.
Bettie
1.3
Craven —CrA
Noifolk NoB
30-1
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bettie
36012'45"
-76056'22"
26.3
30-5
Kendred(' Williams, .Ir.
Bertie
36'112'43"
-76056'(YT'
32A
Craven — CrB
30-6
KendredC. Williams, Jr.
13crtic
36012'31"
-76°56'09"
9.0
C'raven —CrB
30-7
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Kendred C. WHliams, Jr.
Bettie
361,'12'38"
-76°56725"
12.9
Craven — C'r6
30-8
Bettie
36412'40"
-7&56'34"
6.5
� Craven — C'rB
30-9
Berrie
36-12141"
-76056'49"
16.4 Norfolk —NoA
30-10
Kendred C. Williams; Jr.
Bettie 36°12145"
Bertie 36012'48"
-76056'47"
3.7
Norfolk—NoA
30-11
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
-761156'45"
1.4
Norfolk —Nola
30-12
Kendred C. Williams_ Jr.
Bettie
Bettie
36012'48"
-761,56'39"
1.5
Norfolk— NoA
30-13
Kendred C. Williams, Jr
36012'51"
-76056'41':
5.1
Lcnoir— I,n
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Attachment B Page 1 of 16

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inca
Certification Date: January z5, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Versinn: 3.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Kendred C Williams, Jr.
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
-76956'38'
-76056'36"
Net
Acreage
Dominant %oil Series
30-14
Bcrtic
36012'56"
0.5
Lenoir Ln
30-15
30-16
Kendred C Williams, Jr.
Berke
36PIV03"
8.9
Leaf Lf
Kendred C. Williams. Jr.
KcndredC.William Jr.
Bertie
36013'09"
-76056'31"
4.5
Craven - CrA
3U-17
' Bertie
36°13'06"
-76057'03"
28.1
Craven-CrA
3U-IS
Kerxlnxl C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36012'55"
-76°57'!KP'
20.9
Craven - CrA
30.19
Kendred C. Williams. Jr.
Berte
36012'54"
-76056'48"
-76c56'51"
9.3
Goldsboro - GoA
30.20
Kendred C. Williams, .►r
Bcrtic
36"12'13"
10.7
Craven CrA
30-21
C S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bcrde
36°12'23"
76°56'48"
7.0
Lenoir Lu
30-22
C.S Hollomon, Jr.
C.S Hollomon, Jr
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
&tide
36"12'IG"
-76°56153"
-76056'59"
7.5
Craven CrA
Craven CrA
30-23
Bertic
361112'16"
9.2
30-24
C.S. I Inllomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
3601218"
-76057'02"
3.8
Craven -CrA
10-25
C.S. Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bertie
36012'19"
-76057'05"
1.5
Craven -('rA
30-26
C.S. Hollomun, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr. IJerhe
36012'26-
-76°57'12"
1.3
Cravtm - CrA
30-27
C.S. Hollomun, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Berrie
3611216"
-76°57'08"
1.0
Craven-CrA
30-28
C.S Hollomon, Jr. Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
11crtie
36012'13"
-76"57'09" 5 1
Craven- CrA
30-29
C S Hollomon, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Babe
36"12'08"
-7605TOT
13.3
Craven - CrA
30-30
Kcndred C. Williams. Jr.
Bertie 1 36°10'35"
Bertie 36010'28"
76°57'25"
-76051'24"
4.5
Nahunta Nu
30-31
Kcndned C. Williams, Jr.
20.8
Exum ExA
30-32
Kendred C. W'illiam& Jr.
Bertie
36010'24"-76057*15"
7.5
Goldsboro GoA
Goldsboro-GoA
30-33
KendredC. Williams, Jr
Bertie
36°1018"
-76°57'19"
1 17.8
30-34
J Kendred C. WSlliamst, .Ir
Bertic
361110' 18"
-76115718" 24.1
Goldqhoro - GoA
30-35
Kendred C. Williams, Jr
Bertie
36010'20"
-76"5713T'
0.9
Exum- I.:xA
30-36
30-37
David C. Powell
Kendred C. Williann, Jr.
Bertie
361,13' 13"
16P13'07"
-76054'33"
19.9
Exam - ExA
E.M. Powell & Sons. Ine_
Kendred C. Willimns, Jr.
Bcrtic
-76054'26"
21.2
Exum ExA
30.38
E.A Powc1l dt Now, Inc
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bettie
36012'49" I-76054'30"
23.4
i'rcum ExA
WQ0012404
Version 3.0 Attachment B
Footnotes
I
Page 2 or 16
u

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Field/
30-39
30-40
30-41
30-42
30-43
30-44
30-45
30--16
30-47
33-17
33-18
33-19
33-20
33 -21
33-22
3'1-21
3-I
3-2
3-3
3-1
3-5
6-1
6-2
6-3
WQ0012404 Version 31
Owner
E.M. Powell & Sons. Inc
T.E. Ruffin
T.E. Ruffin
T.E. Ruffin
T.E. Ruffin
James C. Askew
James C. Askew
James C Askew
Oliver B Balance
Leonard 1. Gndwn
Leonard L. Godwin
Ola Sunders
Ruth H. Metcalf
Ruth H. Metcalf, et al
Mildred Harris
Agnes O. Moore. et al
County Total
Wiley B. Gillum III
Wiley B. Gillatn III
Wiley B. Gillarn III
Wiley B. Gillain III
Wiley B. Gillam III
Stuart fierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Picmc farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Fdrmt, Inc.
Lessee
County
Bettie
Kendred C Williams, Jr.
Kendred C Williams, Jr.
Bettie
Kendred C Williams, Jr.
Berrie
Kendred C. Williams, .Ir.
Ilertie
Kendred C. Williams. Jr.
Bcrtic
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
&'rtie
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Kendred C. Williams, Jr.
Bcrtie
Bettie
Bettie
Kendred C Williams. Jr.
William Ward
Bettie
William Ward
Bettie
William Ward
Bettie
Willium Wurd
William Ward
William Ward
W illiaui Ward
Bertic
Bcrtic
Bettie
Bettie
Bettie
I(ertford
Ilertford
I leritord
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Attachment. R
Latitude I Longitude
36012'42"
-76054124"
-7605724"
36"09'22"
36009'23"
-76e5737"
,)6"()9'26"
-76"57'13"
:; 09'23-
- 6"57'46"
3h'l1']K*
-76057'21„
361111'18"
-76057'17"
36011 ' 17"
-76057' 10"
36e l l' 12"
36°l3'38"
-76057'08'
-77000'05"
36013'31"
-76*59.55"
36" 12' 15"
-76^56'09"
36°14'16"
-76054'30"
36°14'02"
-76054'24'-
36013'53"
-76054'12"
36° 13'42"
-76°54'09"
36"19'51"-76050'3V
36"19'44"-76"SO'43"
36"19'45"-76"50'28"
36019'27"-76048'06"
361119'02"-?6'48'02"
36"16'06"-76`56'20-
3601618"-76"56'20"
36016'09"-76°55'58"
Certification Date: January 25, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Net
25.4
19.9
7.0
4.7
70
28
6.3
12.0
11.6
11.2
112
16.8
33
12.9
17.0
9.5
653.6
19.6
37.2
19.9
18.6
31 9
17.0
67A
79
Dominant. Soil Series
Exum - Lx A
Exum - ExA
Exum - ExA
Exwn ExA
Exum Extk
Exum - ExB
I sum - CxB
(intney - Gt
Exum - FxA
Kurfulk - NoA
Goldsboro - GvA
Goldsboro GoA
Exum - ExA
Exum - ExA
)�xum -LxA
(in Idshom - (io.A
Cioldshoro - (ioA
Lynchburg - Ly
Lynchburg- Ly
Norfolk - NoA
Wickhant WLB
Tarboro TaB
Craven CrA
Carol ine - CaA
Caroline - CaA
Fuv(nu"ni
Pagc 3 of 16

ATTA('H` ENT R - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Field/
64
b-5
6-6
6-7
6-9
6-10
6-11A
6-IIB
6-1 IC
6-11 n
6-1 I E
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
Owner
Stuart Pierce Funns. Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, lue.
Smart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Smart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Smart Pierce Fames; Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms. Inc.
Stuart Pierce farms, Inc.
Stuart Picrcc Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Smart Pierce Fanns, Inc.
Stuart fierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Picrcc Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Warms, Inc.
StuarLPivrce Farms. Inc
Stuart Picrcc Farms. Inc.
Stuart Pierce Fanns, Inc.
Smart Pierce Farms, Inc
Stuart fierce Farms. Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce I -arms, Inc
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc,
Stuart Piercc Farms, Inc.
Stuart Pierce Farms, Inc.
WQ0012404 Version 3.0
Lessee
Certification Date: January- 25, 2016
Perink Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
County Latitude Longitude �; Nota Dominant Soil Series Footnotes
cr
Hertford 36015'54" 76056'16" 10.9 Caroline -Ca.A
Hertford 36915'47 76"56'56' 54.0 Caroline -C:aA
Hertford 36" 15'36'-76056'34" 23.3 Craven - CrB
Hertford 36015'27''-76JS6' 11 " 42.2 Craven - CrB
Hertford 36016'01"-76°57' 17" 38.9 Cravat) - CrA
I Iertford 36016'43" ?6055'34" 107.0 Caroline - CaA
llerttord 36'15'52"-7?000'07" 41.0 Craven - CrB
Hertford 36145'41"-76059'53" 72.2 Craven - CrR
Hereford 3631517"-76"59'40" 29.4 Craven - CrII
Hertford 36°15'24"-76"59'45" 41.2 Craven -C.rli
Hertford 361; 15'36" -76' iW37" 47.7 Craven - CrA
Hertford 36" 18'30" -7 7001'47'' 40.4 Carolina - CaA
I iertford 36°18'27"-76054'52" 41.4 Craven CrA
Ilertford 36018'10"-76'54'59" 30.9 Craven CrA
Ilerttord 36018'14"-76055'18" 48.8 Craven CrB
Hertford 36`16'51"-761145'06' 46.1 1tonneau -BoB
Hertford 36°16'44"-76'45138" 41.9 Bonneau- 11nR
Hertford 36017'04"-76°45'33" 21.0 Bonn= -Boll
Hertford 36016'33"-76°43'56" 46.3 Goldsboro - GuA
I lerttord 36016106"-76044' 18" 21.4 Goldsboro - GuA
lentord 36°17'50"-76043'10" 70.8 Bonneau - BuB
i
Ileritord 36°16'19"-77-02.38" 564 Craven -CrA
Hertford W16'32"-??°02'41"' 94.9 Craven -CrA
Hertford 36-116-20"-77"02'23" ` 41.6 I enoir - Ln
Attachment B
Page 4 of 16
a

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: January 25, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.9
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County Latitude
Hertford 36018'20"
Longitude
Net
Aerea c
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
9-2
Gray Pierce. et al
-76051'10"
18.5
Norfolk-NoA
Norfolk-NoA
9-3
Grav Pierce
Hertford 36°18'14"
-76051'20"
8.5
9-5
C:arlylc Archer, ct al
Gray Pierce
ITenford 36'18'13"
-76051'37"
22.8
Norfolk NoA
9-6
Gray Picrcc
Ilcrtford
3601 HI5"
-776051 '46"
4.5
Groldsboro - GoA
9-7
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36"18'07"
-76"51'28"
16.2
14orfolk- NoA
9-8
Hertford
Hertford
36° 18'03"
36°17' 15"
36"17'59"
.76°51'36"
11.6
Norfolk - NoA
9-9
Gray Pierce
-76951'30"
-76°51'30-
18.1
5.6
10.6
Craven - CrB
9-10
Grav Pierce,
Hertford
Craven-CrB
Craven CrB
9-11
Grav Pierce
Hertford
36017'45"
-7605VIV
9-12
Gray Picrcc
Ilerttbrd
.16017'49"
-7W51'05"
8.6
Conetoe-COD
9-14
Gray Picrcc
I Icrttbrd
36°17'50"
.76°.50'58"
6.7
Tarbora-TaB
9-15
Gray Picrcc;
Hertford
36"17'58"
-76050'50"
7.7
'I arhoro - Tali
9-16
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Hertford
Hertford
36°17'58"
36018'01"
-76051'22"
-76051'2V
1.5
3.6
14.6
Craven - CrB
9-17
Craven -CrB
9-18
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36017'50"
-76051'25"
Wickham WkA
9-19
Gray fierce
Hertford
36" 17'59"
-7605110'
3.7
Tarboro TaB
9-20
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36^18'06"
-76051'13"
3.9
Boiineau BOB
9-21 Gray Picrcc
9-22 I Gray Pierce
9-24 Gray Pierce
I Icrtford
36°l7'38"
1 -76°51'49"
6.0
Craven - Cr.4
Hertford
36017'45"
-76151'49"
9.6
Lenoir -Ln
Hertford
36°17'47"
-7615143"
13.5
Craven - CrA
9-26
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36" 18'34"
-76351'4.5"
27.0
Craven - CrA
9-27
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Hertford
36019' 12"
-76'51 '48"
24.9
'Tarboro - TaB
_
9-28
Hertford
36"18'51"
36018'47"
-76°52'01"
15.0
Wickham - WkA
9-29
9-30
Gray Picrcc
Hertford
-76051'57"
5.7
Wickham - WkA
Wickham WkA
Gay Pierce
Hertford
36'18'44"
-76"51'53"
11.9
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Attachment B Page 5 of 16

ATTACHMENT R - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Fieldl
9-31
9-32
9-33
9-34
9-35
9-37
9-3R
9-40
9-41
9-42
9-43
9-45
9-46.A
9-46B
9-47
9-48
9-50
9-52
9-53
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-4
10-5 '
10-G �--- —
WQ0012404 Version 3.(
Owner Lessee
Gray Pierce., Merle Jones Gray fierce
Merle Jones Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Gruy Ptercc
R.C. Kennington Gray Pierce
R.C. Kennington Grav Picree
Gray Pierce
Cray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Gray Pierce
Crav Pierce
Grav Pierce
Gray Pierce
J.H. Drc.'vvey, III
J.H. Drewry,111
J.H. Drewry, Ill
J.H. Drewry, III
J.H. Drewry- III
J.H. Drewry, III
County
Hertford
Ilerrtord
Hartford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
I lertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertfoi d
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
I Ientord
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Ilerttord
Iertford
Attachment B
Latitude
Longitude
36017'48"
-76°52'45"
36°17'34"
-76052136'
369717"
-76°52' 10"
36°17'S2"
-760.53'0W
36�17'SR"
= 6052155"
36"18133"
4,6052'45"
36018'27
-76052'32"
36019'21"
-76053'33'
36"19'33"
-76053'28'
16"19'23"
-77001'20"
36"1916"
-77"00'38"
3601911"
-77106'56"
36"19'19"
-??"07'49"
36,11915"
-77°07'27"
36019'33"
-77"08'W'
36018'32"
-77006`31"
36°18'53"
7700613"
36"18'57"
-77007'03"
36"i9'06"
-7700713'
36"32'36"
-77009'01"
36032-30'
-77"08'36"
36'y32' 17"
-?7'08'31"
36032'35"
77QO8' l 6"
36032'58"
-77°08'17"
36052'21"
-77007'56"
Certification Date: January 25, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Craven -CrA
I-notnotes
11.4
17.6
Lenoir - Lit
16.7
Utivcn - CrA
76
Craven - CrA
13.4
Craven - CrA
15.8
Craven CrB
Craven - CrB
7.6
11.2
Wickham - WkB
12.4
Wickham-WkA
26A
Caroline—C.aA
39.4
Caroline - C'aA
73.7
Cray.� - CrA
36.7
Craven CrA
42.5
Craven CrA
1 R.8
Craven CrA
45.1
Craven CrA
63.8 Craven - CrA
27.4
26.7
Craven - CrA
Craven - C'rII
7.8
Tarboro - TaB
34.1
Wickham - WkA
6'. 7
Autryviilc - AuB
69
Lynchburg- nLy
20.0
Norfolk NoA
35.0 Craven - CrA
Page 6 of l6

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CIF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification hate: January 25, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Field/
Site
(honer
Lessee
I
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acrea e
Dominant Soil Series
Fuulnotes
10-7
10 8
J.H. Drewry, III
J.H. Drewry, Ill
Hertford
36032' 17"
-77008'07"
35.4
Nortdlk - NoA
Hertford
36,32' 15"
-7700818"
42.3
Norfolk - NoA
10-9
J.H. Drewry, III
J.H. Drewry, III
Hertford
36113214"
-77110T467'
12.3
Auttyville - Ault
10-10
Hertford
36032'2T'
-77007'41"
-77007'OT'
26.3
4.9
Bonneau-BoB
10-11
J H. Drewry. III
Hertford
36032'01"
Norfolk NoA
Craven CrA
Craven -CrA
1 l-1
CT Industries, Inc.
Granville farms, Inc.
HmTford
36°22' 19"
-76052' 10"
40.4
11-2
Cr Industries, Inc
Granville Farms, Inc.
Hertford
36022'17"
76°51'4T'
67.2
11-3
Cr, Industries, lnc.
Granville Farms, Inc.
Hertford
36022'01"
-76051'54"
41.4
Craven -CrA
12-1
Douglas R. White
Tuscarora Grecns
I Imford
36023'03"
-761'54'59"
8.3
Lenoir - I.n
12-2
12-3
Douglas R. White
Douglas R. White
Douglas R. White
Douglas R. White
Tuscarora Greens
Tuscarora Greens
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
36022'57'
-76"55711"
8.8
Lenoir - Ln
36022'40"
36022'43"
36022'33"
-7605C5T'
-76°54`46"
-76°54'51"
6.3
Craven - CrB
12-4
12-5
Tuscarora Greens
Tuscarora Greens
30.0
Craven-CrA
3.0
Craven CrA
Craven CrA
12-6
Douglas R White
Tuscarora Greens
Hertford
36022'55
--76054'52"
18.0
23-1
InhnnV Powell
Ilerttord
36"17'01"
-76,14.4102"
2,1.9
Norfolk-NoA`
23.2
Johnny Powell
Ilentord
36016'42"
-76"45112"
13.1
Norfolk -No.A
23-3
Thaddeus f . Scott
Jobnnv Powell
Hertford
361,17'46"
= 6"45 44"
39.1
Norfolk - NoA
23-4
Thaddeus F. Scott
Johnny Powell
Henford
Hertford
36°17'55"
-761145'44"
22.0
Norfolk - NoA
23-5
Johnny Powell
36018' 19"
-76047' 17"
27.7 Norfolk - NoB
19.9 Conetoe-CoB
23.6
.lohnnv Powell
Hertford
36°18'02"
-76050'25"
23-7A
Johnny Powell
Hertford 36017'42"
Hertford 36018'03''
-76049'32"
-7604910"
33.5
Craven - CrA
23-7B
Johnny Powell
13.2
Bonneau-BoB
23-8
Johnny Powell
Hertford
3601,711
-76°53'00"
29.8
+ 19.8
Caroline - CaA
23-9
Johnny Powell
I lertford
36"19'50"-76051'05"
Craven - CrA
23 lO Johnny Powell
Hertford
3fi°20'26--7604947"
1-.8
Craven - CS•_'k
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Attachment B PaPe 7 of 16

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
Cl? Nitrogen, Inc.
Field/
Site
23-12
23-13
23-14
23-I5
23-16
24-2
24-3
24-4
2t-5 I - -
24-6
24-7
24.8
24-9
24-10
24-11
24-13
^_5-1
25-2
25-3
25-4
25 S
2S-6
25-7
25-N
25-9
WQ0012404 Version 3.0
Owner
Johnny Powell
Johnny Powell
Johnny Powell
Johnny Powell
Johnny Powell
Cheater Towel I
Chester Powell
Chester PowcII
Chester Powell
Chester Powell
Chester Powell
Chester Powell
Chester Powell
Shirley Deramus
Shirley Deramus
Chester Powell
Tommy Castelow
Tommy Castelow
'pommy Castelow
'Pommy Castetow
Tommy Cagle+ow
Tommy Cmtelew
Tommy Castclow
Tommy Castelow
I ommy ('asnelnw
Lessee
Chester Powell
Chester Powell
County
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
I Ierttord
Iertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Ilerttord
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Ilertford
Ieriford
Hertford
Hertford
Attachment B
Latitude
Longitude
36"22727"
.76°54'50"
36021'19"
-76°54'02"
36112116-
-76^54'23"
36022'38'
-76"56'02`
36°I8'35'"
-76055'42"
36019'15"
-76'50'40"
16"19'28"
-76050'34"
16018'56"
-76048'52"
361I8'41"
-76019'52"
36020'24"
-"6''5115d"
3612017"
76°51146"
36415'50"
7605611"
W15150"
-76053'54"
36018'04"
-76"43'20-
W18'09"
-76043'13Y
36"15'23"
76°49'06"
36°21'58"
.76°53'54"
36019*46"
-76'49'06"
36020'02"
-76':49'03--'
3602017'
= 6"49'02"
36c20'09"
-76948'42'
36020'00"
-76"47'36"
36021'16"
-76047'38"
36" 24)'43"
-76054'05"
36'20'37"
= 6°54'01"
Certification Date: January may, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
het Dominant Soil Series
Acreage
26.3
Craven - CrA
20.5
Craven - CrA
11.7
Craven - C`rA
19.0
Norfolk NoA
45.0
Craven G B
Norfolk - NoA
14.6
11.6
10.8
{ Wickham - WkB
Galdshnm - GoA
_130
Bonncau -ItoB
13.5
3.6
Craven - (.rA
Craven - CrA
63
Lenoir - Ln
12.7
Craven CrA
6.1
Bonneau BoB
10.5
(;oldsboro - GoA
14.8
(:raven - CrA
39.8
Caroline - CaA
9.3
Norfolk - NnA
32.2
Norfolk - NoA
302
Craven - CrA
25.6
Craven - CrA
27.2
Craven CrA
12.1
Craven CrA
16.6
Craven - CrA
34.7
Craven - CrA
Footnotes
Page 8 of 16
0

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: January 25, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Field/
Site
Owner
_ _
Tommy Castelow
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant Soil Series
Footnotes
25-10
HeTtrord
36°20'26"
--76t54'07"
11.3
Craven -CrA
25-11
Tommy C.astelow
Hertford
36°20'25"
-76054' 13''
4A
Craven - CrA
25-12
Tommy Castelow
Hertford
36020'01"
3602l'58"
-76°54.28'
-77000'38"
32.0
Craven - CrA
'
26-1
BecchwroodCountry Club
Het%rd
7.9
Caroline -CaA
26-2
Becchw•ood Country Club
Flerrtord
36021*53"
47000'47"
10.5
Claverr - CrB
Craven, CrB
26-3
BeechHood Country Club
I lerttord
36^21'IT'
-7700017
8.3
26-4
Beechw wd Country Club
I lenford
36 21'43'
-77000101"
18.2
Caroline - CaB
27-52
Lori S. Burgess
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36025'02"
-77 06"W"
44.7
Norfolk -NoA
27-53
Lori S. Burgess
Steven Burgess
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36L24'42"
-77005155"
10.0
Nortnik - NoA
27-54
Hertford
36024'36'
36021' 18"
= 7006--06"
-77007'40"
42.7
6.6
Norfolk - NoA
27-55
Steven Burgess
Hertford
Craveu - CrA
27-56
Steven llurgcsc
I lerttord
16^217l9"
-77007'31"
9.8
Craven CrA
27-57
Steven Burgess
Iertford
36021'22"
-7700T21"
11.7
Craven-CrA ---
—
27-58
Steven Burgess
Hertford 36021'1 F'
-77007'17"
4 5
Lenoir- Ln
27-59
Steven Burgess -
Steven Burgess
Hertford 36021'08"
77007'23"
9.0
Lenoir - Ln
27-60
Hertford 36021 `03"
Hertford 3602l'04"
-77007'07"
2.3
Lenoir - Ln
27-61
Steven Burgess
-77006'591'
14.9
3.1
14.7
2 9. 5
17.6
17.5
Craven - CrA
I Craven - CrA
Craven - CrA
27-62
Steven Burgess
Hertford 36020'55"
-77007'02"
27-63
Adarn & Wendy I lurgees
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36021'14"
-77006'55"
27-64
Adam 8c Wendy Liurgcss
Steven Burgess
Hertford
36021'24''-77006'50"
Craven - CrA
28-1
Judith, Alhson, & Walter Perry
Hertford
36019'31"j
-77-50'15"
Norfolk-NoA
28-2 Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry-
28-3 Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
Icrtford
36019'27"
-761M'05"
NorfolkNoA
Hertford
36019'4R"
-76,150'10"
25.1
108
Norfolk NoA
Wickharn Wkr1
28-4
Judith, Allison, & Walter Pere• — --
Hertford
3641921 "
-76`49'51"
28-5
Judith, Allison. & Walter Perry
Hereford
36019'10"
-76°49'34" ! 9.4
Conetoe-CoB
wYvv1r4u4 version 3.0 Attachment B rarrP 9 of 16

ATTACkIMEN1' B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Field/ Owner
Site
28-6 Judith, Allison, & Walter ferry
28-7 Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
28-8 Judith, Allison, & Walter Perry
28-9 Judith, Allison. & Walter Perry
28-10 hidith, Allison. & Walter Perry
28-1 1 Judith, Allison. & Walter Perry
28.12
Judith, Allison. & Walter Perry
28.13
John Lock Mitchell
28-14
28 15
John Lock Mitchell
Betty ferry, John Mitchell, Eleanor Lanr, Penny
Beasley, & Ken _Mitchell
John Mitchell, Eleanor Lane, Pcnny Beasley, Ken
Mitchell, & Wiccacon Pro crties. 1.1 C
2R-16
28-17
Margaret Hall
28-18
Iletty Everene Perry.
31-1
Ray & Linda Chamhlee
31-2
Jackie Chamblee
31-3
Juckie Cltumblec
31-4
Ray & Linda Chamblee
31-5 Ray & Linda Chamblee
32-1 1 Janice Simmons Sessoms
32-2 1 William 11 I;cw. ms
32-3 1 William 11. Semoms
32-4 Joycc Ann Seasnms
32-' Jovc: Ann Smsoms
32-6 Willitun H. Sasoms
Lessee
Walter Perry
Walw Perry
Walter Perry
Walter Perry
Walter Perry
Walter Perry
Ray Chamblee
Ray Chamblee
William H. Scssoms
William H. Sessottts
William H. Sessonrs
Connty
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Iertford
Ilentord
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Ilerttbrd
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
I -le ord
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Hertford
Latitude
Longitude
36"19'24"
-76050124"
36J19'50"
-76051'03"
36419'42"
-76051'(W'
361,19'42"
= 6,51'13".
36019'44"
-76*51'If'
36"1918"
-76°5i'15"
36"19'4T'
-76°51'11"
36"17'427
-76049'37"
36°l7'36'
-7WA1945"
36017' 19"
-76050% 1-
36018'02"
-76°50'23"
36^23'O1"
76056'51"
369790"
-76049'53"
36020'42"
-76"55'26"
36°2040"
-76°55'20"
36020'47"
-76"55'13",
36°20'43'"
-?6°55'04"
36017'31"
-76055' 16'
3601755"
-76048'53"
36^17'55"
-76`48'42"
36"1T27
-76048'38"
36^18'07"
j -76-48-45"
36^17'43'
-76°49'16"
364T42"
Certification Date: January L5, 2(116
Permit number. WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Net Dominant Soil Series Footnotes
kcrea e
Norfolk NoA
20.4
160
Norfolk NoA
9.2
Goldsboro GoA
Goldsboro GoA
9.9
1.11
Goldshoro — t inA
3.7
Craven — till
3.6 Craven — CrB
9.7 Bureau — BoB
7.0 Bomteau — BoB
17A
Craven — CrA
18.9
Conctoe — CoB
16.9
7.4
8.8
Craven — CrA
Crnvcn — CrA
Craven — CrA
9.6
Craven — CrB
15.9
G avert CrA
As
Craven CrA
Goldsboro GoA
5.9
7.0 Wak--t1Ila R'aB --
30.6 Lynchhurg — L.
5.0
Craven •- <'41
5.0
Bonnean — RoR
5.5
Lynchburg— I.y
2.7
Lynchburg— I.y
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Attachment B Page 10 of 16
n

ATTACIBVIENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: January 25, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Field/
Site
Owner Lessee
County
Latitude
Longitude Aeret a
I32-7
Dominant Soil Series
footnotes
William H & Joyce Ann Sessoms
Hertford
36317'24"
-76047'58" 28.9
Goldsboro
32-8 William 11. & Delores sesSom.
Iertford
361117733"
-76047'23" ! 23.2
Norfolk- NoB
32-9 Will 11. & Dclorcc Scssoms
I lcri ord
36017'36"
-76,147'367'
13.3
Norfolk - Noll
32-10 William t1. & Delores Scssoms
Hertford
36°17'42"
-76°47'34"
7.3
Norfolk- NoB
32-11 W iceacon Properties. LLC
Wilham H. Scssoms
Hertford
36017'47"
-76°49'32"
4.3
Craven - CrA
32-.12 Ernest Chainbiec j William H. Sessoms
33-1 William W & "Nellie Ward William Ward
Hertford
360'I5'23"
-?6049'08"
14.0
Cravcn - CrA
Caroline - CaB
Hertford
360,14'36"
-76056'23"
3.0
33-2 William W &' Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36014'51"
-?6'56'23"
11.9
Craven -CrC2
33-3 William W &'IeOie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
36014AT'
-76056'21"
151
Norfolk-NoB
33-4 William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
3694'48"
-76'56'12"
13.6
Norfolk-NoB
�
33-5
William W &Nellie Ward
� William Ward
Iertford
3601 )'l0"
-76'56'418"
14.2
Tarhoro- I'all
33-6 William W & Nellie Ward
William Ward
Hertford
3644'43"
-76056'10"
14.6
Norfolk-NoB
33-7 ! William W & Nellie Ward
Williarn Ward
Hertford
Hertford
36014'3?"
36014'35"
-76056'08"
-76156' 14"
5.9
3.0
Craven - CrB
33.8 William W &,Nellie Ward William Ward
Craven - CrB
33-9 Michael A. & Deburub Spalduig Williant Ward
33-10 Michael A. & Deborah Spalding I William Ward
Hertford
36014'23"
36014'28"
-76'58'28"
-76'58'27"
14.2
8.0
Craven - CrA
Craven OB
Hertford
33-11
Michael A. & Deborah Spalding
William Ward
I lerttord
36014'26"
-76°58.17"
3.7
Craven - CrB
33-12
Michael A. & Deborah Spalding
William Ward
I Icrtford
36014'21"
-76158' 17"
2.4
Craven - CrA
33.13
Rosa H. Sessoms William Ward
Hertford
36J15'09"
47°0047"
25.0
Craven - CrA
33-14
Rosa H. Scssoms
William Ward
Hertford
36-15' 12"
47-0016" 6.3
I .eaf- I.f
33-15
Rosa H. Scssoms
William Ward
Hertford
3&15' 15"
-77000'29" 2.8
Craven - CrA
33-16
Rosa H. Sessoms
William Wurd
Hertford
36115'20"
-76000'31"'
4.2
Craven - CrA
County Tutu!
Hertford
Nottliampton
36028'42"
-770261067'
-77125'43"
4,230.4
IS-1
1. Elliot Stephenson
19.2
27.3
Lynchburg-Ly
15-2
J. Glliot Stephenson
Northampton
36028'31"
Craven --CrA
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Attaclunent B Pap 11 of 16

ATTACHMENT R - Approver) Land Application Sites
C1N Nitrogen, Inc.
Field/
Site
15-3
15-4
15-5
15-6
15-7
15-8
15-9
1.5-10
15-11
15.12
15-13
15-14
15-15
15-16
15-17
1R-1
18-2
19-IW
19-2W
19-3 W
19-4 W
19-4 W
19-6W
19-7W i
19-8W
WQ0012404 Version 3.0
Owner
J. Ohm Stephenson
1. lilliot Stephenson
L E11101, Stephenson
J. Elliot Stephenson
J. Elliot Stephenson
J. Elliot Stepheuson
J. Elliot Stephenson
J. Bentley Stephenson
J Bentley Stephenson
J Elliot Stephenson
J. Elliot Stephenson
J. Elliot Stephenson
J. Elliot Stephenson
J. Elliot Stephenson
J Elliot Stephenson
Thomas Williams
Thomas Williams
C.C. Woodard
C.C. Woodard
C.C. Woodard
C.C. Woodard
Cecil Whitel►eud
Amanda Cooke, et at
CX. Woodard
C.C. Woodard
Lessee
J. Elliot Stephenson
J. Elliot Stephenson
(-.(: Woodard
Cecil Whitchead
Certification Date: January LS, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
County
Latitude
Longitude
T
Acreage
xe
Dominant Soil Series
Northampron
361'2819"
-77°26'06"
38.0
41.3
71.3
37.1
Caroline -Crli
Northampton
36125'47"
-7725'26"
Norfolk -NoA
Norlhampwn
36126'06"
-77"25'40"
Gritney-Gxl4
Griurey - GxB
Northurnpwn
361:26' 17"
-77025'44"
Northampton 36026'12"
-7702418"
11.1
Norfolk 'roA
Goldsboro - GoA
Northampton 36026' 19"
Northampton 36126'49"
-7MS'39-
-77026'39"
-77026'21
-77026'25"
-77°2636"
-77"26'25"
35.6
15.1
c .nrney - GxB
Northampton
36051'21"
14.2
C ritney - GxB
Northampton
36126'44"
14.5
(,ntney - GO
Northampton
36026'09"
9.2
17.2
19.9
Gntney - GxB
Northampton
16126'03"
Gotney - (ixi t
Gritney - GxB
'Northutnpton
36"26'21 "
-77'26'07"
Northampton
361128'l8-
-77025'54" 24.3
Boruleau-130B
Northampton
3&28'24"
-77"25'41" 22.8
Muieau-BoB
Northampton
36028'09"
-7M5'52"
31.7
Craven CrA
Northampton
36029'41"
-77007155"
12.0
Craven - CrB
Northampton
36029'52"
-77008103"
15.0 Craven -C.rA
Northampton 36130'46'
-77°20'27'
31.7 Norolk-NOB
Northampton
36140'47'
-77020'48"
21.4
Norfolk - NoB
Northampton
36°30'36"-77"20'56"
69.7
Norfolk - Noll
Northampton
Northampton
Northampton
36130TT'
-77020'45"
76.7
12.8
Norfolk- Noll
36030A8"
-77"20'50"
Norfolk -NoB
36"30'32"
36030' 18"
-77°20'33"
18.6
Norfolk NoB
Northampton
-77020' 10"'
85.6
Norfolk - NA
Northampton
.3611015"
-,"P20'29"
10.9
attachment t3
Footnotes
Page 12of16

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Certification Date: January 25, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Field/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County
Latitude
Longilude
Net
Acreage
Dominnnt Soil Series
Footnotes
19-99%
19-IOW
C.C. Woodard
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36"30'35"
-77°2W21"
15.7
Norfolk -NoB
Nortbampton
36031'25"
-77°2O'54"
3.9
lionneau - Boll
19-1 1W
CC Woodard
Northampton
36131'28"
-77°20-44"
-77°20'25"
29.5
4.6
Bonncau - BoB
19-12W
CC Woodard
Northampton
36*31'43"
Bonueuu - BuB
Norfolk NoB
19-13W
C_C. Woodard
Northampton
36*3112"
-77°20'10"
7.9
19-14W
CC. Woodard
Northampton
3613119"
-7702010"
9.3
Norfolk NoB
19-15W
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36111'26"
-77020`10"
11.2
Norfolk -NoB
19-1G
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36°32t19"
-77021'07'
48.6
Altavista- AtA
19-2G
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
36"32' 17'
-^, 712 ['22"
13.6
'farhoro -Tall
19-30
C.C. Woodard
Northampton
Northampton
36032'26"
36032'43"
-717°21 `03"
-77°20'57'
36.2
42.5
Alluvtsta - ALA
19-4G
CC Woodard
Wickham - WkA
19-SG
C C. Woodard
Northampton
36°32'39"
-77°21'l3"
20.7
Roanoke - Ro
21-1
C:.0. Perm
Northampton
361125'48"
-771120`0T'
19.6
Norfolk - NoB
21-2
C.G. Pem
Northampton
36°25' 39"
= 7020'452'
29.2
Caroline - CaB
21-3
C.G.Pcrry
Northampton
36"25'38"
-7712017"
11.2
Caroline - call
21-4
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°25'29"
= 7"20'34"
3.3
Norfolk - NoA
21-5
C.G. Perry
Northampton
Northampton
36°25'31"
36°25'26'
-77°20`3T'
-7702011"
9.3
Norfolk -NoB
21-6
C.G- Pen,,
4.0
6.2
Notfolk NoB
21-7
(..{;. Perry
Northampton
36°25'25"
-77°20'25"
Norrulk -NuB
Norfolk NoA
21-8
Robert Jones
Robert Jones
Northampton
36°25'12"
-77°20'28"
50.4
21-10
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36023'41"
-77°24'16'
44.3
33.7
Norfolk -NoB
Craven - CrA
21-11
C.G. Perry
Northampton
36°27'57"-77°25'57"
21-13 C.G. Peny
21-11A C.G Perry
Northampton
36Q27'40"
-77"2515"
154
Norfolk - NoA
'Northampton
36 27'28"
-77°25'40"
138
Goldsboro - GoA
21-1411 C G. Perry
'Northampton
36"27'34'-
-77'25'39"
18.0
Goldsboro - GoA
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Attachment B Page J 3 of 16

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Field/
21-15
21-16
21-17
21-18
21-20
21-21
21-22
22-1
22-2
Owner
C.G. Perry
C.G. Perry
C.G. Perry
Robert .tones
Ruben Jones
Robert Junes
Robert Jones
Charles J Stephenson
Charles J Stephenson
22-3
Charles] Stephenson
22-4
Charles J. Stephenzon
22-5
Charles J. Stephenson
27-1
Neil Burgess
27-2
Neil Burgess
27-3
Neil Burgess
27-4
Neil Burgess
27-5
Neil burgess
27-6
Stephen Burgess
27-7 Judi B. Burgess
27.9 Judi B. Burgess
27-9
Lori S. Burgess
27-10
Stephen Burgess
27-11
Stephen Burgess
27-12
Stephen Burgess
27-13 1 Stephen IlurMs
WQ0012404 Version 3.0
Lessee
Robert Jones
Robert Jones
Robert Jones
Robert Jones
County
Ledinde
Longitude
NotthwVton
WIT34-
36027' 28-
= 7021'l6"
No"Unpton
-77p25' 16-
Northampton 36°25'40"'
-7MV08''
Northampton 36025'28"
-77021'13"
Northampton
36"25'23"
-77-2112"
Nordiutuptun
36125'34"-77"21'02"
Northampton
Northamptou
36"25'25"
3602724'
-77021'02"
-77°24'58"
Northampton
360'27'21"
-77024'49"
-77°24'38''
Northampton
3 qTl?"
36026'56"
Northampton
--:7M4'34"
Northampton
36"25'44"
-77023'58"
Stephen Burgess Northampton 361101)(1"-77"12'50"
Stephen Burgess Notlharnplun 36026'00"-77"12'36
"
Stephen Burgess
Nortlttunptun
361125'54'"
-77^12'27"
Stephen Ilurgesc
Northampton
36°25'41"
-77012'41"
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
3G°2518"
-77°12'39"
Stephen Burgess Northampton 36"26'07"-77"11'22"
Stephen Burgess Northampton 36124'20"-77013'28"
Stephen Burgess
Northampton W'23'59" 77014'10"
Northampton 1 W23'56"-77°13'57"
Northampton 1 36"23'52"-77013'51'
Attachment B
Certification Date: January z,6, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Net
17.5
5.7
4.5
6.7
3.7
31.4
5.7
217
19.6
11.4
9.X
6.9
47.8
56.4
25.5
27.5
16.0
53.4
13.9
17.7
18.6
20.3
23.4
16.7
5.2
Dominant Soil Series
Goldsboro - UoA
Goldsboro - GoA
Norfolk - NoA
Norfolk - NoA
Norfolk -NoA
Norfolk - NoA
Goldsboro - GoA
Goldsboro - GoA
Goldsboro - GoA
Goldsboro - GoA
Goldsboro - GoA
Goldshoro - GoA
Norfolk— N a A
Norfolk - NoA
Rains — !ta
Norfolk — NoA
Norfolk - NoA
Bonneau - BoB
Craven - CrA
Norfolk — NoB
Caroline - CaA
(:raven - CrA
Craver - CrA
Craven - CrA
Cnteen - CrA
Footnotes
Page 14 of 16
2

ATTACHMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc -
Certification Date: January 25, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3-0
Fold/
Site
Owner
Lessee
County Latitude
Longitude
Nei Dominant Soil Series
Acreage
Footnotes
27-14
Lori S. Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Nortlampton 36°24134"
-77016'04"
14.7 Goldsboro - GoA
6.5 Norfulk—NoB
5.1 Norfolk - NoB
27-15
Stephen Bwgess
Northampton 36126'31"
-7701710"
27-16
Stephen Burgess
Northampton 16120127"
-77017'02"
27-17
StcphenBurgcss
Northampton 36026'32-'
-77016'52"
21,9
Nortolk — Noll
27-18
Lori S. Burgess
Northampwn 3&26' !0"
-77" 14'39"
I L 1 Goldsboro - GoA
27-19
Lori S. Burgess
Noriltumpton 36°26' 18"
-77114'24"
18.4 Goldsboro - GOA
27-20
Eloise T. Wurd
Stephen Burge55
Northampton 36°2C20"
Northampton 36°26' 19"
Northampton 36026'34"
-77°14' 17"
-77,94' 13"
-77014'15"
12.9
Goldsboro - GoA
27-21
Eloisc T. Wurd
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgess
3.8
Goldsboro - GoA
27-22
Eloise T Ward
6.7
� Goldsboro - GoA
27-23
Eloise T Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northarupton ; 36°27'49"
-77015'27"
32.5
I Bonneau - BOB
27-24
Eloise T Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton i 36°28'07"
-77°15'16'-
21.5
Bonneau - BOB
f
27-25
Eloise T Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton 36°281047-
-77"14'45"
15.2
Bonneau - BOB
27-26
i:loise'I . Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton 36`2T53"
-77°14'41"
11.5
Norfolk- Noll
27-27
EloiseT. Wurd
StcphcnBurgcss
Northampton 36 28'02"
-771114'34"
14.4
Norfolk—NoB
27-28
Eloise I Ward
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Northampton 36027.52"
Northampton W27145"
Northampton 36028' ] 1"
-77°14'25"
-77014'17"
M'014'51"
25.3
Norfolk — NoB
27-29
Eloise T. Ward
Eloise T. Ward
Eloise T Ward
60.5
Norfolk — NoB
27-30
27-31
5.7
10.5
Autryville - AuA
Norfolk ItioA
Bonneau BoB
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36028'16"
-77014'52"
27-32
Floise'1'. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36"28'21"
-77114'52"
26.0
27-33
I .loise'I'. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36128'21"
-77114'42"
9.9
Norfolk - NoA
27-34
hloice'l'. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
36028'26"
-77014'30"
17.6
Bonneau BoB
Goldsboro GoA
27-35
Eloisc T. Ward
Stcphen Burgess i Northampton
361,28,30"-77"1A'18"
9.1
27-36
Eloise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
Northampton
Northampton
36028'24"-77u13'57"
9.3
Aunyville— AuA
27-37 1-Inise T. Ward
Stephen Burgess
36028'23"
36028'10"
-77014'12"
-77114'09"
17.2
3.0
Autryville — AuA
27-38
I'loise'I'.Ward Stephen Burgess
Northampton
Norfolk-NuA
WQ0012404 Version 3.0 Attachment R Paee 15 of 16

ATTACIiMENT B - Approved Land Application Sites
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Field/
Site
27-39
27-40
2 7-41
27-42
27-13
27-44
27-45
27-46
27-47
2'7-48
27-49
27-50
27-51
27-65
27Z
Owner
Kevin 11. Burgess
Kevin 11. Burgests
Stephen Burgos
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgas
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Kevin B Aurgess
Kevin B. liurgesc
Kevin B. Burgess
Kevin B. Burgess
Bobby Bridges
Neil & Donna B. Burgess
County Total
Permit Total
Lessee
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgos;
Stephen Burgam
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Stephen Burgess
Neil Bridges
Certification Date: 3anuary la, 2016
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
County Latitude
Longitude
1 Net
a e Dominant Soil Series
Northampton 36026'40"
-7 P12'40"
20.6
Norfolk - Nall
Northampton 36026'33"
-771112'35'
21.0
Norfolk -NoB
Northampton 36°27'33"
-7'1 11'45'
9.1t
Norfolk - NoB
Northampton
36127'43"
-77011 '32",
93.5
Ilonncau - BoB
Northampton
3627'35"-77011'21"
1?.7
Norfolk-NoB
Northampton
36127'43'
-77*11'l1"
29.2
Bonneau -BoB
Northampton
36"27'49"
-77'1 F04"
17.5
13.9
Norfolk - Noll
Northarnplon
36"27'27"
-7Ttl'18"
Bonn:.au-[loll
Bonneau - BoB
Northampton
Northampton
36027'36"
36027'31
-77011't16"
208
-77010' I52'
14.8
State- SW
Northampton
3602T2T'
-771110'07'
61
Tarboro -TaB
Northampton 1 36,127'38"
-77009'59"
17.9
Altavista AIA
Northampton
36'27'38"
- 77009'40'
52.7
Tarboro - TaB
Northampton
36125'50"-77"15'01"
67.3
Ilonneaer BoB
Norfolk - NoB
Northampton
36124'50"
-77° l 5' 10"
18.1
Northaerrptan
2.630.5
7,514.5
Foolautes
WQ0012404 Version 10 Attachment B Page 16 of 16

ATTACHMENT C - Groundwater Monitoring and Limitations
Cl nitrogen, Inc.
ATTACHMENT C - GROUNDWATER LIMTTATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Permit No. WQ0012404 Version 3.0
CF Nitrogen, Inc.
Site 11 Monitor Wells C-22, C-23, C-28, C-29, C-32, C-33, MWI-3, MWl-4 and MWI-6
Site I 1 Pierometers PI-I1, PO-12, PI-2 and PO-236
Parameter Limits
Daily Maximum I Daily
Minimum
Water level, distance from
measurine ooint - 82546
1. 4 x Year monitoring shall be in January, April, hily, and October.
Units Frequency
feet 4 x Year
Permit Number: WQ0012404 Version: 3.0
Monitoring Requirements
Measurement I Footnotes
Calculated
WQ01 I Version 3.0 At :nt C ;e i of 1

gal
— 17
Red m-li-
e TUn6t t • O , 2. �� ` `„• --f0 "5'_ :sr —.a— = 1H �°► \ �. r►.
`' -tie ��.� �' h�f•� `� -' � eJ ;, ,- .. J J` ', � - - ���`'�,
=•...c ��> �- �. �' !��, a I:� -
Pettys gho+
l :�^ 125 ll A �• rye
�J .O'•�0. �aiR /• j 1 4r
•sue` , ��_—�--;f��^
`nyryYyof• \ !7 Q,4 v _ —� ; /•oty'b
a Y
' f
/to 1 '
,. ,'` JAI •r •77 - ra m / nCerti
�t .. /• ter' • • I � '� ^—s— �'- qF � .,I:
a I ,' b } z � 14 Ill• ' —A./ 1` Q�,•.4� �: r �. .F
FIGURE 1
ft {• " ` �� - '' +i `�;`� ¢—� �' CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
-
- GROUNDWATER REMEDIATION
HERTFORD COUNTY
WQ0012404
-'-
�• _+• ,: - - -- - - - VICINITY MAP

� •, C = 4 —
12-
fir
�
r37
:...1. .
.�'+ ' a °"•' „w . Ira ..y..
MWI -6
VMr
It
s.Iwo
• � �? F i f'a,I� � ` fu wo ...ti =.3'.. iy� 'T S,� .`f yr t .. $1 �„E(
'yr •�✓-+1 :` R r 4j I C aw oat '�'� 'I Ytw Npif i i { < 7r Y „r. i 3 7
': - i,�"'`Q . •w .fit a,�� .I•�nr }�
�y ' 1
''.,n
IT
• ra��. FF �� ^'aF-arf'fldt fl'� �};el;Ka��� � i` � i'k�.,, �j�'x'..a'�: l.. � �jjSsl lF r.,�`,1. , •I
t.? Ir� i)Y X r'iK+ / ! s o.�'.YL.-r= i .i• 4. e' w,, r ,r f"' r i r Qr} , LLF' ,
• .: I Yx '� V f � ������i�t ' .}�^* Ya," • I �. rt� '`�� � x 'v t T' 31 �y ,�' r,N+ ...
Y� �)I, ,! •:M liyi�4l v flr+� r;, �. ,�L. • •. wt - t �, i. r 4'�- r t/ �I r t 1 fa4Fwf. Fwi
' a+ ��F i .�• t TTT I li�S� �;tiat i:,'.. xa x a wwr
, .t 1.
�•'�'•�''yJ�t��yit��'�' Jr� .. " t•�•r `'; ��1�� ���'`fr/ .>f,.�'Y K`Y+S t '�(_ �tH`fl`�'f. i lNlvll)
' ?'e�y �^.�•YI-�•�.�Y"'>;r .-•.. Yt is ,Sj-r '•`�.' '� n�i,'/�r�}}}' � t•"r, � y�.'..
FIGURE 2
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
GROUNDWATER REMEDIATION
HERTFORD COUNTY
WQ0012404
MONITOR WELL LOCATION MAP

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
LANDOWNER AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT FOR
CF NITROGEN,1NC.
Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater is generated by a groundwater recovery system located at the former
Farmers Chemical site in Coticld, NC. The groundwater recovery system is composed of nine recovery wells
with a transfer pump station and a one million gallon storage basin with a groundwater transfer and loading
system with dual loading bays for tanker trucks. The recovered Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater contains a
nitrogen value for application as a nitrogen fettilinr, and is permitted by die Division of Water Resources
(Permit WQ0012404) for bulk distribution. This agreement is lu allow the distribution of Nitrogen Enriched
Groundwater onto properties whose owner is herein giving written consent for the responsible application of
this resource.
LNSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPi.ICANT:
A. Prepare a separate attachment form for each landowner other than the applicant.
✓ A copy of the completed and appropriately executed attachment form must be provided to the landowner and
the lessecioperator.
B. if the landowner wishes to exclude certain fields from use, a list of excluded fields along with a description
of the excluded areas, shall be attached to this Agreement.
AGREEMENT FOR THE. LAND APPLICATION OF NiTROGEN ENRICHED GROUND WATER
TO LAND APPi.ICATION SITES NOT OWNFD BY THE PERMITTEE
The undersigned landowner or his representative hereby permits:
CF Nitrogen, inc.
c/d CF Industries, inc.
4 Parkway North, Suite 400
Deerfield, Illinois 60015-2590
Telephone [phone]
E-mail jfoster(i�cfindustrics.com
hereinafter referred to as (lie Permittee. to land apply nitrogen -enriched ground water, as defined above, to be
applied onto sites owned by the undersigned landowner in the following counties:_
_ in accordance with the stipulations and restrictions
as given in this Agreement, provided the Permittee and the lessee (if required) of the site agree to meet the
requirements of, and follow, the Lessee Agreement Attachment prepared by the Division of Water Resources.
The following fields shall be excluded from this agreement (List fields by parcel #, specific location, or other
identifying manner, as well as County name. Indicate "not applicable" if there are no fields to exclude. Attach
separate list if provided space in insufficient):
The leg -we, the landowner or his representative receives, in consideration, full use of the nutrient value of the
applied nitrogen enriched ground water while the Permittee receives, in consideration, the use of the land
application site(s) described below for the beneficial use of the nitrogen enriched groand water. This Agreement
shall remain in effect for the length of the Division's permit for the nitrogen enriched ground water land
application program and shall be automatically renewed each time this permit is renewed.
FORM: CF Industries LOAA 01072016 Page 1 of 3 Attachment D

1. ST PL?LATIONS:
This Agreement shall be binding on the grantees, the successors, and assigns of the parties hereto with
reference to the subject matter of this Agreement.
Notification of cancellation of this Agreement for any or all approved sites shall be immediately forwarded
to DEQ-DWR, Land Application Unit, 1636 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1636. Telephone
[phone].
Any duly autboriied officer, employee, or representative of the Division may, upon presentation of
credx ntials. enter and inspect any property, premises, or place on or related to the land application site(s) at
any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with the Division's nitrogen enriched ground
water land application program permit; may inspect or copy any records that must be kept tinder the terms
and conditions of this permit; or may obtain samples of groundwater, surface water, or leachate.
LANDOWNER RESPONSIBILITIES
4. The landowner or his representative authorizes the Permittee, local officials, and State officials or their
representatives to take necessary soil, surface water, and groundwater samples during the term of, and for 12
months after termination of, this Agreement.
S. The landowner or his representative shall not enter into any additional waste disposal contracts or agreements
with another municipality, contractor, or other permitted entity for the land application sitc(s) specified by
this Agreement. The land application of any additional nitrogen enriched ground water or waste, other than
that generared by the nitrogen enriched ground water source -generating facilities specified by the Division's
nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit. is prohibited.
6 The landowner or his representative will furnish the Permittee with information regarding the amount and
analysis of other sources of nutrients (e.g., teutihzer, unregulated animal waste, etc.) that have been applied
to the land application site(s). for fields operated by a Icssee, the lessee will sappy this information for
the landowner in accordance with the Lessee Agreement.
7. The landowner or his representative will inform the Permittee of any revisions or modifications to the
intended use and cropping patterns for the land application site(s) prior to each planting season to enable the
Permittee to amend this Agreement and schedule nitrogen enriched ground water land application events at
appropriate periods. For fields operated by a lessee, the lessee will supply this information for the
landowner in accordance with the Lessee Agreement.
8 The landowner or his representative hereby authorizes the Permittee, local officials, and State officials or
their representatives to inspect the land application site(s) prior to, during, and after any nitrogen enriched
ground water land application event and to established monitoring facilities on or near the land application
site(s) as required by the nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit.
PERMTTTEE RFSPONSIBILITIES
Prior to the land application of Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater, the Permittee shall enter into an
agreement with the lessee that includes the following conditions.
9 The Permittee must request and obtain a permit modification from the Division prior to a transfer of the land
application site(s) to a new landowner. The request shall contain the appropriate forms and agreements. In
addition, the current landowner shall give a notice to the new landowner that gives full details of the nitrogen
enriched ground water applied at the land application site(s).
10. The Pennittee has provided the landowner or his representative with infortnation and data concerning the
nitrogen enriched ground water land application program, including an analysis ofconstitucnts of the nitrogen
enriched ground water, nitrogen enriched ground water application methods, schedules for typical cropping
patterns, and a description of the equipment used by the Permittee.
t 1. The Permittee shall provide the landowner or his representative with a copy of the nitrogen enriched ground
water land application program permit that has been most -recently is -sued by the Division prior to
commencement of any nitrogen enriched ground water land application event. This permit will specify
limitations and other restrictions prescribed by the laws and regulations,
12. For fields leased for operation by a third party, the Permittee will obtain a signed Lessec Agreement for all
sites approved under this agreement prior to the application of Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater to those sites.
I+ORM: ff hulustries LOAA 01072016 Page 2 of Attachment D

13. Within the limits of die Division's nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit, the
Pennitwe will detennine nitrogen enriched ground water application rates and schedules based on crop
patterns and the predominant soil series of each respective field. in no case shall more Nitrogen Enriched
Groundwater be applied than was requested by the landowner, his representative, or by the iessec.
14. Specific nitrogen enriched ground water land application area boundaries shall be clearly marked on the land
application site(s) by the Permittee and/or his representative prior to and during a nitrogen enriched ground
water land application event.
15. The Permittec .shall provide an annual suntntary of the application actiNities to the owner each year. In the
event there is no activity on a site during a given year, the annual summary document is not required to be
provided to the owner.
11. ALTERNATIVES FOR WATER SUPPLY WL•'LLS INSIDE THE COMPLIANCE BOUNDARY:
I5A NCAC 02pL .010'l(d) prohibits water supply wells within the compliance boundary of any site. However,
15A NCAC 02T .0105(h) allows the compliance houndary to be placed closer to the waste disposal area, such
that the water.supply well is situated outside of the compliance boundary provided the groundwater standards can
be met at the newly -established compliance boundary. Please mark one ofthe following;
❑ A re -defined compliance boundary is needed for field(s) ED:
(Please include the rationale for the requested re -location of the compliance boundary and attach a map
showing the newly proposed compliance boundary to the application package)
❑ A re -defined compliance boundary is approved as part of this agreement.
Landowner's Certification:
❑ I certify that I am a deeded landowner ofthe above -referenced land application site(s) and am authorized to make
decisions regarding the use of the land application sites) on behalf of other deeded landowners QR that 1 am
otherwise authorized, through a power of attorney or other legal delegation, to make decisions regarding the use
of the land application site(.) on behalf of the deeded landowners. 1 certify that I have read this Agreement_
understand the stipulations, alternatives for water supply wells inside the compliance boundary, and restrictions,
and do hereby grant permission to the Permittee to land apply nitrogen enriched ground water to the land
application site(s) as specified herein. This document shall be used in conjunction with the U--.%see Agreement
Attachment forth (FORM: L.kk 01072016). which describes the responsibilities and obligations ofthe leasing
party(s)-
Landowner name.
Landowner address:
City: State: ---__-_-- Lip:
Hornc'business phone: _ Cell phone:
Signature Date:
Permittee's Certification:
❑ 1 certify that I have read this Agreement and do hereby agree to abide by the stipulations and restrictions as
specified herein.
Signing official name:
Signature:
" END OF FORM: LOAA ***
Date:
FORK CF IIIilUSLrics 1.OAA 01072016 Pil-C I of 1 Attachment D

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
LESSEE AGREEMENT ATTACHMENT FOR CF NITROGEN, INC.
Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater is generated by a groundwater recovery system locatW at the former
Fanners Chemical site in C;ofield, NC. The groundwater recovery system is composed of nine recovery wells
with a transfer pump station and a one million gallon storage basin with a groundwater transfer and loading
system with dual loading bays for tanker trucks. Pic recovered Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater conlains a
high nitrogen value for application as a nitrogen fertilizer, and is permitted by the Division of Water Resources
(Permit WQOO12404) for bulk distrihuti(-)n. This agreement is to allow the distribution of Nitrogen Enriched
Groundwater onto properties whose le-,wes are herein giving written consent f6r the responsible application
of this resource.
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT:
A. Prepare a separate attachment form for each set of land application sites that are ownetl by a landowner
and operated by a lessee/operator (i.e., if applicable) other than the applicant.
✓ A copy, of the completc.A and appropriately executed attachment form must be provided to the lesseeioperatur.
AGREEMENT FOR THE LAND APPLICATION OF NITROGEN RNRiCHED GROUND WATER
TO PRIVATELY OWNED LAND APPLICATION SITES
The undersigned landowner or his representative hereby permits:
Cl-'Nitrogen, Inc.
c/o CT Industries, Inc.
4 Parkway North, Suite 400
Deerfield, Illinois 6W15-2590
Telephone [phone]
E-mail jfusterColcfindustries.com
hereinafter referred to as the Permittee, to land apply nitrogen -enriched ground water, as defined above, to be
applied onto the sites listed in the following site list, which Includes the identification information for the field,
its appruaimate acreage, the county, the owner, the intended crops, and the intended use or deposition of the
crops in accordance with the stipulations and restrictions as given in this Agreement.
The lessee, the landowner or his representative receives, in consideration, full use of the nutrient value of the
applied nitrogen enriched ground water while the Permittee receives, in consideration, the use of the land
application site(s) described above for the beneficial use of the nitrogen enriched ground water. This Agreement
shall remain in effect for the length of the Division's permit for the nitrogen enriched ground water land
application program.
The undersigned lessee or his representative and the Permittee agree to abide with the following restrictions
and stipulations until such time as written notification, given 30 calendar days in advance, modifies or cancels
this Agreement.
FORM: CT Industries LAA 110914 Page I of 3 Attachment E

1. STIPULATIONS:
This Agreement shall be binding on the grantees, the successors, and assigns of the parties hereto Hdth
reference to the subject matter of this Agreement.
Any duly authorized officer. employee; or representative of the Division may, upon presentation of
credentials, enter and inspect any property, premises, or place on or related to the land application sites) at
any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with the Division'~ nitrogen enriched ground
water land application program permit; may inspect or copy any records that rnuer be kept under the terms
and conditions of this permit; or may obtain samples of groundwater, surface water, or leachate.
LESSEE REVONSIB1LIT1ES
3. The lessee or his representative shall 'not enter into any additional waste disposal contracts or agreements
with another municipality, contractor, or other permitted entity for the land application site(s) specified by
this Agreement, "the land application of any additional nitrogen enriched around water or waste, other than
that generated by the nitrogen enriched ground water source -generating facilities specified by the Division's
nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit, is prohibited.
4. Should the lessee or his representative lease or otherwise permit the use of the land application site(s) by a
third party, the lessee shall be responsible to ensure that the third parry agrees and complies with the terms
and conditions of this Agreement.
S, The lessee or his representative will furnish the Permittee with information regarding the amount and analysis
of other sources ofnutriemts (e.g,, fertilizer, unregulated animal waste, etc.) that have been applied to the land
application site(s).
6. The lessee or his representative will inform the Permittee of any revisions or modifications to the intended
use and cropping patterns for the laud application site(s) prior to each planting season to enable the Permittee
to amend this Agreement and schedule nitrogen enriched ground water land application events at appropriate
periods.
7 The lessee or his representative recognizes that the land owner has authorized the Permittee. local officials,
and State officials or their representatives to utspcct the land application site(s) prior to; during, and after any
nitrogen enriched ground water land application event and to established monitoring facilities on or near the
land application site(s) as required by the nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit.
8. The lessee or his representative authorizes the Permittee, local officials, and State officials or their
representatives to take necessary soil, surface water. and groundwater samples during tine term of, and for 12
months after termination of. this Agreement.
PERMITTEE RESPONSiBILMES
9. The Permittee has provided the lessee or his representative with information and data conceming the nitrogen
enriched ground water land application program, including an analysis of constituents of the nitrogen
enriched ground water, nitrogen enriched ground water application methods, schedules for typical cropputg
patterns, and a description of the equipment used by the Permittee.
10. The Permittee shall provide the lessee or his representative with a copy of the nitrogen enriched ground water
land application program permit that has been most -recently issued by the Division prior to commencement
of any nitrogen enriched ground water land application event. This permit will specify maximum application
rates; limitations, and other restrictions prescribed by the laws and regulations.
it. Within the limits of the Division's nitrogen enriched ground water land application program permit, the
Permittee will determine nitrogen enriched ground water application rates and schedules based on crop
patterns and the predominant soil series of each respective field. In no case shall more Nitrogen Enriched
Groundwater be applied than was requested by the lessee.
12. Specific nitrogen enriched around water land application area boundaries shall be clearly marked on the land
application site(s) by the Perrniuce or his representative prior to and during a nitrogen enriched ground water
land application event.
13. Me Permittee shall provide an annual sunnnary of the application activities to the lessee each year. In the
event there is no activity on a site daring a given year, the annual summary document is not required to be
provided to the lessee.
14. The Pennittee shall provide the lessee a copy of the signed Landowner Agreement Form prior to entering
into this agreement.
I t>1i�1: CF tndustrics I.AA 01072016 Page 2 of Attachment E

Ficld M number must correlate to the field ID number to be included in the DWR permit. if the field ID number is not available
at the time of completion of this agreement, they may he left blank, and may be added by the Pernvttee prior to submittal of the
agreement to the Division.
Lessee's/Operatur's Certification:
❑ I certify that I have read this Agreement and do hereby agree to abide by the stipulations and restrictions as
specified herein.
❑ I certify that I have received a copy of the signed Landowner Agreement Form authorizing use of the fields
covered hi this agreement for the application of Nitrogen Enriched Groundwater.
Lessee/operator name:
Lesseeloperator address:
City:
Home/business phone:
Signantre:
State:
Cell phone:
Zip:
Date:
Permittee's Certification:
❑ 1 certify that 1 have read this Agreement a.nd do hereby agree to abide by the stipulations and restrictions as
specified herein.
Signing of icial name:
Signature: Date:
*** END OF FORM: LAA ***
FORM: C:F Industries LAA 01072016 Page 3 of 3
Attachment E

Appendix II - Groundwater Recovery System Construction
Drawings

GROUNDWATER RECOVERY AND REMOVAL SYSTEM
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
TUNIS, NORTH CAROLINA
"s DELMME MOTM
VICINITY MAP
MILES
0 1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
KILOMETERS
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
NO. DESCRIPTION
CFI-1 COVER SHEET
CFI-2 RECOVERY WELL SITE PLAN
CFI-3 UNDERGROUND PIPING SITE PLAN
CFI-4 PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM
CFI-5 RECOVERY WELL, UNDERGROUND PIPING AND PIPE MANIFOLD DETAILS
CFI-6 TRUCK LOADING AND GROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN
CFI-7 CONCRETE, PAVEMENT AND GENERAL DETAILS
CFI-8 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAM
CFI-9 TRUCK LOADING STATION, PLANS AND SECTIONS
CFI-10 TRUCK LOADING STATION, SECTIONS AND DETAILS
tH CnRO °
Is3 n.�%yy'k,
ON7 s
au� i
C f^CI NEB'
ti 9qy M. B�R�

PO_R3 0
i
LEGEND
EXISTING WATER WELL
C-33 (D
MONITOR WELL INSTALLED BY OTHERS
Mwl-7 m
MONITOR WELL INSTALLED BY S&ME
PO-237 ♦
PIEZOMETER INSTALLED BY OTHERS
PO-12 0
PIEZOMETER INSTALLED BY S&ME
RW-I ®
EXISTING RECOVERY WELL INSTALLED BY S&ME
RW-2 ®
PROPOSED RECOVERY WELL
- -- _ --
EXISTING SURFACE CONTOUR
'-'37.0-
GROUNDWATER CONTOUR
®
GROUNDWATER ELEVATION RECORDED
AT WELL OR PIEZOMETER
200 0 200 400
SCALE IN FEET
NOTES:
1.) GROUNDWATER CONTOURS WERE RECORDED
ON JANUARY 29-30, 1996.
2.) TOP ELEVATION OF SLURRY WALL = 30.00 MSL.
3.) PROPOSED RECOVERY WELLS WILL BE
INSTALLED BY S&ME.
1w u
1L maw
me
M 9eb
w a-"
able
RFI
01 ISW 11301
45.09
740
37.90
M91-2
01 30 1906 13
44.64
0.75
37.89
Y91-3
M 199613: M
44.93
7.57
37.35
M91-4
01/3DAM 14:39
4ZO3
5.2
39.91
M90-5
Ol,"/19N IL051
4132
13.10
28.22
MWO
01 19M 14:20
45.13
7.29
37.84
KW7
01 1996 14:3d
44.24
8.39
*05
M10-8
O1 29 1986 10:3111
4Z93
9.91
1 33.02
01-9
01 29 19M It 2W
43.21
119
40.02
_
PI-1
01 3D 199612 LS
4241
5.45
36,96
PI-2
01 199616:
42.90
181
36.99
PO-3
01 19M 11
4205.
22.43
19.62
P1-4
01/30/1"S 13:181
4Z43
4.94
37.49
---
I"
01 3D 19% I&Mi
43.05
5.68
37.17
P0-6
01 1996 14:4d
4130
17.90
25.48
PE7
Ol 1996112
4180
6.15
37.45
PI-8
0130199814161
4116
7.W
35.3D
PI-9
01 20 19M 11041
4191
6.37
1 35.82
PI-10
01 12M 11
44.52
7.69
3&83
PI-M
Ol 1996 14--131
42.57
7.08
35.49
PD-12
Ol IM 14:151
30.20
20A0
ML80
PI-13
I ebendam4d
PI-14
Ol M 14.21
4166
7.32
36.54
PO-15
01 30 1996 1* 171
4Z26
16.93
25.35
FO-16
0129199610 2M
42.41
10.24
X17
PI-17
Ol 29 19M 10, 201
42.90
*95
37.95
C22
01 29 1990 13,4d
30.65
22.53
1 17.12
C23
01 99811 4d
39.50
4.96
34.64
C28
01 29 19M 16.151
40.48
MOD
20.46
aa..tr
C29
DI 29 1996 16:21
4114
163
34.51
C32
01 30 19M M
36.86
2291
L194
C33
01 30 19H 14.
30.40
191
35.49
C4
Olin/ins 1115
4288
9.19
3109
B-4
4C It1N
B-5
c4r 1e1w
PHOTOGRAMMENNSTS NOTE.
Mop roe compiled by Piedmont Axial Surveys vem9 analytical
slero phologrommetrk nathod$ from photo9•ophy dated 9/15/95.
hol-tal grid is Cased ,a the t h r rdia, state Pp Coordiaote Syxem.
NOrth Amxkon "s-, 1983. vxtica elevalioas ore bosed on ttte North Am kcn
Vxtkol Dotam. 1929. Ground coat of dot, as provided by
Soulhem M,PpiN and E,giaeenr`g, 4521 W. MPMet Street G1e0-0. NC 2740.7
This map meets x etceede National Mop Accuroc, Staado,ds for mopping at 1:100 scale
rite o 1 fxrl c-l- intxvol. Dashed contour i0kale Aucshon W ,caurddy�
H CARp7�y..,%
3 /�/!OE�ESS7pN t9
E- SEAL 9r
t 16723
Elt9,E,�
M. B

I�ala_\\�+ � _\ice/•/� �\� , ,l
PHOTOGRN METRISVS NOTE'
Map w --ailed Dy Pedmnnt s kt Surveys -my a lyt'Kal
alerro phatogroma et methods from photography datad 9/15/95.
Ho6x tai grid ,s WWI oa the North Ca,alml State Raae Coorabate System,
North Maerkan Dot— 1983. VMmal aW-tiom a hash oa d,e t th /.merkan
Vertical Wt— 1929. GmwW aontr data was provided by
SO em Mapping and EnglneeN . 4521 W. Ma*et Street, Greemtaro. NC 27s07
This mop meals or esa , National Mop •c<uraey Sta as for rnappin9 at 1'100 scale
wit, a 1 foot contour interval. Dashed contours indkate Roesliomhle aa.a say.
LEGEND
EXISTING WATER WELL
C-33 ®
MONITOR WELL INSTALLED BY OTHERS
MWI-7
MONITOR WELL INSTALLED BY S&ME
PO-237 A
PIEZOMETER INSTALLED BY OTHERS
PO-12
PIEZOMETER INSTALLED BY S&ME
RW-1 ®
EXISTING RECOVERY WELL INSTALLED BY S&ME
RW-2 ®
PROPOSED RECOVERY WELL
_---
EXISTING SURFACE CONTOUR
_J7.0--
GROUNDWATER CONTOUR
®
GROUNDWATER ELEVATION RECORDED
AT WELL OR PIEZOMETER
UNDERGROUND STORMWATER DRAINAGE PIPING
'�
---JB
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT. JUNCTION BOX
GROUNDWATER RECOVERY LINE
200 0 200 400
SCALE IN FEET
NOTES:
1.) PROPOSED RECOVERY WELLS WILL BE INSTALLED
BY S&ME.
2.) ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING IS APPROXIMATE. EXACT
PIPING AND ELECTRICAL LINE LOCATIONS SHALL. BE
DETERMINED IN THE FIELD AND APPROVED BY A
CF INDUSTRIES REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE INSTALLATION.
3.) JUNCTION BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED BY CODE.
4.) JUNCTION BOXES FOR CABLE PULLING SHALL BE
INSTALLED AS NEEDED TO KEEP CABLE TENSION
WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S LIMITS.
5.) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL PULL —CABLE IN ALL
ELECTRICAL CONDUITS.

TRANSFER PUMP ____________-______
____________________________________ _________E�:l
T__________
POWER PANEL I I
I
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
I I t
I �
- - -.- - - - - --.---.-.- --.-.--.-.- -.-
TRANSFER PUMP I
________________________________________ STATION No. 1 r________ RELAY
1 GROUNDWATER
I TRANSFER PUMP
I I CONTROL PANEL
1 ; I (FURNISHED WITH PUMP)
SWITCH
I
I
I
I
MAIN SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
GROUNDWATER RECOVERY
WELLS
RW-i
RW-2
RW-3
RW-4
RW-5
RW-6
O
O
O
O
O
O
/e,
,e,
,e
,e,
/e,
,e,
O
O
O
O
O
O
(a
HR
O
O
O
HR
RW-7
RW-8
RW-9
e
0
0
G)
G
OHR
O
i
I
I
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1
I I
I I
I ALARM PANEL
I I I POWER p� NE
BASIN IN U
FLOW DETECTION
I
I
I
I I
1
CONTROL PANEL
\
1
L I
I L -
LOW FLOW TRIP
I
. - -
I
1
START O
L— — — — — —
I I
STOP/RESET O
I
� I
I
I S
P
1
I 1
I
POWER I
r- _�� I
I
S
I
-a S
❑ Dp W►
I
I .I Nw-8
I I i
POWER
L- MAGNETRON
r- 7J �I
I
S
RW-7
I �-7
I I
i I
TRWSMITTER
1 L
L_WP
I S
-6
I i
1
r�
I
I
I
1 S L
I
I
RW-4 C� CI
I
I
C�1 r
CIF
I
I
I
I S
POWER
-wp
I 5
�I-
I
I
I
4 I
I
I
I
3 I I
LOCATED AT WELL HEAD - PIPE MANIFOLD
LOCATED IN
I TRANSFER PUMP STATION NO. 1
I
i
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GROUNDWATER RECOVERY WELLS
TO BE INSTALLED BY S&ME.
CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL
WELL PAD AND
RECOVERY EOUIPMENT.
I
I
ELECTRIC
SUBMERSIBLE
PUMP
GROUNDWATER
RECOVEWELL
R!
(TYPICAL)
SURGE TANK
1635 GALLON CAPACITY
HORIZONTAL/ELEPTCAL
LEG TANK
FER PUMP
TP-1
TP-2
I
I
I
i
U
SUMP. TRANSFER
PUMP STATION No. '
P U M P S C H E D U L E
NUMBEER
MOTOR
FEET
EST. PE TING
µ KE
PUMP
MODEL
RW-1 THRU
3/4 M.P.. 1 PHASE
REIM-FL04
RW-9
220 VOLT (SEE DETAIL A)
90
18
GRUNOFOS®
16E7
TP-1 g TP-2
5 H.P. TEFC
3 PHASE
60
180
BURKS PUMPS
T33A6-2
(IG
TP-3
20 M.P.. 230/450 VAC
350 RPM, TEFC
30
600
MOYNOlp
U175G1-CDO-AM
SP-1
1 H.P., 1 PHASE, 230 V0LT
1 15
150
wEi- BARNES.
IIl
I
I
I
MAGNETRON I
TDF FLOW SWATCH
WITH SPHERICAL TIP
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
FUSED
DISCONNECT 230V 115V
SWITCH
NOTES:
1.) SINGLE PHASE MOTORS FOR -
THROUGH RW-9 SHOULD INSTALLED
U
AS INDICATED BY 7MANUFACTURERS
MOTOR CONTROL BOX. . A TYPICAL SINGLE
PHASE WIRING USING A OS
IS SHOWN
CONTROL BOX IS $MOWN IN DETAIL A.
IL A.
2.) ALL ELECTRIC SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS SHALL LI Y R B L2
- \�
HAVE SEPARATE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT.
3.) FLOW SWITCH SHALL BE BY MAGNETROL'," CONTROL
THERMATEL'LF THERMEL DISPERSONI FLOW
USE DOTTED LINE
AND LEVEL SWITCH WITH SPHERICAL TIP. BOXGR BUCK
FOR 115V OPERATION
0 RED
I
WELL
I SEAL
I
I
1
I
I
' TP-3 DETAIL A
FLUID DETECTION
CONTROL PANEL
1
I ei
r__________________ HIGH TRIP
N
'
I LOW TRIP 'e\
I �
I START O I
TP_3 - - - - STOP/RESET O I
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER PUMP
CONTROL PANEL -
(FURNISHED WITH PUMP) _______________ T_
I � 1 I 1
I I I I I I I
I I I I I
I I I 1 1 I I
I
I I I 1 I I I
I I I I I ITRUCK LOADING � TRUCK LOADING
POWER I ' i I SC=LNo. 1 CONTROL
(gATION N.. 2
T11 I
L_� I I
I I
I
TRANSFER PUMP
TP-3
I
I
I
I
1
I TANKER TANKER
1,000.000 GALLON
GROUNDWATER CONTAINMENT
BASIN
-------------- - - I_ -'
SP-1
LEGEND
-r-
MAIN PROCESS LOVE
OIAPNRAGM VALVE
LS
LOW LEVEL SWITCH
ELECTRICAL LINE (POWER)
'j'
SEDIMENT STRAINER
- - -
ELECTRICAL LINE (SIGNAL)
GFCI RECEPTACLE
O
ON/OFF SWITCH
- STORMWATER RETURN LINE
Q
TOROUE ARRESTOR
O4
ON/OFF SWITCH (FOUR WAY)
$-
SAMPLE PORT
ZS
DUCK DISCONNECT
FLOW TOTALIZER METER
III
FLANGED UNION
ES
ELECTRONIC SENSOR
l7
BALL VALVE
III
SCREWED UMON
O
PRESSURE SWITCH
(�T(J
GATE VALVE
_ 1 L _
SEPARATE ELECT AL cpctxr
ELECTRIC ��
iiL75
FLOAT LEVEL SWITCH
O
HAND OFF AUTOMATIC SWITCH
W
GATE VALVE
N
CHECK VALVE
O
FLOW SWITCH
/eI
PANEL MOUNTED LIGHT
REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE
O
ALP METER
BACKFDW PREVENTOR
O
MGM-MGN LEVEL SWITCH
O
HOUR METER
TRUE
VALVE BALL
HS
HIGH LEVEL SWITCH
OW
RELAY
OM/LOW
PRESSURE CONTROL
ADJUSTABLE TIMER

REPAxR TOP OF TRENCH AND OTHER
REPAIR TOP OF TRENCH AND OTHER
, 1®JJR HOP OF TRENCH AND OTHER
arTURBED ARW C0lDIINNS. COAT TO MATCH RACTOR S/WL6INO SOTS N 6'N"N1WK FR
I-1 /1' SCREM£D DHWn
15' % 25' CONCRETE SLAB
DISTURBED AREAS ro WTCH EXISTING BACK FILL WITH EXISTND
. CONTRACTOR SHALL
DKTURWD AREAS ro MATCH DWNG
CONDITIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL.
BACK FILL 'WITH
BE RESPO.. i0R ESTAg x) COMPACT EACH LIFT.
GRA55. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
6" SCH w PVC ro PROTECT
11' % 21' STEEL iTAW
sots IL 6' MAX. URN
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTABUSHNG sosCOMPACT EACH U
BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTA9.61•NG
LETS
SO"BACK M 8' MAIL UFIS.
CONTRACT EACH UR.
$HALL APPN[7JE TREIICI A^ AD WAIININD TAPE
RECOVERY LIKE FROM FRfIIING
ALUM•UM UIILM BUILDING
GR%SN OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
GRASS*OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
BACKFq.WG BEFOIE CONS'RNICTION FOR EIEC'fRICAL COHOIR
SHALL APPROVE TRENCHING AND
BACKFRLm BEFORE CONSTRUCTION PLASTIC WARNING TAPE
SHALL APPROVE TRENCHING MO
BACKFRLNG SUM CONSTRUCTION
WARNINGTAPE
6 COMPLETE.
tx' BELAY FIH9X GRADE
__
6 COMPLrrc F102' BELOW FM H GRADE
6 COPIETE.
I12- BELOW FINIFOR ELECTFZSH GRADECONDUIT
q 1 /' SCH P1C
p�( .AL)
6'M' X I2"N L
TESTS Gmlm
COWREIE CURB®5
SAMPLE PORT - 1/2 BALL VALVE,
' BODY. SOCKET WELD ENDS BYf1h
'CHENTROL' OR EQUAL
NORK✓ELLIPTICAL
LEG TAW(
Iw' a STH
ROW METER
SJT
s
~
3' SCN w PVC
LOG WlE VALVE,
PVT; BOOT (ttPICAI)
4' TRUE
'ASM' OR VALVE
'ASAW' OR EQUAL
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT
(SONAL CABLE)
ANCHOR BOLT (1YFIC.R)
B
SPORT
PVC UTT BY
OR EQUAL.
HIVE
•
(iRIOGE
♦' TRUE UNION
BALM CWCK VALVE
REC6VFRY UNE
(TYPKAI)
j
(T 'R)
g
j
A' SCH 60 PVC
y
WATERPROOFJU AND
O O
G
OO
O O
RECO+EIfV UNE
((RATED AT
PUiWMAL)
GFO RECEIxOV
gii
-
w
{' SCN'CH
ELECCIRRAL CONDUT
PVC PIPE
6'
12
A"
PVC
El
(FOR POWER)
L
I
ELECiRK'K CONDUCT
7R�A�L CONDUCT
S J
I
S VIP CENTRIFUGAL
NAP (TYPMAL)
1' BALL VALVE
UNDERGROUND PIPING DETAIL
/ .TRUE UNION
UNDERGROUND PIPING DETAIL
UNDERGROUND PIPING DETAIL
(TRANSFER PUMP STATION TO
BALL. CHECK VALVE
(FIRM)
Ink
TP-1
A (RIN-1, RW-2 AND RW-3)
B
RW-4 THROUGH RW-9
( )
C GROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN)
I
{' BALL VALVE (TV➢ICAL)
3 5 "'S
3 5
Nis
HTS
3 5
FLOAT LEVEL
a HATE VALVE
I
sAFEFY ROPE
CONNECTION
RUSH M /" PLUG
MANNRE COVEN
z• so x A^ THICK
STING GRADE
CONCRETE SLAB
a• SCH 80 PVC
E CLEANOUT DETAIL
3 5 HIS
iXTpKAAS9 COVER...w... u. 1-I/{'
RECOVERY
G' WELL G
1' PVC TO PROTECT RECOVERY
UIE FROM FIEFIRD H
I' se. w PVC ELECTRICAL COHDUF
6• PVC RECOVERY WELL —
CABLE —
SCARE TIE g C Cw(I OTA
FINE QUARTZ SAD PAD( �
—ELECTRICL CANE
ELECTRIC UNE�
(1 ERE)
�iDgOE ARRESTOR
CHECK VALVE '
1-1/4" SEDIMENT STRAPIER, PVC BODY,
SOCKET WELD ENDS WHIT STO. 20 MESH
PVC SCREEN BY •ASAH• OR EQUAL
SAMPLE PORT - 1/2' BNL VALVE —
1-1/4' BALL VAO
PVC BODY By
'ASAP' OR EQUAL
PPE SUPPORT (TyPIOV
44MR BOLT (IYPICA
RECOVER/
RECOERY LIVE _---7--.
I' sCN w
ELECTRICAL CO"_-___ --.
1' SCH 10 PVC TO PROTECT)
RECOVERY LIKE FROM FREEZING
(EXTEND A" ABOVE CONCRETE SURFACE)
1-1/1' DIAPHRAGM VALVE PVC
BODY. SOCKET WELD ENDS
BY 'ASAR' OR EQUAL
-1/4' SCREAM UNION
- 3/1" I.D. PVC CASINO.
WATER LEVEL ACCESS PPE
8' REOVERY WELL
6' WELL CAP
SAFETY ROPE
3/8- EYE DOLT m SE01RE PUMP Y
ROPE (MCUNTED art SUPPORT STAID)
X TA' X 6" CONCRETE PAD
M6 WELDED WIRE MESH
RECOVERY WELL PLAN VIEW
6' SCH w PVC WELL CASING
-3/4' O PVC CASING
WATER LEVEL ACCESS PPE
lt— EXISTING GAME
CHAMFER CORNER 6' 3•
`ONIfE I' X 1" (TYPICAL) OOWE75 O a" O.C.
/A DOWELS
PVC P riAlERSf
0. SCREEN
0.01E RAISED CONCRETE
SCREEN I' N Y 31 W
� R tRAOE
PROVIDE REINFORCEMENT AS SHOWN
I- TO ON CONCRETE SECTION DETAES
(a) TYPICAL RECOVERY WELL DRILLING DETAIL
5 5 MI's
I CONCRETE CURB DETAIL
5/7 5 Nt:
BOX. GPO RECEPTACLE
AD I PROVE OFF SWITCH
OD UY 511E STAND)
TIED ON SUPPORT STAN6)
3'KT'X3
SUMP
9' % 7' GARAGE DOORJ 1 I
1" REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE
SACIOLOW PREVENTOR J1
ii�i1W—B• SCH= w PVC m PROTECT
RECOVER/ UNE FROM OT E T G
1' SCIt 80 PVC
1' ROW mV&gER WATER
J
S 3
m ORWIDWA
STORAGE BASIN
NOTE' SLOPE CONCRETE PAD TOWARDS SUHP.
D PLAN VIEW FOR TRANSFER
PUMP STATION No. 1
3 5 I/A . 1'-0'
1" SCH 10 PVC ELECTRICAL
CONOW TO ELECTRIC&
.AWICTION BOX
1-1/1' 1DPE RECOVERY I
y 1" scH w Pvc PPE
1
FILL ANNULAR SPACE WITH IHSIRATKN
s' $CI 80 PVC PIPE
12"
a •
'[
' V 110' CONCREiC
1
MIL VAPOR RETARDER
2. WASH STOW
6• scH w PAC PPE ro
PROTECT . FROM FAEEDNG
CARRIER ELBOW
TO GROUNDWATER
STORAGE: BASIN
PUMP HOUSE No.1 STUB UP OUTLET DETAIL
5 5 NIS
1" SCH w PVC ELECTRICAL CODUIf 3/4- I.D.
PVC CASING. WATER LEVEL ACCESS PPE
1-1/1' DIAPHRAGM VALVE PVC 1-1/4" SCREWED
ENT WIAIERPROOF .AMOIION BO%, (EC RECEPTACLE
(RATED AT 2OA, 12(N) ND ON/OFF SWIfiH
BODY. SOCKET 'MELD ENDS
BY •ASMM' OR EQUAL
VWf1H LOC(OR/TADWf PROVIDED BY SITE WdIN
SUBCd1TIACTOR (MIOUNTED ON SIIPPORf STAND)
1-1�{' BILL VALVE PVC BODY
BY ASVp' OR EOI
W
6Y X 36" X NSULAlEO
FIBEIMGLA55 COVER
FIFE suPPORT ( vcAL)
3/8" EYE BOLT TO SECURE PWP ROPE
SUPPORT STAID
1-1/4" HOPE RECOVERY LIKE
SAFETY ROPE
1-1/1• TRUE UNION
6" WILL CAP
BALL CHECK VALVE
{' PVC TO CT RECOVERY
AN CHOR BOLT (TYPKAL)
LINE FROM FREE2NG
T.-y.w.y.:.
8• CONCRETE PAD WITH
/`/,;Y` _
6%6 WELDED HAKE MEESH
2' WASH STONE
RECOVERY WELL
JW CONCRETE: 300E PS AT 28 HAYS
NM 6X6 WELDED WEE MESH
NOTES:
1) ARRANGEMENT OF RPM AT HELL WAD 6 APPROXIMATE. EXACT NANO ORIENTATION SHALL BE DETERMINED
WNE FIELD AND APPROVED 0r OF INDUSTRIES REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE FABRICAINQ
2) RECEPTACLES FOR RW-1 THROUGH RW-9 SHALL BE ON A SEPARATE COMMON BREAKER.
3) CONTRACTOR SHALL INSULATE AND NEAT TRACE ALL EXPOSED ABOVE GROIWD NRNG.
♦) HEAT TAPE SHALL WE PLUGGED INTO CM RECEPTACLE.
S) ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN RECOVERY UNE AD A' PVC SIALL BE FILLED WITH INSULATION
DETAIL±
5G5 RECOVERY HIS
C f'M7NE�lL
°w M. B)R� /70K
A..N.w

12" ABC
i \ _ STONE o
LEGEND
UNDERGROUND GROUNDWATER DISCHARGE LINE
i UNDERGROUND STORMWATER LINE
8' ABC STONE
\ `\\ / O• I .:.. (SERVICE ROAD TO BASIN) •---•--"-- UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL UNE
\ ` ! H OJB JUNCTION BOX
7 OP OUTLET PROTECTION
is
EXISTING SURFACE CONTOUR
PROPOSED FINAL SURFACE CONTOUR
-T S24t,, X39.0 PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATION
i 40.
!l X EXISTING SPOT ELEVATION
` \
CHAIN LINK FENCE
\ l A/ I —� L1 UNED DITCH (SEE FIG 3, DETAIL 5 OF EROSION
41.0 CP AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLAN)
6B6'� I //' — G GRASS LINED DITCH
Sc
CHECK DAM (SEE FIG 3, DETAIL 6 OF EROSION
JB
AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLAN)
B
x
CB-1 8— I 35.0 ♦ I / . SF iE SILT FENCE (SEE FIG 3, DETAIL 2 OF EROSION
AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PLAN)
i
\ �; \ ;. [D 3• S 80 I •. .: I / / / / FABRIFORM
\ \ \ / A 1 76
s 7
/ •D
TO 41.0 A r »x I
\ T 38. 8• ABC
'\' �d•'\\\��\ \ /".;: 1. (SERV}C FROADO`BASN) NOTES: C
\ \ \ \ E / 6 7 4' WASHED STONE �57
1) ALL PIPE THAT CROSSES PAVEMENT SHALL BE ENCASED IN CONCRETE 6 7
, \ _(°, ....: ' ... :..: /
\ +\ r \ 39.0 BETWEEN GEOMEMBRANE / 2) ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING IS APPROXIMATE. EXACT PIPING AND ELECTRICAL LINE LOCATIONS
\ \ \ ,•�, B %' ANCHOR TRENCH AND / SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD AND APPROVED BY A CF INDUSTRIES REPRESENTATIVE
\ FENCE / BEFORE INSTALLATION.
3) TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURES TO PREVENT THE POLLUTION OF AIR, WATER AND
f LAND WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS AND IN AREAS OUTSIDE THE PROJECT LIMITS WHERE WORK
IS ACCOMPLISHED SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
�• \ , \ ` \ ,� PROVIDED IN THE MARCH 1996 "EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN' PREPARED BY SkME.
INC, v 4) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ALL VEGETATIVE AND STRUCTURAL EROSION AND SEDIMENT
CONTROL PRACTICES WILL BE CONSTRUCTED AND MAINTAINED ACCORDING TO MINIMUM
12" ASCI cc' \ 7 STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF THE NORTH CAROLINA SEDIMENTATION AND EROSION
STONE CONTROL COMMISSION 'EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLANNING AND DESIGN MANUAL'.
5) THE PLAN APPROVING AUTHORITY MUST BE NOTIFIED ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE PRECON—
�r\ � \,\ \ ` ` \ •� STRUCTION CONFERENCE. ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF LAND DISTURBING
\ �O' ACTIVITY. AND ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE FINAL INSPECTION.
6) ALL EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES ARE TO BE PLACED PRIOR TO OR AS THE
/ \ /- FIRST STEP IN CLEARING.
7) A COPY OF THE APPROVED EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PLAN SHALL 8E MAINTAINED
i
ON THE SITE AT ALL TIMES.
i / r 35 8) PRIOR TO COMMENCING LAND DISTURBING ACTIVITIES IN AREAS OTHER THAN INDICATED ON
+ \ ' ' THESE PLANS (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, OFF —SITE BORROW OR WASTE AREAS , THE
\� \ / F OP \ CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A SUPPLEMENTARY EROSION CONTROL PLAN TO THE OWNR FOR
\ \ / REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE PLAN APPROVING AUTHORITY.
+ 9) THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLATION OF ANY ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL
6 7 \ / �� MEASURES NECESSARY TO PREVENT EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION AS DETERMINED BY THE
PLAN APPROVING AUTHORITY.
i Kb ':.!' \ \ \\ \ �J� /'� �r•'_ `�� „ ` 10) ALL DISTURBED AREAS ARE TO DRAIN TO APPROVED SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES AT ALL
TIMES DURING LAND DISTURBING ACTIVITIES AND DURING SITE DEVELOPMENT UNTIL FINAL
STABILIZATION IS ACHEIVED.
11) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ALL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES PERIODICALLY AND AFTER
t I \ / �� EACH RUNOFF —PRODUCING RAINFALL EVENT. ANY NECESSARY REPAIRS OR CLEANUP TO
g1. i\', \X \j: \ / / I y / rY j IMAINTAIN MMEDIATELYE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE EROSION CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE MADE
WELD GUSSET TO BASE
PULE W
WELD NIFiNUM/tRIPIE iTYPIGII) .••y��; n .. . I = "1. M�' \ I +' `\h _ ; \\ ;:.\ \\ • „ I / / / / , i
• O • �S::.r . scn sD wa ` '�'1\� \ \\\ ,,\•, \ \ i / ! J/ /f // / i
•' S.S. RISER
1/2•0 3D4 S.S.ANCHOR
SPLIT PIPE AHD eY DRLSCOPIPE IDOfr ear W/2• S.S. WA94ER • •WELD
USE S
TO 5'x5'X8' CONCRETE
St=cn LINE 8'• HOPE CAP
2• e•• NDPE PIPE SECTION
WELD FILL W/CONCRE E BALLAST TOP VIEW
DPE PLATE I`-T e• Spl 10 FLANGE (ANSI) FOR
ENO VIEW MOUNTWG LEVEL SENSOFN ;
ASSEMBLY
MAGNETROI.• xOTRON�
6•0 ORISCOPIPE 1Ooo0 SENTINEL R.F. REMOTE g/ HOLES ON 6• CENTERS
MOUNT PROBE OFF'9Ef EACH HOLE 9O�r OP\N CARD, %
I I + \ \\\ \\\ \ \ \\\ \\\\\ � \\ \ \ 1 \ � f'�p�ESSipN�9••°:
B•• HOPE CAP • \ \ \\\ \ i V '9
e• seH ,D aDN nn \ \\ \ \ \\\\\ \\ \ \ 1a SEAL :
WATER LEVEL F ss. RISER I I J • \ \\ \ \\\ \\ \ \ 16723
B"• HOPE PIPE SEcnDN MEASUREMENT \ \\\ \ \ \ \\\\\ \\ \ \
•. -'• FILL w/CONCRUE BAUASr N
. MEtD GUSSET TO BLASE \ \\ \ \ \ \ \ qq�'+..... ,F f
HOPE PLATE PLAT M PILEOrp,c,�) I I \ \\\\ \\\ \ \ \\\ \\\\\ \ \\\..,M. 81P•a'� Rev. No. 2 CFl R este6 Design Revisions 1/29/97
FRONT MEW1 ' i w304 ss w \ \\\\ \\\ \ \j \\\\ \\\\ \ \ 7 TRUCK LOADING AND GROUNDWATER
IN
A -')HOPE ANCHOR - . PLATE) I g I \ \\\\ \\\ ` \ \\\ `\ \\ \ \`\\ \ \ \ T CF INDUSTRIES, ORAGE
INC.
6 6 6:sxe coNcaETE A+c oR w//e xN I I \ \\\\ ( \\\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \\
wz9J(eR.9 RE•ioRCEA1ENT (J6Do PSI: SECTION B-B Z \ \\\\ \\\\ \ \ \\\ \\\\\ \ \\ \ \ TUNIS, NORTH CAROUNA
WY 51NENC1/,) MOTE: LEVEL TRANSINSTALLED
AND POINT SWITCHES I I \ \ \ \\\ \ \\\ \\ \ 20 O 20 40
No. 2 BE WSTALLED W POMP STATION \ \ 1\\ \ \ \\\ \ \ \\ \ \ \
No. z. I W I \ \`\.i—�,\\ i \ \ \ \ \
B LEVEL SENSOR IDE AND SUPPORT \ \..•.:, \ \\\\ \ ,\ \\\ \ \ \\\\\ \ \\\ \ \ \ SCALE IN FEET SCALE: APPROVED 6r:
s s NT5 roe AS SHOWN cMe
1054-94-175 CJB
GROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN UIPMENT AND PIPING DETAILS I I ` \`` ++\\\,� \\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ OATS APRIL 1996 CFI-6

f . eEOPE I I m %ont
1 . EEOPE vI ... `I . Sl 1 *6. .
e' aBro awx � � moY cRaANawATEa
0r CAR+ SNroI< BASM
�� („W,G,J •' — e' ORiSCOP:PE t000•
CONIROI MM � CONiPOL JWi
'p1.1. PADM CCATML A M eNO92t
i*u
SECTION A —A
TYPICAL CONCRETE SLAB CONTROL JOINT
fi E
xn
�
�wx
To op"".am
saBAac eEew
r sw b vz
coY1ROE .iawT
ooY+BaE +art
awMmoavac e' r
1 +-
� OOIRl9 CENIiR IB C"'8e � 9' 0A. TOv EIEY TN1N CF
m-
ROj
e' WPB
eIOPE ,/C
CONt:aE+E ame 'o
y} NEYNN CONBTANT
r CU! PC v YATERSTo yl nr aJ.o
RY 35
Jorlr
Oo«_2
caNraEi .wrrt
JmNlBcrE
m+B,B u•
e. SLOPE
A
SS 311IPE f
It
C. E/IC111MY
1CI NO BOIICY
SECTION B—B
CONCRETE CURB DETAIL
1 S 4f/I
ae vOPE �
N+B
A TRUCK LOADING SLAB
6 7 erABe r ""
e' IRON CNW lW( i410E
2a' IM�
�4_ l0011NG AUPE OXLYI 9JUf".ESi
tuy 4V 'I �1e• L_
O � IE�xN'NFwt ' 1.5 ELP3 Of fABRK-i0
B• 1HwX ABC SNNE� �FAv. M'
OEOYEYBN
TPQ1t11 �YBP/�YE/fABPK-GORY
ANCtba
ao wE a2aYOAeR,u[
B CROSS—SECTION BETWEEN PUMP HOUSE
No. 2 AND GROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN
\,t 7 Q
DKASEw
XOIE: PRCY[E A BELL AT INE ENO Oi CONCREtE
C PIPE ENCASEMENT
�61 7 m
D TANKER LOADING SLAB CB-1 SHOWN
6 7 —
r9u
19uc tATm sTlAs
c+rxo smos s' zA• a'
vrc GZAxrc K n.ANBE � r
1 1
uETAL GUwa[ PVC O' RRro 1 I
a ana
C.1TCH BrsN ce--1 (w) AND c�z !aM CC+e+DC11o+1 attY EYgI ca-+ CdeECipx fal wYv PIRw (eDoOE coYNECTn+)
Ns Ns
CO-3 AM 0!-4 PV9+
NY$
eM011=e2
mB©=mmman
m®©MmM
00®®mom
�):
Ile
FI
soU CASE INOII
t aBAIE
It
srw®ARo
a+BCYBur
rw+els
t
i
4TCH B N ScNm tE Co-3 MP a6-t eFeIOB
MR
»on9
T) CB-T A+o a-2 awa x rlar r. R+rsc
2) C 3 AND CB-4 AK PBSf V.
E PRECAST CATCH BASIN DETAIL
WE 9'w,
CC01ExNlE
EowvAEENr To
ww� saox
SECTION A -A
F OUTLET PROTECTION
6 7 "n
G PAVEMENT DETAIL
e' "wX CXNN t:Nx rtNCE
1' YMLtED
YtOXE �aT
ILBLAL
nef�ti -� //4�.�s•
cEwYDrePA.rtJ 1�
ANn1oB TaENCX
Io NIE cEaEe:NeRaRiE lfaEv x.
H CROSS SECTION AT GROUNDWATER STORAGE BASIN
6 7
1) iPANY[R PllEi VAMII N. 2 e FII (TYP7 Of 2).
2) �awsrtR PUYP eTA YP. 1 1- A 9' x r 01aA0E _
uEa a Ax wsuuTm AWYNAI Doan.
J) ururc ealorlce sXAu 9E aA®w cw nc sass.
t) sw Gan TPANeGEA wYv suTwN Yo. i swu caXrwN A
B�uY"e sA"uaii BCE a�nPEcn� suw EfR ccncaETE
I 24' X 14' TRANSFER PUMP STATION
7 7 113
1635 GALLON SURGE TANK
J (70XD X 57-H X 140XL)
NLYwE4 WALL
IY rKM COXCRLTE CURB
/a REY tY OC.SEAGI
1PDR YALA _ TOP AND BOTTaY
1IL .y" 8 Yl VMOR BNtRER i
Y rrva:9 STONE Ky �m
+r
ALYIeMC9 91e1
e'tle' - eX.410•I.t Joao Pat m�cR[2
WO YIDJ1� wl[ fl•+EC lr �{'
�Apa" 3.fmEa .
SECTION —SUMAIL L SECTION — CONCRETE PAD FOR TRANSFER PUMP STATION No. 1 M SECTION — CONCRETE PAD FOR TRANSFER PUMP STATION NO. 2
5 7
7 7
K TRANSFER PUMP STATION No. 1 ONLY
5 7 m

II E 120
t20V
CPT
L=_t,_MOTOR
M 0
CR1 CR2
SPACE HEATER
OPEN
STOP LOCAL
GLS-4 TO-18 C
C4
-�
OL
AR WATERSEAL O (3)
M
1 2
GLS-5
FLUID DETECT p
CONTROL PANEL
(FURNISHED W/PUMP)
O
SV
SEAL
WATER
CLOSE
CR3 TD3o--III
1
GLS-8 TO-17 0
ALARM ARM F — -+— TQ
S52
GLS-i
ON
FLUID DETECT
CONTROL PANEL
LOCAL 0
1 2
I (FURNISHED W/PUMP) I
3 4
551
REMOTE CR3
I
I LOW Q HIARGE DISCHARGE 0
I DISCHCHARGE
LC
3 4
I P P
SEAL
M D
WATER
ON DELAY
0-30 SEC
SET AT 5 SEC
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER
PUMP (TP-3)
TD1
P I
T02
ON
0-5DMINY
SET AT 90 SEC
SS2
REMOTE ' I M
I
TDt
CR1
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER
I
PUMP (TP-3)
C R1
C
SEAL
A
WATER
M j
FALURE
GLS-2
R
TRUCK I
FILL VALVE, I
GLS-15
'Y i CR2
A`
GLS-6
CR2 CR2
I
FILL
i
I
A
VALVE
FAILURE
COMPARTMENT HEATER
i PUMP �
4STARLOADING
T
CONTROLSTATIONS
OFF DELAY
TD3 1-30 SET ATM 5 MIN
LOADING
' CONTROL
FLUID
DETECTION
PRESS ALARM FLUID DEFECTION
H q,e PRESSURE
ALARM
M M TRUCK LOADING
TRUCK t----I �� CONTROL
FILL VALVE STATION No. 1
M ACTUATOR M TRUCK LOADING
CONTROL
STATION No. 2
GROUNDWATER TRANSFER PUMP (TP-3) CONTROL SCHEMATIC
H 120 VAC
N
GROUNDWATER
TRANSFER
PUMP (TP-3)
M i
GROUNDWATER
1
R
TRANSFER
PUMP (TP-3)
RUNNING
SS3 GROUNDWATER PUMP
MRT GROUNDWATER
ON TRANSFER STATRANSFER
�( �� PUMP (TP-3) ��� PUMP (TP-3)
1 2 CONTROL PANEL CONTROL PANEL
NOTES:
1) CONTROL STATIONS SHALL BE NEMA 4 RATED WITH ENGRAVED
NAMEPLATES IDENTIFYING LEGEND FOR ALL PILOT CONTROLS
AND INDICATING LIGHTS. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE LAMINATED
BLACK OVER WHITE PLASTIC, WITH 1/8' ENGRAVED LETTERS
AND SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE CONTROL STATIONS.
2) PILOT DEVICES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, OILTIGHT. NEMA 4X RATED.
TRUCK LOADING CONTROL STATIONS No. 1 AND No. 2
(TYPICAL OF 2; CONTROL STATION No, 1 SHOWN)
LOCATION LEGEND
Q AT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
REMOTE FROM STARTER
AND DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
fN-p
NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE
3:,
NAMEPLATE
LINE 1 LINE 2
FNP21
NP1
PUMP ON -----
mNP2
REMOTE START ON
INP31
ENABLE
ONP3
START -----
TRUCK LOADING CONTROL STATION LAYOUT
GLS-15 GROUNDWATER
F� 1 Fy TRANSFER
I PUMP
,^_CADC I lurt CWMT w PTA TC rAP TDI Irk ni I VAI V�
R
0
T
0
R
C
0
N
T
A
C
T
LIMIT SWITCH GLS
FUNCTION
POSITION
FULL FULL
OPEN CLOSED
1
— — — --
TORQUE SW. BYPASS
GLS
2
— � — —
REMOTE INDICATION
,3
INDICATING LIGHTS
4
OPEN LIMB
5
TORQUE SW. BYPASS
GLS
6
— — — — —
REMOTE INDICATION
7
INDICATING LIGHTS
8
CLOSE LIMIT
9
— — —
SPARE
CLS
10
— — — — —
REMOTE INDICATION
11
SPARE
12
SPARE
13
—
SPARE
GLS
14
— — —
REMOTE INDICATION
15
REMOTE INDICATION
16
SPARE
NOTES
OL
(3)
1) CLOSING IT VALVE IF MECHANICALOVERLOAD
OCCURS DURING CLOSING CYCLE.
2) OPENING TORQUE SWITCH STOPS
VALVE IF MECHANICAL OVERLOAD
OCCURS DURING OPENING CYCLE.
TRUCK FILL VALVE (VALVE SHOWN IN FULL OPEN POSITION)
GENERAL ELECTRIC P17M15S1, M2AMN3GR OR EQUAL
15OW HPS, 10'-OI ALUMINUM POLE, PHOTOCELL CONTROL
LOW PROFILE BASIN AREA LIGHT, WET LOCATION LISTED
K AREA LIGHT
9 8
CONTACTS
I POSITION
ON
OFF
REMOTE
1-2
X
3-4
X
CONTACTS
POSITION
LOCAL
OFF
REMOTE
1-2
X
3-4
X
5-6
X
7_8
X
53
CONTACTS POSITION
ON I OFF
1-2 X
3-4 X
SELECTOR SWITCH DEVELOPMENT
O
r
a
o.
O O
�
a a
N
W
a
N
x
I I I
0.
m
C r_- I-
V
N 3t N
w
V=1
o 0 0
Ji LL 4
SUMP PUMP
(SP-1)
ONE -LINE DIAGRAM
LUFBNNRE REQUIREMENTS
1. MOLDED 100% ACRYLIC DWFUSE LENS (NOT CLEAR) FULLY CASKETED WITH FIBERGLASS
OR PLASTIC HOUSING.
2. PROVDE A MINIMUM OF 6 PLASTIC LATCHES TO SECURE LENS.
3. 80ILLAST
SHALL BE HIGH POWER Ell. CBMP OVED RAPID START
ENERGY SAVING. FACTOR 2 .9 WITH A RATING OFFA SECURE BALLAST TO
HOUSING WITH AT LEAST ONE SCREW AND SUP -ON BRACKET OR 2 SCREWS - ONE AT
EACH ENO.
4. UL LISTED FOR DAMN LOCATION. PROVIDE LA'YET' LABEL WHEN MOOTED.
5. OVERALL LUMMNMRE LENGTH SHALL BE 48' NOMINAL.
6. MINIMUM COEFFICIENT OF UTARATION (CU) WITH CAVITY REFLECTANCES OF
80II\CEILING, 50% WALLS AND 207E FLOOR SHAWL BE:
T -uST
2 0.55
3 0.50
4 0.45
7. MINIMUM SPACING TO MOUNTING HEIGHT RATIO SHALL BE 1.3.
8. HOUSNC SHALL HAVE INTERNAL PROVISIONS FOR GROUNDING. STYLE
NL-08
A WET/DAMP LOCATION LUMINAIRE
7 8
GROUNDWATER TRANSFER PUMP (TP-3)
CONTROL PANEL
(FURNISHED WITH PUMP)
w��
v
z z a
a0u
N ;jI
i
0ewj/I
1 N
OI N
1 1
FLUID DETECTION n
CONTROL PANEL
< N N 2 Q> N a
\ 0
O
Y
<
N � Y G
1 ( 1 '! s
'I' a Ed
•c
ae
ae
'~
MSH
N N O N 00
Y
M
IO
Z VI j-I 1
mxz
iy
PS PS MSH
PS
CS
U - N
U Co
a 3 U n z z
w 77Y� z
0.
0.
Nw z3 tt N Na ` Z IL as `S= z= w a wJ > o o ri w i
n �O U Oz z Ow >> OU 30 U
<� Qa 8w 1 O a.,
JO Q
a zO N ]
> U O>
M�Z O KrYi Nw PC
O< Z VV1pJ> liYK
1-
GROUNDWATER TRANSFER PUMP (TP-3) ONE -LINE DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION NOTES
1) ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AND MATERIALS SHALL BE FURNISHED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.
LL 2) ACONDUIT, CONDUIT BOXES, AND FITTINGS SHALL BE PVC COATED
STEEL, THIS INCLUDES ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES FOR
SUPPORT OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM,
3) DEVICE PLATES FOR RECEPTACLES SHALL BE APPLETON 'FSK-WRD" OR
CROUSE HINDS "FS031". STANDARD RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE
DUPLEX, THREE WIRE, GROUNDED, 20 AMPERES, 120 VOLTS, RATED.
4) JUNCTION BOXES FOR CABLE PULLING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS NEEDED
TO KEEP CABLE TENSION WITHIN MANUFACTURER'S LIMITS.
5) ALL CABLES IN POWER, CONTROL, INDICATION, AND ALARM CIRCUITS SHALL
BE 600 VOLT, THHN-THWN INSULATED.
6) EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO
STRUCTURAL SURFACES; TWO OR MORE CONDUITS IN THE SAME GENERAL
ROUTING SHALL BE PARALLEL WITH SYMMETRICAL BENDS.
7) ALL UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL, BE DIRECT BURIED, PVC COATED RIGID
STEEL, NO SMALLER THAN 1 INCH. UNDERGROUND CONDUITS SHALL HAVE
AT LEAST 2 FEET OF EARTH COVER.
8) AFTER CABLE HAS BEEN INSTALLED AND CONNECTED, CONDUIT ENDS SHALL
BE SEALED BY FORCING NONHARDENING SEALING COMPOUND INTO THE
CONDUITS TO A DEPTH AT LEAST EQUAL TO THE CONDUIT DIAMETER.
FSS!
�pF OH
1¢ SEAL
IN
�l
l7 0
9l fNEA' O
HFN .
BtaCk 6 Vleatch
NeY1h Carolina

1 p a 0 5 I 6 7 8 8 10
B
C
D
E
F
9
f f
8'-6•
CAST
NEENA
CATCH BA.
NO. 1
I STEEL ELEI
T�I0 IINl011
MIME
W4sLm�
v�v
FOUNDATION PLAN LICHT K
1/4' = 1'-0' 9 8
PUSH BU N
PUSH BUTTON ELECTRIC SNITCH
ELECTRIC SNITCH FOR PUMP CONTROL
FOR PUMP CONTROL (HANORRIL NOUNTI
(HANDRAIL MOUNT) ANNUAL ECCENTRIC FLUG VALVE 6" ON SIVEI JOINT
G. SWIVEL JOINT (ACTUATOR ACCESS E FROM PLRTFORN) OPN STYLE 40-F
OROPM
Ep1ALE IO-F S.
DIP 6' D[P OR EQUAL
6' OIR. LONG 6' DIP RA'
D/VS 90GBEtN1
RADIUS 90' BEND 6" DIP ELECTRIC E IC PLUG 1 1/2' RIUM
VMLVE HANDRAIL (iYPI
rr�
8" MIN. I � I I S. MIN
LJ LJ
QQUI K ILK C SCONNECT
COUPLINGWECT
OOUPXCOUICKCCOUPLERCOUPLINC
FLEXIBLE CHUTE
FLEXTROL OR
FLEXIBLE CHUTE __:__ ___ �? EQUAL
FLEXTROL OR -
EQUAL
A Y
to
RTINGALCUTYPI
I � I
o
W10%33 COL
(CALM
7' OF 1000 PSI CONCRETE 112" t TION m CLEANOUT
ELEVATION VRAIES. SLOPE MRTERI WITH SE R NJ PLUG NIT
TO CATCH SAS C LONC, CRP BLOCK ONC. CRP BLOCK TAPPED HOLES AND
10 2- COVER •S 8 12' PLASTIC PLUG
4" •57 STONE
20 MIL T CATCH BR I
POLYETHYLENE t CATCH [
MIQ. 2
I
• I
a OZ NOMWDVEN PL 3/8X3X3" • i 8" PHILL IPS
CEOTExT[LE I SUMP ME1.0 TO BOLT. _ •Sf12 IEMTd2" : ORISCOPt PE
� m
PUMP NUT [7YP] I I ■ RT NJ BELLyD1000 SOR-II
COMPACTED SUBGRADE .m _ L — — — — ' ' _ — — — TO CROUNOMIITER
n
100X STANDARD — " — .. — _ — — — e STORAGE BASIN
2' PERFORATED GRAIN _ — _ _ •S B B• ENTiB
u
PIPE. 2 FT INt0 570NE
AND ENO CRPPEO XI TX FABRIC •5 B 12' '� _ — _ — —_— — — — — —_-- — — — — —
ENEF____ _____ ___ _____ __
l2' 2•
TYP1 5 • 12' II 7YP DIP TO HOPE
ENT18 3' COVEN(TYP H 2' '-6' '-fi' 12' PIPE COIIPLINC
B BOTTOM LAYER)
ID 10 J S' PVC CATCH BASIN
411 0[P y `
SECTION 1
112" . 1770'
ORRIN ENCASE IN
S T I ON
3
1'-8.
1'-6'
3'-0"
�RETE BENEATH
NOTEM
CLL
1/2' • 1'-0'
STE
ALL STEEL COMPONENTS SNRII
BE NOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER
FABRICRTON
f SECTION 2 f
PROJECT P10,
ENVIRONMENTAL 5RscES
ENGINEERING • TESTING
f
'
' / 1. u
/ Jw� ;W.
FIGURE
CFI-9
AKW.RAO
DESIGNED
DETAILED AN
TRUCK LOADING STATION
4
II"A 1✓ 3 r}
CHECKED WB6
®�A
Raleigh Nw% CcN01111a
2$617.100
PLANS AND SECTIONS
�!
APPROVED
CF INDUSTRIES. INC
j
DATE
REVISIONS AND RECORD OF ISSUE
ND.
BY
CK
AP
DATE
TUNIS. NORTH CAROLINR
A
B
D
E
F

1 2 3 6 5 I 8 7 B 9 10
.i
A
8
0
E
F
1 I
C
4
1/2
I
S 1/2•
€
11/2R^ix UN
11/2- ALUM HANDRAIL
t1/2' IILIRINRNORAIL[
7'
6' DIPlA1
1/AXS 1/2- CONY (CRLV)
Tr.
3/1' D[A R325 BOLTS ICRLV) (TYP)ER.510E
[ l/A X B 1/2'
1112' ALIM1
1/2^ ALUM CRATING
ONT,(CRLV
11/2- ALUM.
GRA7INC
CRATING10X26
_ ]/8' GRLV
1 1/2'
A�
I
U-BOLT
CIOXIS.3 (CRLVI
♦•
t 1/2'
— CSX13(CALV)
3"
+ -
/Is
F
♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦
10
]/t6 3
10
10
1�
]/16 7
C6%l3 (GREY)
CIDxtS.3(CALVI
NIO%28 (6RLV1 L AX3X3/8' N/
L 1%BXl'-8'ICRLVI
STIFFENER [ l/A % 3'
L /%3X3IS- N/ (2)
3/A' DIM. BOLTS
2-
[ 3/A%10Y10
3/A
2-6
C10%15.31CALV1 ITYP)
(21 3/A' DIA BOL TS ICRL�,V
STIFFENER
1 1'-A" CTS• MELD TO
M10 N/ J/I6 FILLET
1 1/2• ALUM.
CRATING
ICRLV)
(CRLV)
3/!
22
[ t/2X8X8^
MELD
N10%2816ALVl
(21 7/A• OIR BOLTS
1 TYP
M ICRLVI
HRML1NAlll
I/A
IGILLV CN C10
STIFFENER_
2^ITYP)
SECT ON
S
♦
N6� )COL
(CRLV)
SEE PLANS SHEET 1 SEE PLANS SHEET 1 SEE PLANS SHEET 1
MIOX33 COL
[CRLV)
C10X15.3
MIO%26
SECTION ^
(GAL")
(CALY)
3/4^ = 1•-0"
SECTION
s
SECTION
I^ = 1-0'
t' = 1-0'
1 1/2'%3'-6- UM
f STRIA TREADS
HANDRAIL (6) 3/A" OI^, R307 E 6
'", I ANCHOR BOLTS (CRLVI
BENT [ 1/AXA^ NI t
M30%33 COL IO
(CALV) fGRLV) A-/B' GRLV STEEL f® 3/16 A" A t/A 11/2' 1/2' [ t/2X6X8N/(AI 3/N6%2000L DIA. BOLTS
U SOLT (CIIVLI (GREY)C12X20.7 L 3X3Xl/AX6"COAL"(CRLY)�"33 COLVI(2) 3/A' DIP. 0CGRNC�NOYIR BOLTS3 1 1/2-(G
B' OIP C
.A / 12^ COX13 (CRLV)
I' 6- ENEF PL 1 1/AX12X18' 3/16 a
-(TYP) (CRLVI 3/9' CAL"
(2NICHOR IBOL TS S. DIP U-BOLT
[ 3/Az6xe^
(GALV) (GRLY)
OETAIL OETAIL B DETAIL c DETAIL D DETAIL E
t I/2' - 1'-0' NO SCALE
i'-0"
1 1/2^I MANDRRIL POST
N/ A' x 60' SLOT TO
EPDXY CLEAR 1/2' BM
AGNESIVE
1 9/16' N X 10" STEEL
BRR HANDRAIL
POST INSERT
L4X3KI/4XO'-6'
O
2 1/2'
STEEL PIPE SPACER
SHAPED
F/PtIT
N/2-3/4' BOLTS
(CALM
y
3/16
BACK
PIPE SIZE - 3/4'
FLAT MASHER
THREADED TIE
R00
NIOx26(GALV)
3/IB
3G'
70'
3/16
M3 TIES 1 12"
/
�\
1/2' % A' X REO'0 STEEL
PIPE
NtN Nc
CONC
j
ET
S BARLOMIO THIANOP161IL�POST
ENCASEMENTINSERT
ME
t STRINGER
NOTE
`
I�x2O.7
PLAN STRINGER Ai
PROVIDE A BELL AT TIE EN° OF CO
CAH ETE ENCASEMENT ERE PIPELINE CRINGES
JOIST SECTION
FROM ANENCASED PIPEL IME TO A BURIED
PIPELINE.
"OTEc
CONCRETE ENCASEMENT c
DETAIL
N
TAI L
AS M ALTERNATIVE TO FABRICATED MOUNTINGJOIST CAST
T USING
AALUM I NUITBE AMOUNT i NCB ACKETST WITNNMGXVVANILEO OR S STAINL.ESS
HO SCE
NO SCALE
1
I—
1" = 1'-0'
1
STEEL BOLTS.
POST SIDE MOUNTING BRACKET DETAIL�1
HO SCALE 10
REVISIONS AND RECORD OF ISSUE
sRONLIENTAL SERVICES
ENGINEERING • TESTING
LOADING STATION
IONS AND DETAILS
INOUSTRIES. INC
NORTH CAROLINA
GENERAL NOTEI
ALL STEEL COMPONENTS SHILL
BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER
FABRICATION
FICURE
CFI-10
fig„ � h . I fiPii
A
8
D
E
F

STORAGE BASIN LINER REPLACEMENT PLAN
CF INDUSTRIES HOLDINGS, INC.
COFIELD, NORTH CAROLINA
JUNE 129 2014
SITE VICINITY MAP
LOCATION I S&ME OFFICE MAP
SBME PROJECT NO.
1040-98-044N PH.2
DRAWING NO. TITLE
1 COVER SHEET
2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
3 PROPOSED CONDITIONS
4 DETAILS
C R J" FOSTER
CONTACT: CF I ES, INC.
1. FARMERS CIENK:AL ROAD
COFIELD. NC 27
EMML: XF TEROLFINOUSTRIES COM
ENGINEER: KYLE OALK%M1. P.E.
SOME, INC.
87315OUII.R m BOUIEVARO
CINR c?"NC2m
EMNL:: ('lWI434726
EMML: KeAucoM4W4EINc.coM
N
0o
ry
O
LL
0
W
V
�V)^J
1
F-0176 h
OPAVM ev By
IKS SIL I
3
pE9GNED By MvvOYFpe S
IKB SIL p#�
IT 1-11
— 1040.98-044N, PH. 2 ryj 7-'
N M12/14 pF
1 4

T
X_
W02
U �F
U RR
Z ��
W � �
rn
W.
t
DISCHARGE OUnET
MP (PDEO FROM IRA -MR
-- STAT—
DOUBIE GATE P W NOi . .
SEE NOTE 1)
WATER LEVEL
M CATOR
X ___ x __— __ X--_ X
K Y _-_
X
x
I
141;*41
t x �_
rrp
Y
PU NSTORAGE
TAXE
(PVMPED TO FER
STAigN P NO ?Lo BASIN
• ANp TANKS `OARING
AREA: SE! NOTE TI �+Y x
i x
DISCHARGE TANIQ:Ti TAN • ■ O
�, WMPED FROM W
�:(�udG AREA -SEE NDTE 1) >
X
X J• � j 1 '-- � .. r I � I e j O
— xxx _
x
Ix X , x x X-x
FABRIFORM RtOTECT 2
I 1 fOR BASIN ACCESS
U ?
ooua'r raTE O g O
Z W
t o ww
O =
- V z
LEGEND F N lz a
\ / R9EPVk:E EKIBTNG 1+ WNTWR i3 7 m W
\ ROAD
O_ LL
�� UnTNSFT G CONTOUR W W CD U
EKNTING WING U O
♦ LOL LMT LEER N
• r-�
EXISTING (RAVEL ROAD
/ '� - „ ,� • ■ • EKNTNG STOIWNATER PPNG
t' iE iE E%BTNGFENCE
. '' fMfiNfEPoNO FF-0176 MO
REFERENCES, IKB 9JL
N� 1. GRAVEL
ROAD. 81RS.PPNO FPpITWWSFENCINGR i ENND. FROU 3OF LNER, p R�By �pptpt®�.
IWOELROAD.STORM WE AN' FANDFENCNGREFERENCED FROM BYES
IRDERO TOGAP 9T PlAIf FKi1RE CF4]DATEO MYIWS. IKB SJL
2. AERIAL RIOTOORAAIY OBTAIED FRdA NC pIEMAP.
✓ ]. PPNG FROM TRANSFER H STATION W. 2 DELIEATEO BASED ON AERML FRO.RCT MAe01
P1iOTOGRARIY.
• ;*' a, �.w•EF/r GRAPHIC SCALE
' r .r� 1' • 2D OBI17/11
I IN PEEP ) Z 4
loch = 20 (L.
I: -Wz'

HOPE SINGLE SIDED TEXTURED
HOPE GEOGE SIDED (TE%T E. 'I
SIDE DOWN: SMOOTH SIDE UP) 4 mim"
....... ..
Z Siy]
16MIL LuKe
SINGLE SIDED TENURED JJ K
HOPE GEOMEMBRARE y O
1 LINER SECTION SIDE oowN; SMOOTH SIDE UP) uv)
manta cEocoMrosrE 6
d N T S 16M1 DEOTEXTILE OVERLAP
(SEE NOTE 1) PVC PERFORA ED %PE
25 INN
OFT. I- _ 1 �SpUSY NOKNOVEN GEOTEZTILE 1.SFTMIN
. -- I
ASINGLE SIDED TEXTURED INN, J
HDPE PE GEOMEM(TEXTURE)
SIDE UP. SMOOTH SIDE ooW*1)
—RUSION WELD HOPE
EXTRUSION WELD HOPE GEOMEMBRANES NOTES:
GEOMEMBRANES
—MIL SINGLE SIDED TEXTURED 1 A MINIMUM OF a ROW OF PERFORATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AROUND THE
PE GEOMEMBRANE (TEXTURED DIAMETER OF THE %PE, MID THE PERFORATION$ $HALL BE PUCE)! INCHES o
510E DOWN; SMOOTH 010E UP) CENTER WITHIN EACH ROW FOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE %PE. PERFORATION$
SHALL BE YNNCH IN DIAMETER.
200#MIL GEOCOMPOSUE 2. PERFORATED %PE SHN1 BE CAPPED IN AREAS WHERE COLLECTION TRENdM
TERMINATES UNDER BASIN FLOOR.
/ Y \ DOUBLE LINER SECTION
4 N.T.S.
3 ANCHOR TRENCH
d 4 COLLECTION TRENCH SECTION
N.T.S.
4 N.T.S.
7EftF E6MCAMD'
4 Q
OUTLET WITH END CAR C-IN. DIA SOR 11 HOPE
TEE FITTING
OUTLET WITH VARMINT 4 N. DIA sm 17 HOPE VARMINT GOURD M
GUARD NOH-PERFORATED PIPEW
HOPE GEOMEMBRANE
I T. (UIN.( BOOT TO PIPE (FIELO-FIT)
EXTRUSION WELD HOPE
—III I TO
—f '—i GEOF.EMBIWIE
TRANSITION FROM O
PRE -FABRICATED 0AS VENT
I I_I I I_. PERFORATED PVC %PE O
TO SOLID HOPE PIPE F
A - IN. DIA. SCH. b PVC PERFORATED PIPE 25 I I U
3 (SEE NOTE I)AmmHoommaH Y�
1-1117771����,
W
I I
N
1 A MINIMUM OF A ROW OF PERFORATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AROUND THE \ 1. D
OIMAETER OF THE PIPE, AND THE PERFORARON3 SHALL OE PULED )INCHES ONI— �_
CENTER W THIN EACH ROW iOR THE ENTIRE IENGTN OF THE %PE. PERFOMTN)NB
4 ) 9
SHALLSE—INCHINDIAMETER. a <
3 � o
v / �
6 PERIMETER GAS VENT
a N T S 1
/ 5 TCOLLECTION TRENCH VENT
4 N T S H
Z
W
uo
Z W 2
5
i w a
X.-HISTRIP r fn Z K
W F 1 V GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLT W W Z Z
AT T O.C. O
HDPE STOCX M Q 0
(O". THI-) EXTRUSION WELD HOPE GEOMEMBRANE 07 W
TO STRIP AROUND ENTIRE CONCRETE FOOTING 0 W IL
4 i 0 0
SECTION Q V n
HIN. oIA. SIXi-1I LL K 'FJ OPE PARE F R. DIA IOPEHFIG U O
FOR PIPE
NODE STOLJ(PUTE — _ Z WATER LEVEL INDICATOR N
(O.NN. THICK) STRUCTURE
f — — — — \ I —I 3 MIN.
SILICON CAULRING AT iNFERi
EDGE AND BACN Of uG UCENSE NO
HOPE STRIP F-0176 b
VENT SECTION 2.OFT. 1 I WN L
JAM 9r oMEa®BY.
\
BOTTOM of vENr WL I _ - I DE
CONCRETE FOOTING —ED BY APPRom BY
FOR WATER LEVEL INDKATOR IRS SUL
1. CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT AN ALTERNATIVE PRE -FABRICATED GAS VENT FOR THE ENGINEER'S REVIEW
104048B-0MN, PH. 2
�S 1 WATER LEVEL INDICATOR' o51e
4 NT.S. 1':20• OSM2114
OF
PRE -FABRICATED GAS VENT [
4 NTS
4 4

Appendix III - Equipment Manuals

GR NO 0 RE 1- 0 4 SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS AN5 MOTOR
S

Redi-Flo4
Stainless Steel Submersible Pumps
for Environmental Applications
US Installation and operating instructions
Please leave these instructions with the pump for future reference.

SAFETY WARNING
Grundfos Stainless Steel Submersible Pumps
Your Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Environmental Pump is of the utmost quality. Combined with
proper installation, your Grundfos pump will give you many years of reliable service.
To ensure the proper installation of the pump, carefully read the complete manual
before attempting to install the pump.
Shipment Inspection
Examine the components carefully to make sure no damage has occurred to the
pump -end, motor, cable or control box during shipment.
This Grundfos Redi-FIo4 Environmental Pump should remain in its shipping carton until it is
ready to be installed. The carton is specially designed to protect it from damage. During
unpacking and prior to installation, make sure that the pump is not contaminated,
dropped or mishandled.
The motor is equipped with an electrical cable. Under no circumstance should the cable
be used to support the weight of the pump.
You will find a loose data plate wired to the pump. It should be securely mounted at the well
or attached to the control box.
PRE -INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
Before beginning installation, the following checks should be made. They are all
critical for the proper installation of this submersible pump.
A. Condition of the Well
If the pump is to be installed in a new well, the well should be fully developed and bailed or
blown free of cuttings and sand. Dispose of discharged materials in accordance with the
specific job site requirements. The stainless steel construction of the Redi-FIo4
Environmental Pump makes it resistant to abrasion; however, no pump, made of any
material, can forever withstand the destructive wear that occurs when constantly pumping
sandy groundwater.
Determine the maximum depth of the well, and the drawdown level at the pump's maximum
capacity. Pump selection and setting depth should be based on this data.
The inside diameter of the well casing should be checked to ensure that it is not smaller than
the size of the pump and motor.

PRE -INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
B. Condition of the Water
Redi-Flo4 pumps are designed for pumping cold groundwater that is free of air or gases.
Decreased pump performance and life expectancy can occur if the groundwater is not cold
or contains air or gases.
C. Installation Depth
Pumping sand or well sediment can occur when the pump motor is installed lower than the
top of the well screen or within five feet of the well bottom. This can reduce the
performance and life expectancy of the pump and should be avoided.
If the pump is to be installed in a lake, containment pond, tank or large diameter well, the
water velocity passing over the motor must be sufficient to ensure proper motor cooling.
The minimum recommended water flow rates which ensure proper cooling are listed in
Table A.
D. Electrical Supply
The motor voltage, phase and frequency indicated on the motor nameplate should be
checked against the actual electrical supply.
WIRE CABLE TYPE
The wire cable used between the pump and control box or panel should be approved for
submersible pump applications. The conductor insulation should have a continuous Teflon®
jacket with no splices and must be suitable for use with submersible pumps.
INSTALLATION
The riser pipe or hose should be properly sized and selected based on estimated
flow rates and friction -loss factors.
A back-up wrench should be used when the riser pipe is attaching a riser pipe or metallic
nipple to the pump. The pump should only be gripped by the flats on the top of the
discharge chamber. The body of the pump, cable guard or motor should not be
gripped under any circumstance.
If Steel Riser Pipe Is Used:
An approved pipe thread compound should be used on all joints. Make sure the joints are
adequately tightened in order to resist the tendency of the motor to loosen the joints when
stopping and starting.
When tightened, the first section of the riser pipe must not come in contact with
the check valve retainer in the discharge chamber of the pump.
2

INSTALLATION
After the first section of the riser pipe has been attached to the pump, the lifting cable or
elevator should be clamped to the pipe. Do not clamp the pump. When raising the pump
and riser section, be careful not to place bending stress on the pump by picking it up by the
pump -end only.
Make sure that the electrical cables are not cut or damaged in any way when the
pump is being lowered in the well.
The drop cable should be secured to the riser pipe at frequent intervals to prevent sagging,
looping or possible cable damage.
If Plastic or Flexible Riser Pipe Is Used:
Use the correct compound recommended by the pipe manufacturer or specific job
specifications. Besides making sure that joints are securely fastened, the use of a torque
arrester is recommended when using these types of pipe.
Do not connect the first plastic or flexible riser section directly to the pump.
Always attach a metallic nipple or adapter into the discharge chamber of the
pump. When tightened, the threaded end of the nipple or adapter must not come in
contact with the check valve retainer in the discharge chamber of the pump.
The drop cable should be secured to the riser pipe at frequent intervals using an approved
clip or tape to prevent sagging, looping and possible cable damage.
IMPORTANT - Plastic and flexible pipe tend to stretch under load. This stretching must be
taken into account when securing the cable to the riser pipe.
Leave enough slack between clips or taped points to allow for
this stretching. This tendency for plastic and flexible pipe to stretch FIGURE 4
will also affect the calculation of the pump setting depth. If the depth
setting is critical, check with the manufacturer of the pipe to
determine how to compensate for pipe stretch.
When these types of pipe are used, it is recommended that a safety
cable be attached to the pump to lower and raise it. The discharge
piece of Redi-Flo4 submersibles is designed to accommodate this
cable (Figure 4).
Protect the Well from Contamination
While installing the pump, proper care should be used not to
introduce foreign objects or contaminants into the well. The well
should be finished off above grade to protect against surface water
from entering the well, causing contamination.
NOTE: Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont.
3

ELECTRICAL
WARNING: To reduce the risk of electrical shock during operation of this pump
requires the provision of acceptable grounding. If the means of connection to
the supply connected box is other than grounded metal conduit, ground the
pump back to the service by connecting a copper conductor, at least the size of
the circuit supplying the pump, to the grounding screw provided within the
wiring compartment.
All electrical work should be performed by a qualified electrician in accordance
with the latest edition of the National Electrical Code, local codes and regulations.
Verification of the electrical supply should be made to ensure the voltage, phase and
frequency match that of the motor. Motor voltage, phase, frequency and full -load current
information can be found on the nameplate attached to the motor. Motor electrical data can
be found in Table C.
If voltage variations are larger than
10%, do not operate the pump.
Direct on-line starting is used due to the
extremely fast run-up time of the motor (0.1
second maximum), and the low moment of
inertia of the pump and motor. Direct on-line
starting current (locked rotor amp) is
between 4 and 6.5 times the full -load
current.
Engine -Driven Generators
If the Redi-Flo4 pump is going to be
operated using an engine driven generator,
we suggest the manufacturer of the
generator be contracted to ensure the
proper generator is selected and used. See
Table B for generator sizing guide.
Control Box/Panel Wiring
Single-phase motors must be connected as
indicated in the motor control box. A typical
single-phase wiring diagram using a
Grundfos control box is shown (Figure 5-A).
High Voltage Surge
Arresters
A high voltage surge arrester should be
used to protect the motor against lightning
and switching surges. The correct voltage -
rated surge arrester should be installed on
the supply(line) side of the control box
(Figure 5-13). The arrester must be
grounded in accordance with the
National Electric Code, local codes and
FIGURE 5-A
Rr�
- J
C-%V
Rr g1 t''t 4.
� ~
re,: 11 �r of r{• -{ �
,•�,
.e.
Single -Phase Wiring Diagram for
GRUNDFOS Control Boxes
FIGURE 5-B
51.121e Pna60
timer SLpp V
P
ul
Single Phase Hookup
regulations.
4

ELECTRICAL
Control Box and Surge Arrester Grounding
The control box shall be permanently grounded in accordance with the National Electrical
Code and local codes or regulations. The ground wire should be a bare copper conductor
at least the same size as the drop cable wire size. The ground wire should be run as short
a distance as possible and be securely fastened to a true grounding point.
True grounding points are considered to be: a grounding rod driven into the water strata,
steel well casing submerged into the water lower than the pump setting level, and steel
discharge pipes without insulating couplings. If plastic discharge pipe and well casing are
used, a properly sized bare copper wire should be connected to a stud on the motor and
run to the control panel. Do not ground to a gas supply line. Connect the grounding wire to
the ground point first and then to the terminal in the control box or panel.
Wiring Checks
Before making the final wiring connections of the drop cable to the control box terminal, it is
a good practice to check the insulation resistance to ensure that the cable is good.
Measurements for a new installation must be at least 1,000,000 ohm. Do not start the pump
if the measurement is less than this. If it is higher, finish wiring and verify that all electrical
connections are made in accordance with the wiring diagram. Check to ensure the control
box and high voltage surge arrester have been grounded.
START- U P
After the pump has been set into the well and the wiring connections have been
made, the following procedures should be performed.
A. Attach a temporary horizontal length of pipe with installed gate valve to the riser pipe.
B. If required, make provisions to capture discharged fluids for disposal.
C. Adjust the gate valve one-third open.
D. Start the pump and let it operate until the water runs clear of sand and silt.
E. As the water clears, slowly open the gate valve in small increments until the desired
flow rate of clear water is reached. The pump should not be operated beyond its
maximum flow rating and should not be stopped until the groundwater runs clear.
F. If the groundwater is clean and clear when the pump is first started, the valve should
still be opened until the desired flow rate is reached.
G. Disconnect the temporary piping arrangements and complete the final piping
connections.
H. Under no circumstances should the pump be operated for any prolonged
period of time with the discharge valve closed. This can result in motor damage
due to overheating. A properly sized relief valve should be installed at the well head to
prevent the pump from running against a closed valve.
I. Start the pump and test the system. Check and record the voltage and current draw
on each motor lead.

OPERATION
A. The pump and system should be periodically checked for water quantity, pressure,
drawdown, periods of cycling, and operation of controls. Under no circumstances
should be the pump be operated for any prolonged periods of time with the
discharge valve closed. This can result in motor and pump damage due to
overheating. A properly sized relief valve should be installed at the well head to prevent
the pump from running against a closed valve.
B. If the pump fails to operate, or there is a loss of performance, refer to Troubleshooting,
Section 7.
TROUBLESHOOTING
The majority of problems that develop with submersible pumps are electrical, and most of
these problems can be corrected without pulling the pump from the well. The following
charts cover most of the submersible service work. As with any troubleshooting
procedure, start with the simplest solution first; always make all the above -ground checks
before pulling the pump from the well.
Usually only two instruments are needed — a combination voltmeter/ammeter, and an
ohmmeter. These are relatively inexpensive and can be obtained from most water systems
suppliers.
WHEN WORKING WITH ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS, USE CAUTION TO AVOID
ELECTRICAL SHOCK. It is recommended that rubber gloves and boots be worn
and that care is taken to have metal control boxes and motors grounded to power
supply ground or steel drop pipe or casing extending into the well. WARNING:
Submersible motors are intended for operation in a well. When not operated in a
well, failure to connect motor frame to power supply ground may result in serious
electrical shock.

TROUBLESHOOTING
Preliminary Tests
SUPPLY How to Measure
VOLTAGE By means of a voltmeter, which has
been set to the proper scale, measure
the voltage at the control box. On single-
phase units, measure between line and
neutral.
V
CURRENT
MEASUREMENT
WINDING
RESISTANCE
INSULATION
RESISTANCE
How to Measure
By use of an ammeter, set on the proper
scale, measure the current on each
power lead at the control box. See the
Electrical Data, Table C, for motor amp
draw information.
Current should be measured when the
pump is operating at a constant
discharge pressure with the motor fully
loaded.
How to Measure
Turn off power and disconnectthe drop
cable leads in the control box. Using an
ohmmeter, set the scale selectors to
Rx1 forvalues under 10 ohms and Rx10
for values over 10 ohms.
Zero -adjust the meter and measure the
resistance between leads. Record the
values.
Motor resistance values can be found
in Electrical Data, Table C. Cable
resistance values are in Table D.
How to Measure
Turn off power and disconnect the drop
cable leads in the control box. Using an
ohm or mega ohmmeter, set the scale
selector to Rx 100K and zero -adjust the
meter.
Measure the resistance between the
lead and ground (discharge pipe orwell
casing, if steel).
What it Means
When the motor is under load, the
voltage should be within t 10% of the
nameplate voltage. Larger voltage
variation may cause winding damage.
Large variations in the voltage indicate
a poor electrical supply and the pump
should not be operated until these
variations have been corrected.
If the voltage constantly remains high
or low, the motor should be changed to
the correct supply voltage.
What it Means
If the amp draw exceeds the listed
service factor amps (SFA), check for
the following:
1. Loose terminals in control box or
possible cable defect. Checkwinding
and insulation resistances.
3. Too high or low supply voltage.
4. Motor windings are shorted.
5. Pump is damaged causing a motor
overload.
What it Means
If all the ohm values are normal, and the
cable colors correct, the windings are
not damaged. If any one ohm value is
less than normal, the motor may be
shorted. If anyone ohm value is greater
than normal, there is a poor cable
connection or joint. The windings or
cable may also be open. If some of the
ohmvalues are greaterthan normal and
some less, the drop cable leads are
mixed. To verify lead colors, see
resistance values in Electrical Data,
Table C.
What it Means
For ohm values, refer to table below.
Motors of all Hp, voltage, phase and
cycle duties have the same value of
insulation resistance.
7

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
OHM VALUE
MEGAOHM VALUE
CONDITION OF MOTOR AND LEADS
Motor not yet installed:
2,000,000 (or more)
2.0
New Motor.
1,000,000 (or more)
1.0
Used motor which can be reinstalled in the well.
Motor in well (Ohm readings are for drop cable plus motor):
500,000 - 1,000,000
0.5 - 1.0
A motor in reasonably good condition.
20,000 - 500,000
0.02 - 0.5
A motor which may have been damaged by lightning or with damaged
leads. Do not pull the pump for this reason.
10,000 - 20,000
0.01 - 0.02
A motor which definitely has been damaged or with damaged cable.
The pump should be pulled and repairs made to the cable or the
motor replaced. The motor will still operate, but probably not for long.
less than 10,000
0 - 0.01
A motor which has failed or with completely destroyed cable insulation.
The pump must be pulled and the cable repaired or the motor
replaced. The motor will not run in this condition.
A. Pump Does Not Run
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOW TO CHECK
HOW TO CORRECT
1. No power at pump
Check for voltage at panel.
If no voltage at panel, check feeder
panel.
panel for tripped circuits.
2. Fuses are blown or
Remove fuses and check for continuity
Replace blown fuses or reset circuit
circuit breakers are
with ohmmeter.
breaker. If new fuses blow or circuit
tripped.
breaker trips, the electrical installation
and motor must be checked.
3. Defective controls.
Check all safety and pressure switches
Replace worn or defective parts.
for operation. Inspect contacts in
control devices.
4. Motor and/or cable are
Turn off power. Disconnect motor leads
If open motor winding or ground is
defective.
from control box. Measure the lead
found, remove pump and recheck
to lead resistances with the
values at the surface. Repair or replace
ohmmeter (Rxi ). Measure lead to
motor or cable.
ground values with ohmmeter
(Rx100K). Record measured values.
5. Defective capacitor.
Turn off the power, then discharge
If there is no needle movement,
capacitor. Disconnect leads and
replace the capacitor.
check with an ohmmeter (Rx100K).
When meter is connected, the
needle should jump forward and
slowly drift back.

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
B. Pump Runs But Does Not Deliver Water
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOW TO CHECK
HOW TO CORRECT
1. Groundwater level in
Check well draw -down.
Lower pump if possible. If not,
well is too low or well is
throttle discharge valve and install
collapsed.
water level control.
2. Integral pump check
Install pressure gauge, start pump,
If not close to the pump curve,
valve is blocked.
gradually close the discharge valve and
remove pump and inspect discharge
read pressure at shut-off. After taking
section. Remove blockage, repair
reading, open valve to its previous
valve and valve seat if necessary.
position. Convert PSI to feet.
Check for other damage. Rinse out
(For water: PSI x 2.31 ft/PSI = ft.),
pump and reinstall.
and add this to the total vertical distance
from the pressure gauge to the water
level in the well while the pump is
running. Refer to the specific pump
curve for the shut-off head for that pump
model. If the measured head is close to
the curve, pump is probably OK.
3. Inlet strainer is
Same as 13.2 above.
If not close to the pump curve,
clogged.
remove pump and inspect. Clean
strainer, inspect integral check
valve for blockage, rinse out pump
and reinstall.
4. Pump is damaged.
Same as B.2 above.
If damaged, repair as necessary.
Rinse out pump and re -install.
C. Pump Runs But at Reduced Capacity
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOW TO CHECK
HOW TO CORRECT
1. Draw -down is larger
Check drawdown during pump
Lower pump if possible. If not, throttle
than anticipated.
operation.
discharge valve and install water level
control.
2. Discharge piping or
Examine system for leaks.
Repair leaks.
valve leaking.
3. Pump strainer or check
Remove pump and inspect.
Clean, repair, rinse out pump and
valve are clogged.
reinstall.
4. Pump worn.
Same as 6.2 above.
If not close to pump curve, remove
pump and inspect.
D. Pump Cycles Too Much
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOW TO CHECK
HOW TO CORRECT
1. Pressure switch is not
Check pressure setting on switch
Re -adjust switch or replace if
properly adjusted or is
and operation. Check voltage across
defective.
defective.
closed contacts.
2. Level control is not
Check setting and operation.
Re -adjust setting (refer to
properly set or is
manufacturer data.) Replace if
defective.
defective.
3. Plugged snifter valve
Examine valve and orifice for dirt or
Clean and/or replace if defective.
or bleed orifice.
corrosion.

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART
E. Fuses Blow or Circuit Breakers Trip
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HOW TO CHECK
HOW TO CORRECT
1. High or low voltage.
Check voltage at pump panel. If not
If wire size is correct, contact power
within t 10%, check wire size and
company. If not, correct and/or replace
length of run to pump panel.
as necessary.
2. Control box wiring and
Check that control box parts match the
Correct as required.
components.
parts list. Check to see that wiring
matches wiring diagram. Check for
loose or broken wires or terminals.
3. Defective capacitor.
Turn off power and discharge capacitor.
If no meter movement, replace the
Check using an ohmmeter (Rx100K).
capacitor.
When the meter is connected, the
needle should jump forward and slowly
drift back.
4. Starting relay (Franklin
Check resistance of relay coil with an
Replace defective relay.
single-phase motors only).
ohmmeter (Rx1000K). Check contacts
for wear.
TECHNICAL DATA
TableA
Minimum Water Flow Requirements for
Submersible Pump Motors
MOTOR
DIAMETER
CASING OR SLEEVE
I.D. IN INCHES
MIN. FLOW PAST
THEMOTOR(GPM)
4"
4
1.2
5
7
6
13
7
21
8
30
NOTES:
1 . A flow inducer or sleeve must be used if the
water enters the well above the motor or if
there is insufficient water flow past the motor.
2. The minimum recommended water velocity over
4" motors is 0.25 feet per second.
Table B
Guide for Engine -Driven Generators in
Submersible Pump Applications
MINIMUM KILOWATT RATING OF
GENERATOR FORTHREE-WIRE
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP MOTORS
MOTOR HP
EXTERNALLY
REGULATED
GENERATOR
INTERNALLY
REGULATED
GENERATOR
0.33HP
1.5KW
1.2KW
0.50
2.0
1.5
0.75
3.0
2.0
1.0
4.0
2.5
1.5
5.0
3.0
NOTES:
Table is based on typical 80°C rise continuous
duty generators with 35% maximum voltage dip
during start-up of single phase motors.
Contact the manufacturer of the generator to
assure the unit has adequate capacity to run
the submersible motor.
If the generator rating is in KVA instead of
kilowatts, multiply the above ratings by 1.25 to
obtain KVA.
10

TECHNICAL DATA
Table C
Electrical Data - 60 Hz Submersible Pump Motors
GRUNDFOS MOTORS
IRC. DUAL AMPERAGE FUL
SER. �BCK.OR ELEMENT FULL LOCK S.F.
HP �PjVOLT FACT. STD. FUSE FUSE LOAD OTO AMPS EFF.
LINE-TO•LINE KVA MAX. �RUNDF
RESISTANCE
(OHMS) CODE THRUST PART
-. - '• (LBS) NO.
4-Inch, Single Phase, 2-Wire Motors (control box not required)
1/3
1
230
1.75
15
5
3.4
25.7
4.6
59.0
77.0
6.8-8.2
S
770
79.952301
1/2
1
230
1.60
15
7
4.5
34.5
6.0
62.0
76.0
5.2-6.3
R
770
79.952302
3/4
1
230
1.50
20
9
6.9
40.5
8.4
62.0
75.0
3.2-3.8
N
770
79.952303
1
1
230
1.40
25
12
8.0
48.4
9.8
63.0
82.0
2.5-3.1
M
770
79.952304
1-1/2
1
230
1.30
�5
15
10.0
62.0
13.1
64.0
85.0
1.9-2.3
L
770
79.952305
4-Inch, Single Phase, 3-Wire Motors
1/3
1
230
1.75
15
5
3.4
14.0
4.6
59.0
77.0
6.8-8.3 17.3-21.1
L
770
79.453301
1/2
1
230
1.60
15
7
4.5
21.5
6.0
62.0
76.0
4.7-5.7 15.8-19.6
L
770
79.453302
3/4
1
230
1.50
2)
9
6.9
31.4
8.4
62.0
75.0
3.2-3.9 14-17.2
L
770
79.453303
1
1
230
1.40
25
12
8.0
38.0
9.8
63.0
82.0
2.6-3.1 10.3-12.5
K
770
79.453304
1.1/2
1
230
1.30
1
15
9.4
45.9
11.6
69.0
89.0
1.9-2.3 7.8-9.6
H
770
79.453305
FRAN KLI N MOTORS
(refer to the Franklin Submersible Motors Application Maintenance Manual)
11

TECHNICAL DATA
Table D
Total Resistance of Drop Cable (OHMS)
The values shown in this table are for copper conductors. Values are for the total resistance
of drop cable from the control box to the motor and back.
To determine the resistance:
1. Disconnect the drop cable leads from the control box.
2. Record the size and length of drop cable.
3. Determine the cable resistance from the table.
4. Add drop cable resistance to motor resistance. Motor resistances can be found in the
Electrical Data Chart, Table C.
5. Measure the resistance between each drop cable lead using an ohmmeter. Meter should
be set on Rx1 and zero -balanced for this measurement.
6. The measured values should be approximately equal to the calculated values.
Wire Resistances
DISTANCE FROM
CONTROL BOX TO
PUMP MOTOR (FT.)
12 AWG WIRE
RESISTANCE
(OHMS)
14 AWG WIRE
RESISTANCE
(OHMS)
10
0.03
0.05
20
0.06
0.10
30
0.10
0.15
40
0.13
0.21
50
0.16
0.26
60
0.19
0.31
70
0.23
0.36
80
0.26
0.41
90
0.29
0.46
100
0.32
0.51
110
0.36
0.57
120
0.39
0.62
130
0.42
0.67
140
0.45
0.72
150
0.49
0.77
160
0.52
0.82
170
0.55
0.87
180
0.58
0.93
190
0.62
0.98
200
0.65
1.03
12

LIMITEDWARRANTY
Redi-Flo4 Environmental Pumps manufactured by GRUNDFOS PUMPS CORPORATION
(GRUNDFOS) are warranted to the original user only to be free of defects in material and
workmanship for a period of 24 months from date of installation, but not more than 30 months
from date of manufacture. GRUNDFOS' liability under this warranty shall be limited to repairing
or replacing at GRUNDFOS' option, without charge, F.O.B. GRUNDFOS' factory or authorized
service station, any product of GRUNDFOS' manufacture. GRUNDFOS will not be liable for
any costs of removal, installation, transportation, or any other charges which may arise in
connection with a warranty claim. Products which are sold but not manufactured by GRUNDFOS
are subject to the warranty provided by the manufacturer of said products and not by
GRUNDFOS' warranty. GRUNDFOS will not be liable for damage or wear to products caused
by abnormal operating conditions, accident, abuse, misuse, unauthorized alteration or repair,
or if the product was not installed in accordance with GRUNDFOS' printed installation and
operating instructions.
To obtain service under this warranty, the defective product must be returned to the distributor
or dealer of GRUNDFOS' products from which it was purchased together with proof of
purchase and installation date, failure date, and supporting installation data. Unless otherwise
provided, the distributor or dealer will contact GRUNDFOS or an authorized service station
for instructions. Any defective product to be returned to GRUNDFOS or a service station
must be sent freight prepaid; documentation supporting the warranty claim and/or a Return
Material Authorization must be included if so instructed.
GRUNDFOS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, LOSSES, OR EXPENSES ARISING FROM INSTALLATION, USE, OR ANY
OTHER CAUSES. THERE ARE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WHICH EXTEND
BEYOND THOSE WARRANTIES DESCRIBED OR REFERRED TO ABOVE.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages
and some jurisdictions do not allow limitations on how long implied warranties may last. Therefore,
the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific
legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
Grundfos Pumps Corporation Grundfos Canada, Inc. Bombas Grundfos de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
17100 W.118th Terrace 2941 Brighton Rd. Boulevard TLC #15, Parque Industrial Stiva Aeropuerto
Olathe, Kansas 66061 Oakville, Ontario 1-61-1 6C9 C.P. 66600 Apodaca, N.L. Mexico
Telephone: [phone] Telephone: [phone] Telephone: [phone]
Fax: [phone] Fax: [phone] Fax: [phone]
L-RF-10-001 I Rev. 07 03
PRINTED IN USA

A_ t I !
DOWNER'S MANUAL:
BEFORE INSTALLING PUMP, BE SURE TO READ
THIS OWNER'S MANUAL CAREFULLY.
,&CAUTION Fill pump with water before starting
or pump will be damaged. The motor on this pump
is guaranteed by the manufacturer and in event of
failure it must be returned to an authorized service
station for repairs. Motor warranty is void if repairs
aren't made by an authorized repair station.
INSPECT THE SHIPMENT
Examine the pump when it is received to be sure there
has been no damage in shipping. Should any be evident,
report it immediately to the dealer from whom the pump
was purchased. Please check the pump package to see
that it includes pump, motor, and motor leads (if your
pump purchase includes a motor).
All 4" models willl include either a built-in or external
mounted check valve with the discharge head. 6"
models do not include a check valve, and will need to be
purchased separately. Example: Franklin Control Box for
Franklin motors. Make certain that your available voltage
corresponds to that of your motor.
READ AND FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
AThis is the safety alert symbol. When you see
this symbol on your pump or in this manual, look
for one of the following signal words and be alert to the
potential for personal injury:
,&DANGER warns about hazards that will cause
serious personal injury, death or major property damage
if ignored.
WARNING warns about hazards that can cause
serious personal injury, death or major property damage
if ignored.
C A U T I O N warns about hazards that will or can
cause minor personal injury or major property damage if
ignored.
The label NOTICE indicates special instructions, which
are important but not related to hazards.
AWARNING
Hazardous voltage.
Can shock, burn, or
cause death.
Ground pump before
connecting to power
supply. Disconnect
power before working
on pump, motor
or tank.
Carefully read and follow all
safety instructions in this
manual and on pump.
Keep safety labels in good
condition.
Replace missing or damaged
safety labels.
AWire motor for correct
voltage. See "Electrical"
section of this manual and
motor nameplate.
AGround motor before
connecting to power supply.
AMeet National Electrical Code, Canadian Electrical
Code, and local codes for all wiring.
AFollow wiring instructions in this manual when
connecting motor to power lines.
Downloaded from www.Manuals]ib.com manuals search engine

ATTENTION!
IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR
INSTALLERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT!
THIS EQUIPMENT IS INTENDED FOR
INSTALLATION BY TECHNICALLY QUALIFIED
PERSONNEL. FAILURE TO INSTALL IT IN
COMPLIANCE WITH NATIONAL AND LOCAL
ELECTRICAL CODES, AND WITH FRANKLIN
ELECTRIC RECOMMENDATIONS, MAY RESULT
IN ELECTRICAL SHOCK OR FIRE HAZARD,
UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE, AND
EQUIPMENT FAILURE. FRANKLIN INSTALLATION
INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM PUMP
MANUFACTURERS AND DISTRIBUTORS, AND
DIRECTLY FROM FRANKLIN ELECTRIC. CALL
FRANKLIN TOLL FREE 800-348-2420 FOR
INFORMATION. RETAIN THIS INFORMATION
SHEET WITH THE EQUIPMENT FOR
FUTURE REFERENCE.
AWARNING
SERIOUS OR FATAL ELECTRICAL SHOCK MAY
RESULT FROM FAILURE TO CONNECT THE
MOTOR, CONTROL ENCLOSURES, METAL
PLUMBING, AND ALL OTHER METAL NEAR THE
MOTOR OR CABLE, TO THE POWER SUPPLY
GROUND TERMINAL USING WIRE NO SMALLER
THAN MOTOR CABLE WIRES. TO REDUCE
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, DISCONNECT
POWER BEFORE WORKING ON OR AROUND
THE WATER SYSTEM. DO NOT USE MOTOR IN
SWIMMING AREAS.
INSTALLATION RECORDS
It is good idea to keep an accurate record of your
installation. Be sure to record the data below:
Purchased From:
Date of Installation:
Pump Model No.*
Pump Date Code*
Well Inside Dia.(In/mm):
Depth of Well(ft/m):
Depth of Water(ft/m):
Pump Setting(ft/m):
Drop Pipe Size:
Wire Size(pump to control box):
Wire Size(control box to power source):
Horizontal Offset(between well & house):
Make of Motor*
Amps
HP
Volts
Ph
Make of Control Box
HP
Volts
Power Supply
Volts
HZ
Pressure Switch (PSI)
Cut -in
Cut-out
* This Information is on your pump or motor tag. It will
help us identify your pump in case of later inquiries.
TEST RUNNING
If test running pump before installation:
1. Insure that the power supply corresponds with that
shown on the nameplate of the motor and control
box. (if required).
2. Install pump and components appropriate for the
test as shown in Fig. 1.
3. Make sure power supply is turned off and circuit
breaker or disconnect switch is open. Make
electrical connections appropriate to your motor as
shown in Fig. 2, 3 or 4.
4. THREE PHASE UNIT -A three phase motor
requires a magnetic starter equipped with quick -trip,
ambient compensated heaters of correct size for the
horsepower of the motor.
Downloaded from www,Manualslib.com manuals search engine

To insure correct rotation of three phase units, brace
pump shell securely and apply power momentarily
by snapping line switch quickly on and off. If rotation
is correct, reaction of the shell will be clockwise
when viewed from pump discharge (that is, pump
shaft will rotate counter clockwise). Interchange any
two leads at magnetic starter to reverse rotation.
5. Run pump and motor unit for a few seconds to
ensure that it is in working order.
FIGURE 1 - Installation Diagram
Tank
See Wining
Sanitary Well Seal Spnrg-Loaded
«Pit —Maser Check VWB
Submaremto cede ipB1#• 1B1Bf Valeswice Pipe
Pressure Gauge
J!(B-!anad
wary t oo•rmm)
sCable
Drop Pipe [Cable
peered to mop
ape will tape or
clamps wary t Dram)
Torque Nestor
Wall Casing
Spring -Loaded
Check VWw
r Pump Discharge
Submergible Note: Keep pump at least Firm
Pump Una bottom of well and above wrl screen
or casing peUorasons.
suction Screen
or
T,W"o'..'_
asing Perloretioru
SUITABILITY OF WELL
Install the pump only in a well that has been properly
developed. Water from an undeveloped well often
contains an excessive amount of sand, dirt, and
abrasives which can damage the pump. Check that
the well is large enough to allow the pump to be set
at the required depth. Don't set the pump below the
casing perforations or well screen unless you make
arrangements to ensure an adequate flow of water
over the motor for cooling purposes. Determine the
correct pump setting from the driller's record by taking
into account the static water level and the drawdown
at the proposed pumping rate. Keep the pump at least
five feet from the bottom of a drilled well.
SPLICING THE POWER CABLE
Follow the instructions enclosed in the cable splicing
kit you purchase.
DROP PIPE
Galvanized pipe is recommended for suspending
submersible pumps into the well. Plastic pipe may
be used only when observing the plastic pipe
manufacturer's recommendations of depth and pressure.
Give special consideration to:
1. A safety cable to prevent loss of pump if pipe should
break.
2. Torque arrestor just above pump to prevent chafing
the cable when pump and pipe twist during the starting
and stopping cycle. (See Figure 1)
Schedule 40 galvanized pipe is suitable for settings to
600 feet(180m). For deeper settings, use schedule 40
pipe for the bottom 600 feet(180m), and schedule 80 for
the remainder.
Take great care to keep pipes clean and free from
pebbles, scale and thread chips. Make sound, air -tight
connections at all fittings. Pipe sealant is recommended.
CHECK VALVES
Many pumps have a built-in or externally supplied check
valve. For a pump without one, install a check valve
immediately above the pump. Install an additional check
valve above the ground. If the pump is more than 100
feet (30m) below the wellhead, install another check
valve in the drop pipe 100 feet (30m) above it. For pump
settings deeper than 200 feet (60m), install additional
check valves at intervals of 100 feet (30m).
REMOVABLE POPPET CHECK VALVE
4" submersible pumps with a 1-1/4" discharge are
supplied with a spring -loaded REMOVABLE poppet style
check valve assembly. The check valve can be removed
from the pump discharge when the pump is installed in
applications where drain back is desired.
AWARNING Fluid draining back through the pump
can cause the pump to rotate backwards. If pump/
motor starts during this time; damage to the pump
can occur.
The check valve can be removed with the use of the
T-Handle Poppet Wrench(part no. 23498207). Ordered
separately. Or, with standard needle nose pliers. The
poppet assembly is left hand threaded and is removed
by turning CLOCKWISE.
If reinstalling a Popppet Check Valve assembly, the
assembly should be tightened to 15 inch -pounds.
4 ilzz:z
Poppet Assembly T-Handle Poppet Wrench
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

INSTALLATION OF PUMPP, DROP PIPE, AND
ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
Fig. 1 illustrates a typical well installation showing in
ground components. Adhere to the following items when
installing the pump and drop pipe:
1. Fasten the submersible cable to the drop pipe with
clamps or appropriate tape every 10 ft. (3m) to
prevent tangling and damage to the cable. The cable
must remain slack when using plastic drop pipe to
allow for stretching of pipe when installed in the well.
2. Take care not to scrape or pinch the submersible
cable against the well casing.
3. Use an ohmmeter or megger to make insulation and
continuity checks on the cable once the pump is
installed. This locates any fault in the cable.
4. Make sure a check valve is installed immediately
above the pump. Install additional check valves at
100' (30m) intervals.
5. Install a torque arrestor just above the pump to
prevent chafing the cable when pump anad pipe twist
during starting and stopping.
6. Attach a safety cable to pump to prevent loss of pump
if pipe should break.
7. Place a sanitary well seal or pitless adapter with
an approved cover plate over top of well per
manufacturers recommendations.
8. Keep pump at least 5' (1.5m) from bottom of well and
above well screen or casing perforations.
ELECTRICAL INFORMATION
1. Employ a licensed electrician to perform the wiring.
All wiring must be done in accordance with applicable
national and local electrical codes.
2. Check that the power supply corresponds with the
electrical rating of the submersible motor and the
control box(if required). Make sure that the control box
electrical rating matches the motor electrical rating.
3. Every installation requires a fused disconnect switch
or circuit breaker.
4. Every installation must be grounded. There must be
a reliable ground connection between the pump and
the distribution panel. The motor lead incorporates a
green grounding conductor.
5. Lightning arrestors are recommended for every
installation. All stainless steel, single phase motors
thru 5HP have built-in lightning arrestors. Any 6"
motor or 4", 3-phase motor requires a separate
lightning arrestor installed as close to the wellhead
as possible. Install the arrestor in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations. A lightning arrestor
provides protection against induced voltage surges on
2
secondary power lines; it is not effective against direct
h its.
6. Mount the control box in an area protected from rain,
snow, direct sunlight or other high temperatures as
this may cause tripping of the overload protector.
Also protect the control box from extreme cold (below
25dF/-32°C) as this may have adverse effects on
starting capacitor.
7. A two -wire pump does not require a motor control box,
since all electrical components are built inside the
motor. Fig. 2 shows a typical wiring diagram for a two -
wire installation.
FIGURE 2 - 2 WIRE, 1 Phase, 1/3 thru 1-1/2 HP
Pump Wiring Diagram
Circuit Breaker or
•�. Fuse Disconnect Switch
i Pressure Switch
1 Phase Power
1 Phase Submersible
Cable
A three -wire, single-phase pump requires a motor
control box incorporating overload relays. Fig. 3
shows a typical wiring diagram for a three -wire, single-
phase installation. Note that a magnetic contactor
must be used if the pressure switch electrical rating
is not sufficient to handle the submersible motor
electrical rating. The pressure switch would then be
incorporated into a pilot circuit to control the magnetic
contactor. Make the connections at the control box in
accordance with the wiring diagram in the control box
to avoid damage to the motor.
FIGURE 3 - 3-WIRE, 1 Phase, 1/3 thru 15 HP
Pump Wiring Diagram
Note: Order of red, yellow and black may
vary from control box to control box.
Pressure Switch (for pilot circuit) Always connect like colors.
if Magnetic Contactor is used Single Phase
for starting. • r • Control Box
Circuit Breaker
or Fused Disconnect Switch ti �., • ••'. .•
L7 L2R YB
Irf�
Incoming 1 Phase Power Red
Yellow
Blade
Pressure Switch (for direct switching) OR
Magnetic Contactor (w/ pilot circuit) I.,?
1 Phase Sumbersible Motor
Downloaded from www.Manuals]ib.com manuals search engine

9. A three-phase pump does not require a motor control
box . Fig. 4 shows a typical wiring diagram for a 3-
wire, three-phase installation. A magnetic contractor
with 3-leg protection having quick -trip ambient
compensated overload relays must be used.
FIGURE 4 - 3-Wire, 3 Phase, 1-1/2 thru 50 HP
Pump Wiring Diagram
Circuit Breaker OR
Pressure Switch
Fused Disconnect Switch
Magnetic Contactor w/
Vag protection having
quick -trip ambient
corpensated overload relays
Incoming 3 Phase Power
3 Phase Submersible Motor
10. Use an ohmeter to make continuity and insulation
checks after the installation is completed.
11. Place the additional pump nameplate onto the
submersible label and place both onto disconnect
switch or circuit breaker box for future reference.
WELL TEST
Check the pump and well performance before making
the final connection to the discharge system.
1. Install a gate valve on the end of the pipe. Partially
open the valve.
2. Start the pump.
3. Open valve gradually to give full flow.
4. If the discharge is not clear, let the pump run until
water clears. If water does not clear in 30 minutes,
stop the pump and take the necessary steps to correct
the condition. After the water has appeared clear,
check for sand by discharging into a clean bucket or
suitable container.
5. Close valve until maximum required system flow
rate is obtained (this should correspond to the cut -
in pressure of the pressure switch). Ensure that
the output of the pump at this setting is not greater
than the yield of the well. This can be checked by
monitoring the well drawdown level and ensuring tht
the level is stable at the maximum required system
flow rate.
QCAUTION Never run pump unless it's completely
submerged in water. If run without water, the pump
and motor could be damaged. Note also that air
drawn into the pump can cause an airlock under
certain conditions.
LOW -YIELDING WELL
A low -yielding well exists when the output from the pump
is greater than the yield of the well. It can reduce the
water level to the suction screen so that a mixture of air
and water enters the pump. Pumping may stop since the
pump cannot generate pressure with insufficient water.
In this case, the column of water already in the drop pipe
holds the check valve closed and an airlock may develop
inside the pump. Because the conditions ensure neither
adequate lubrication of the pump nor proper cooling
for the motor, damage can result if power is not cut off
quickly. use one or more of the following methods to
correct and/or protect this installation.
1. Install additional length of drop pipe to place pump
lower in well if possible.
2. Install a Franklin Pumptec or similar electronic
drawdown sensor.
3. Install a floatless liquid level control. This device
consists of an electrical relay activated by currents
flowing through the ground -return circuits of
electrodes hung in the well. The lower(STOP)
electrode, just above the pump, ensures that the
water level can never be pumped down to the suction
screen. The upper(START) electrode, just below
the lowest static water level, ensures that the pump
can start again as soon as the well has recovered.
A floatless liquid level control works in series with
the pressure switch. Refer to the manufacturers
instructions provided with control.
4. Install a flow control valve in the discharge line
upstream from the pressure switch. This restricts
the output from the pump without affecting the rate
that water can be drawn from the pressure tank.
Nevertheless, a heavy demand for water could
empty the pressure tank, so a tank with a bonded
diaphragm, air cell, or water bag is recommended.
5. Install a smaller pump to avoid over pumping the well.
Have dealer size pump to the well yield.
6. Install a low-pressure cut-off switch. A low pressure
cut off switch, or a pressure switch with such an
arrangement built in, protects a shallow -well pump
from losing its prime, but it does not always provide
satisfactory protection to a submersible pump from
the effects of over pumping the well. This is because
it responds to a loss of pressure at the surface,
which may occur after an air lock has formed inside
the pump. We recommend either a floatless liquid
level control or a flow control valve, in that order,
in preference to a low-pressure cutoff switch as
protection against over pumping.
3
Downloaded from www.Manuals]ib.com manuals search engine

DISCHARGE PLUMBING
Fig. 1 illustrates a typical well installation showing above
ground components. Adhere to the following items when
installing the discharge plumbing.
1. Install an above ground check valve upstream from
the pressure switch.
2. Always install a pressure relief valve in the system.
The relief valve should be capable of discharging the
flow rate of the pump at the rated working pressure of
the pressure tank. Locate the relief valve close to the
pressure tank.
3. Install a pressure switch between the check valve and
the pressure tank. Refer to Fig. 2, 3, or 4 for proper
wiring connections of pressure switch.
4. Install a pressure tank as close as possible to
the pressure switch. Refer to manufacturer's
recommendations for installation.
INSTALLATION IN LAKE OR STREAM
A submersible pump is usually isolated at the bottom of
a well, where electrical leakage from its motor and cable
presents no hazard to life. This natural protection is lost
when you install it in a lake, pond, stream, or fountain
since there is no way to stop people and livestock
from entering or touching the surrounding water.
Consequently we recommend that such an installation
be done by a licensed electrician in conformance with all
applicable national and local electrical codes. Grounding
after the manner already described is a minimum
requirement, and a ground fault circuit interrupter is
advisable. But in the absence of explicit national or local
regulations, ask the local electric utility for guidance. In
any case, support the pump from the shore or bottom,
at a 150 slant to assure proper motor bearing lubrication.
Shield the pump from direct physical contact. Protect
and screen the pump intake to prevent blockage by
leaves and weeds, but remember the need for adequate
flow over the motor for cooling purposes. In addition,
protect the entire underwater installation from water
currents, ice, boats, anchors, debris, vandalism, and
other hazards.
4
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. PUMP FAILS TO START
a) Electrical trouble - call dealer or electrician.
b) Drawdown protection device has pump turned off.
c) Overload tripped.
d) Reset low pressure cutoff switch (if installed).
2. PUMP FAILS TO DELIVER WATER
a) Air lock in pump.
b) Clogged intake screen.
c) Insufficient well yield.
3. PUMP GIVES REDUCED OUTPUT
a) Insufficient well yield.
b) Worn pump.
c) Clogged intake screen.
d) Low voltage.
e) Incorrect rotation (3-phase only).
4. PUMP CYCLES TOO FREQUENTLY
a) Excessive pressure drop between pressure switch
and pressure tank.
b) "Cut -in" pressure at pressure tank too high.
c) "Cut-out" pressure at pressure tank too low.
d) Waterlogged pressure tank.
e) Start and stop electrodes of floatless liquid level
control set too close together.
f) Tank sized too small to meet system requirements.
5. OVERLOADS TRIP
a) Electrical trouble - call dealer or electrician.
6. PRESSURE SWITCH CYCLES RAPIDLY WHEN
PUMP STARTS
a) Pressure switch too far from pressure tank.
b) Adjust air charge of tank to manufacturer's
recommendations.
Downloaded from www,Manualslib.com manuals search engine

U.S. LIMITED WARRANTY*
Franklin Pump Systems, Inc.
Franklin Pump Systems, Inc. warrants its new products to be free of defects in material and workmanship for a
period of 1 year from date of installation or 2 years from date of manufacture, whichever comes first, WHEN installed in
a domestic water systems application and pumping potable water only. Warranty does not cover applications pumping
saltwater or other corrosive liquids. Consult and adhere to local codes for all applications. Franklin Pump Systems, Inc.
also provides additional warranty coverage on specific products as specified herein.
Franklin Pump Systems' warranty obligation with regard to equipment not of its own manufacture is limited to the
warranty actually extended to Franklin Pump Systems by its suppliers.
This warranty extends only to the original retail purchaser and only during the time in which the original retail
purchaser occupies the site where the product was originally installed
Requests for service under this warranty shall be made by contacting the installing Franklin Pump Systems
dealer (point of purchase) as soon as possible after the discovery of any alleged defect. Franklin Pump Systems will
subsequently take corrective action as promptly as reasonably possible.
Franklin Pump Systems at its discretion may replace or repair any product that fails under this warranty after
inspection by an authorized company representative or after Franklin Pump Systems has received the product at our
factory. Replacement or repair cannot be made until after the product is inspected. All charges or expenses for freight
to and from the factory, removal and reinstallation of the product, or installation of a replacement product are the
responsibility of the purchaser.
THIS WARRANTY SUPERSEDES ANY WARRANTY NOT DATED OR BEARING AN EARLIER DATE. ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES WHICH THE PURCHASER MAY HAVE, INCLUDING MERCHANT ABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SHALL NOT EXTEND BEYOND THE APPLICABLE WARRANTY PERIOD. Some
states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitation may not apply
to you. IN NO EVENT SHALL FRANKLIN PUMP SYSTEMS BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so
the above may not apply to you.
This warranty does not apply to any product which has been subjected to negligence, alteration, accident, abuse,
misuse, improper installation, vandalism, civil disturbances, or acts of God. The only warranties authorized by Franklin
Pump Systems are those set forth herein. Franklin Pump Systems does not authorize other persons to extend any
warranties with respect to its products, nor will Franklin Pump Systems assume liability for any unauthorized warranties
made in connection with the sale of its products.
THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH
MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE.
Contact Franklin Pump Systems, Inc. Export Division for International Warranty.
Franklin Pump Systems
12401 Interstate 30 • P.O. Box 8903
Little Rock, AR 72219
E 1467 5/06
5
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

INSPECTION DE L'EOUIPEMENT
Sur reception de la pompe verifier si elle n'a pas ete
endommagee cans le transport. Si un dommage
est apparent, le mentionner immediatement a votre
detaillant la pompe fut achetee. Verifier si 1'ensemble de
pompe inclut: la pompe, le moteur et les conduits pour
moteur (si I'achat de votre pompe inclut un moteur). Ces
unites comprendront soit un clapet integre ou a montage
exterieur a meme la tete de decharge. les modeles
monophases, 3 fils, doivent avoir une boite de controle
qui devra etre commandee separement et assortie au
moteur de la pompe (ex: une boite de controle Franklin
pour un moteur Franklin). S'assurer que votre voltage
correspond a celui du moteur.
LIRE ET SUIVRE LES INSTRUCTIONS DE
SECURITE
AVoici le symbole d'avertissement de securite.
Quand vous verrez ce symbole sur votre pompe ou clans ce
manuel, regardez pour un des mots -clefs ci-dessous et soyez
conscient des dangers potentiels de blessures.
AD A N G E R Avertis des dangers qui vont causer des
blessures serieuses, la mort ou des dommages majeurs A la
propriete si ignores.
AAVERTISSEMENT Avertis des dangers qui peuvent causer
des blessures serieuses, la mort ou des dommages majeurs A
la propriete si ignores.
AATTENTION Avertis des dangers qui peuvent ou vont
causer des blessures mineures A la personne et/ou des
dommages majeurs A la propriete si ignores.
La vignette A NOTER indique une attention speciale qui est
importante mais non reliee A la securite.
Bien lire et suivre toutes les instructions de securite
ecrites dans ce manuel et sur la pompe.
Garder les vignettes de securite en bonne condition.
Remplacer les vignettes endommagees ou manquantes.
Haut Voltage. Peut
electrocuter,bruler ou
causer la mort.
Mettre la pompe a la
masseavant de brancher
au courant principal.
Debrancher le courant
avant de travailler sur
la pompe, le moteur ou
le reservoir.
AAdapter le moteur au
courant utilise. Voir la section
ELECTRIQUE de ce manuel et la
plaque signaletique du moteur.
AMettre le moteur A la masse
avant de brancher au courant
principal.
ASe conformer aux codes
electriques nationaux, Canadiens
et locaux pour tout branchement
electrique.
ASuivre les instructions de ce
manuel pour le branchement du
moteur au reseau principal.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

RECORD WINSTALLATION
C'est une bonne idee de garder un record exact de votre
installation. Voir a completer les donnees suivantes.
chete de:
Date d'installation:
No. de modele de la pompe*
Code de date de la pompe*
Dia. int. du puits:
Profondeur du puits:
Profondeur jusqu'au niveau d'eau:
Dimension du tuyau de descente:
Dimension du fil:
De la pompe a la bolte de controle:
De la bofte de cont. a I'alim. elec.:
uyauterie horizontale distante:
Marque de moteur*
Amp
C.V.
Volts
Ph
Marque de la bofte de controle
C.V.
Volts
Alimentation electrique
Volts
Ph
Cette information est sur 1'etiquette de la pompe
ou moteur. Ceci nous aidera a identifier la pompe, si
necessaire.
EXAMINEZ LE FONCTIONNEMENT
Si un essai doit titre fait avant ('installation, verser 1
gallon d'eau dans la decharge, pour s'assurer que la
pompe ne demarre pas a sec.
1. Verifier si I'alimentation en courant electrique
correspond aux indication donnees sur les plaques
d'indentification du moteur et de la boite de controle
(si requise)
2. Installer la pompe et les composantes appropriees
pour effectuer 1'essai, tel qu'illustre a la figure 1.
3. S'assurer que ('alimentation electrique est a la position
arret et que le coupe -circuit ou disjoncteur est ouvert.
Faire les raccords electriques qui correspondent a
votre moteur, tel qu'illustre aux figures 2,3, et 4.
4. MODELES TRIPHASES. Un moteur requiert un
demarreur magnetique equipe d'elements chauffants
A declenchement rapide, compense pour temperature
ambiante, correspondant a la force du moteur.
Pour vous assure de la bonne rotation des modeles
triphases, soutenir la coquille de pompe solidement et
y donner momentanement du courant en mettant
8
rapidement I'interrupteur de ligne a la position
marche et arret. Si, en regardant par la decharge de
la pompe, la coquille se deplace dans le sens des
aiguilles d'une montre, la rotation est bonne. our
modifier la rotation, interchanger deux des conduits
pour moteur du demarreur magnetique.
5. Activer la pompe pour quelques secondes afin de
verifier si elle fonctionne bien.
FIGURE 1 - Diagramme D'installation
Soupspe de relenee
volrshame
Joint d1hinchahehypamyueou
adepbur pour pub stuns losse
de oaaepe
Tysu da daoherpe
Cable Wtowersible Saupepe de samffi
a presslon M
Soupepe de relenue a
me®„,re�omm.nde abue
Cahle de Beadle
Tuyen de �,,,
reloulene ,ou men rKris do e� di ndan
us Is
Iller dB cerrepe bus be
,o peds9 mates)
tnbm6psrur de awpe
p.m au pulm
9oupeps ds relenus It
ressorl a Is dkhaW de Is pompe
pr.es,en
A pessbn
Tuysu de semen
A peas on
pompe submersible Nols: Ind ller Ia pompe. molns a e peas
sudessus du bnd du pulb 61 eudessus du
Tomb d'espretion W.I. ou lee perbrstlons de b peml.
Mahar
Terms du puns au peNorations
de Is pawl
CONVENANCE DE PUITS
Installer la pompe seulement quand le puits a ete
prepare adequatement. L'eau d'un puits qui n'a pas
ete developpe comme it se doit contient beaucoup de
sable, saletes et matieres abrasives qui pourraient
endommager la pompe. Verifier si le puits est
assez grand pour pouvoir y installer la pompe a la
profondeur voulue. Ne pas installer la pompe en bas
des perforations de la paroi ou du tamis du puits, a
moins que ('installation soit faite pour assurer un debit
d'eau adequat audessus du moteur, pour les besoins
de refroidissement. Determiner, d'apres les records
d'installation du foreur, ou la pompe doit titre installee en
tenant compte du niveau statique de 1'eau et du niveau
de tirage d'eau, au taux de pompage propose. Installer
la pompe au moins a 5 pieds au-dessus du fond du puits
fore.
RACCORDEMENT DU CABLE ELECTRIQUE
Suivre les instructions incluses avec la trousse de
raccordement pour cable.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

TUYAU DE DESCENTE
II est recommande d'installer du tuyay galvanise
pour les pompes submersibles installees clans le
puits. Si du tuyau de plastique est utllise, suivre les
recommandations du fabricant de la tuyauterie de
plastique, en tenant compte de la profoncleur et de la
pression. Cependant, s'assurer d'avoir en main les items
suivants:
1. Un cable de securite pour eviter de perdre la pompe,
en cas de bris de tuyau.
2. Amortisseur de couple place juste au-dessus de la
pompe pour prevenir le frottement du fil, quand la
pompe et le tuyau se tordent lors du demarrage et
1'arret de la pompe.
Du tuyau galvanise de type 40 est approprie pour
les installations jusqua'a 600 pieds (180m). Pour des
installations plus en profundeur, utiliser du tuyau type 40
pour les premiers 600 pieds (180m) et du type 80 pour la
balance qui se trouve au-dessus de 600 pieds (180m).
Prende soin de garder les tuyaux propres et libres de
cailloux, depots calcaires, etc... Assurer une etancheite
complete a tous les raccords. Un enduit etanche pour
tuyaux est recommande.
SOUPAPES DE RETENUE
Plusieurs pompes ont une soupape a retenue a ressort,
soit qu'elle est deja incorporee, soit qu'elle est installee.
Pour une pompe qui n'a pas de soupape de retenue a
ressort, en installer une immediatement au-dessus de
la pompe. Installer une soupape de retenue a ressort
additionnelle a la surface.
Si la pompe est plus que 100 pieds (30m) en bas de la
tete de puits, installer une autre soupape de retenue
clans le tuyau de descente 10 pieds (30m). Au-dessus
de la pompe. Pour les installations au-dela de 200 pieds
(60m), installer une soupape de retenue additionnelle
aux intervalles de 100 pieds (30m).
INSTALLATION DE LA POMPE, TUYAU DE
DESCENTE ET UEQUIPMENT S'YRATTACHANT
La figure 1 illustre une installation typique d'un puits
avec les composantes installees dans le sol. A
('installation de la pompe et du tuyau de descente, suivre
les instructions suivantes:
1. Attacher le cable au tuyau de descente avec des
colliers de serrage ou du ruban approprie a tous
les 10 pieds (3m) pour eviter qu'il ne s'entortille et
ne s'endommage. Le cable doit titre lache quand
('installation set faite avec du tuyau de plastique, afin
d'obtenir une installation securitaire dans le puits.
2. Prendre soin de ne pas egratigner ou pincer le cable
contre la paroi du puits.
3. Vous servir d'un ohmmetre ou d'un megahmetre pour
proceder a des essais de continuite et d'isolation sur
le cable, une fois la pompe installee. Ceci permettra
de deceler toute defaillance clans le cable.
4. S'assurer d'installer une soupape de retenue
immediatement au-dessus de la pompe. Installer des
soupapes de retenue additionnelles aux intervalles de
100 pieds (30m).
5. Si recommande par votre marchand, installer un
amortisseur de couple juste au-dessus de la pompe,
pour prevenir le frottement du cable quand la pompe
et le tuyau se tordent lors du demarrage et de I'arret
de la pompe.
6. Attacher un cable de securite a la pompe, pour eviter
de perdre Celle-ci en cas de bris de tuyau.
7. Installer un joint d'etancheite hygienique ou un couvert
d'adapteur pour puits sans fosse au-dessus du puits,
en suivant les recommandations du manfacturier.
8. Installer la pompe au moins a 5 pieds (1.5m) au-
dessus du fonds du puits et au-dessus du tamis ou les
perforations de la paroi.
INFORMATION ELECTRIQUE
1. Utiliser les services d'un electricien competent pour
('installation du cablage. Tous les raccordements
doivent titre faits selon le code national et local
d'electricite.
2. Verifier si I'alimentation electrique correspond avec
les indications donnees sur le moteur et la boite de
controle (se requise). S'assurer que les donnees de
la boite de controle correspondent avec les donnees
electriques du moteur.
3. Chaque installation requiert un sectionneur a fusibles
ou un coupe -circuit.
4. Chaque installation doit avoir une mise a la terre.
II doit y avoir un raccord efficace de mise a la terre
entre la pompe et le panneau de distribution. le
conduit pour moteur est incorpore d'un conclucteur de
mise a la terre vert.
Des paratonnerres sont recommandes pour
Chaque installation. Tous les moteurs jusqu a 5 c.v.
monophases 4" sont incorpores de paratonnerres.
Tout moteur triphase, soit 4" ou 6", requiert un
paratonnerre separe, installe le plus pres possible de
la tete de puits. (Note: une boite de controle 5 c.v.,
monphase raccordee a un moteur 5 c.v. 6" requiert
un paratonnerre separe.) Installer le paratonnerre
in suivant les recommandations du manufacturier.
Un paratonnerre protege contre les surcharges des
lignes secondaires mais ne protege pas contre les
coups directs.
wt
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

6. Installer la boite de contr6le dans un endroit
protege de la pluie, neige, lumiere directe du soleil
ou des temperatures elevees qui pourraient faire
declencher le protecteur de surcharge. Aussi,
proteger la boite de contr6le des temperatures
extremes de froid (sous 25 degres F/ -32 degres
C) qui pourraient affecter le condensateur de
demarrage.
7. Une pompe 2 fils ne necessite pas une boite
de contr6le, les composantes electriques etant
incorporees en dedans du moteur. La figure 2 vous
montre un shema typique de cablage pour une
installation 2 fils.
FIGURE 2 - Schema Cablage Pompe
Arrivee alimentation
electrique monophasee
— Coupe -circuit ou
disjoncteur A fusible
LInterrupteur A pression
CAble submersible
Moteur submersible m.nooh.1
8. Une pompe monophasee 3 fils requiert une boite
de controle comprenant des relais de surcharge. La
figure 3 vous montre un schema typique du cablage
pour une installation monophasee, 3 fils. Prendre
note d'utiliser un contacteur magnetique si la
capacite electrique de I'interrupteur a pression nest
pas suffisante pour la capacite electrique du moteur
submersible. L'interrupteur a pression serait alors
incorpore dans un circuit pilote afin de c6ntroler le
contacteur magnetique. Faire les raccordements a
la boite de contr6le, selon le schema de cablage,
dans la boite de contr6le, ceci afin d'eviter
d'endommager le moteur.
FIGURE 3 - Schema De Cablage Pour Pompe 3 Fils
Monophas& 1 /3 cm. h 1.5 cm.
Note: Codre des couleurs rouge, fauns at noir
pour varier dune bone do contr6le A I'autre.
Toujours racoorder les fits avec Is cculeur equivalents.
Inlenupteur A preaelon (pour circuit pilots)
si un conlacteur magnAtique set utllise
pour Is demarrage, . Moleur monophase
submersible
disjon iro
urail on
diejonctear t msiaes
I I
_-a
l�Rouge
Bolts de contr6le monophasee I I I
Interrupteur A pression (pour interruption directs)
ou un contacteur magnelique woo cimult pilots
Arrlvk alimentation
electrique monophase
10
9. Une pompe triphasee 3 fils ne requiert pas une
boite de controle. La figure 4 bous montre un
schema typique de cablage pour une installation
triphasee, 3 fils. Un contacteur magnetique avec
protection a tous les 3 conducteurs possedant
des relais de surcharge a declenchement rapide
(compenses pour la temperature) doit titre utilise.
FIGURE 4 - Schema De Cablage Pour Pompe
1-1/2 cm. A 5 cm. 3 Fils Triphasee
Coup"Ircuil ou Interrupteur A pression
disjoncleur A tusibles ti
Contacteur magnetique avec
protection A tous lea 3 conducleurs,
possAdant des relais de surcharge A
/declenchement rapids (compenses
pour Is temperature)
Arrivde alimentation
electrique triphasee
Moteur submersible triphasA
10. Utiliser un ohmmetre ou un megahmetre pour
proceder a des essais de continuite et d'isolation,
apres que ('installation est completee.
11. Apposer la plaque d'identification de la pompe sur
1'etiquette de la pompe submersible FPS, Inc. et
placer les deux sur le disjoncteur ou sur la boite du
coupe -circuit, pour references futures.
VERIFICATION DU PUITS
Verifier la pompe et le rendement du puits, avant
de faire le dernier raccordement au systeme de
decharge.
1. Installer une vanne a 1'extremite du tuyau et ouvrir
partiellement la vanne.
2. Demarre la pompe.
3. Ouvrir graduellement la vanne pour obtenir le debit
maximal.
4. Si I'eau a la decharge nest pas claire, laisser la
pompe fonctionner jusqu'a ce qu'elle devienne
claire. Si dans 30 minutes I'eau nest pas claire,
arr@ter la pompe et prendre les moyens necessaires
pour corriger la situation. Apres avoir obtenu une
eau claire, verifier le sable en dechargeant dans un
seau propre ou tout autre contenant.
5. Fermer la vanne jusqu'a l'obtention maximale du
debit d'eau requis. S'assurer qua la sortie de la
pompe a ce niveau de reglage nest pas superieure
au rendement du puits; en faire la verification en
surveillant le niveau de tirage d'eau et s'assurer
que le niveau reste stable au debit d'eau maximal
requis.
QCAUTION Ne pas faire fonctionner la pompe
si elle nest pas completement subergee dan
1'eau, autrement la pompe et le moteur pourraient
s'endommager. Prende note egalement que I'air
forme dans la pompe peut causer une poche d'air,
A certaines conditions.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

FAIBLE RENDEMENT DU PUITS
Un puits a faible rendement existe quand la sortie
de la pompe est superieure au rendement du puits.
II en resulte une diminution du niveau d'eau au
tamis d'aspiration faisant entrer un melange d'air et
eau clans la pompe. Dans ce cas, la colonne d'eau
qui se trouve dejA clans le tuyau de clescente tiens
la soupape de retenue fermee et developpe ainsi
une poche d'air A I'interieur de la pompe. Dans ces
conditions, la pompe nest pas lubrifiee adequatement
et le moteur nest pas refroidi proprement; et it pourrait
en resulter des dommages si I'alimentation electrique
West pas arretee rapidement. Suivre une ou plusieurs
des recommandations suivantes pour corriger eVou
proteger ('installation:
1. Installer une longueur additionnelle de tuyau pour
descendre la pompe plus bas dans le puits se
possible.
2. Installer un mecanisme sensitif Pumptec me
de Franklin ou tout autre appareil electronique
similaire.
3. Installer un contr6le pour niveau de liquide sans
flotteur. Ce dispositif consiste en un relais electrique
active par des courants passant au travers des
circuits de retour des electrodes suspendus dans
le puits, L'electrode inferieur (arret) qui se trouve
juste au'dessus de la pompe, permet au neveau
d'eau de ne pas descendre plus bas que le tamis
d'aspiration. L'electrode superieur (demarrage),
situe juste en-dessous du plus bas niveau d'eau
statique, fait demarrer la pompe de nouveau,
aussit6t que le puits A recupere. Un contr6le pour
niveau de liquide sans flotteur travaille en serie
avec ('interrupteur A pression. Vous referer aux
instructions du manufacturier fournies avec le
contr6le.
4. Installer une soupape de contr6le du debit dans la
ligne de decharge avant ('interrupteur A pression.
Ceci limite la sortie A partir de la pompe, sans
affecter le rendement de I'eau tiree du reservouir
A pression. Neanmoins, use forte demande d'eau
pourrait vider le reservoir a pression; done un
reservoir A diaphragme ou tout autre dispositif
est recommande, car it emp@che I'air d'etre
evacue dans la ligne de service. Non seulement la
decharge d'air dans les robinets serait desagreable,
mais I'air evacue du reservoir A pression devrait
etre remplace.
5. Installer une pompe plus petite, poue eviter
un surpompage au puits. Vous referer A votre
depositaire pour le bon choix de la pompe.
6. Installer un interrupteur de basse pression. Un
interrupteur de basse pression ou un interrupteur A
pression avec un dispositif integre protege la pompe
pour puits peu profund contre la perte d'amorgage,
mais ne donne pas toujours un rendement
satisfaisant sur les pompes submersibles contre
les effets de surpompage au puits; c'est parce qu'il
reagit a une perte de pression a la surface, qui
se produit lorsqu'une poche d'air s'est formee a
I'interieur de la pompe. Nous recommandons, soit
un controle de niveau pour liquide sans flotteur ou
une soupape de contr6le du debit, dans cet ordre,
de preference a un interrupteur a pression d'arret,
comme protection contre le surpompage.
PLOMBERIE DE DECHARGE
La figure 1 illustre une installation typique d'un puits
avec les composantes installees a la surface. A
('installation de la plomberie de decharge, suivre les
instructions suivantes:
1. Installer une soupape de retenue a ressort sur ligne
de decharge avant ('interrupteur A pression.
2. Toujours installer une soupape de surete A pression
dans le systeme. La soupape de surete devrait
pouvoir etre capable de decharger le debit d'eau
de la pompe A la pression demandee du reservoir A
pression.
3. Installer un interrrupteur A pression entre la soupape
de retenue et le reservoir A pression, mais pres du
reservoir A pression. Vous referer aux figures 2,3,
ou 4 pour le raccordement adequat de ('interrupteur
A pression.
INSTALLATION DANS UN LAC OU UNE
RIVIERE
Une pompe submersible est habituellement isolee
dans le fond du puits, ou des pertes electriques du
moteur ou du cable ne presentent aucun danger pour
la vie humaine. Vous n'avez plus cette protection
quand la pompe est installee dans un lac, un etang,
une riviere ou une fontaine, car it West pas possible
d'empecher les gens d'aller aux alentours. Cependant,
nous recommandons qu'une telle installation soit faite
par un electricien qualifie, selon le code national et
local d'electricite. Une mise A la terre est le minimum
requis; un interrupteur de circuit de mise A la terre est
recommandable. Dans toute installation, supporter
la pompe A partir du bord de 1'eau ou le fond, avec
une inclinaison de 15 degres pour assurer une bonne
lubrification des roulements du moteur. Mettre la
pompe A I'abri de tout contact physique. Proteger et
mettre un tamis A I'aspiration de la pompe pour eviter
le blocage par les feuilles et les herbes, mais ne pas
oublier qu'il faut un debit d'eau adequat au-clessus
du moteur, pour les besoins de refroidissement. En
plus, proteger ('installation faite sous I'eau contre les
courants d'eau, glaces, bateaux, les ancres, debris,
vandalisme ou autres dangers.
11
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GUIDE DE DEPANNAGE
1. La pompe refuse de demarrer:
a) Probleme d'electricite - appeler le detaillant ou
1'e1ectricien.
b) Dispositif de protection a nis la pompe en
position arret.
c) Surcharge se declenche.
d) Remettre en marche I'interrupteur de basse
pression (si installe).
2. La pompe ne donne pas d'eau.
a) Poche d'air dans la pompe.
b) Ecran du succion obstrue.
c) Rendement insuffisant du puits.
3. L'interrupteur de surcharge se declenche.
a) Probleme d'electricite - appeler le detaillant ou
1'e1ectricien.
4. Le debit de la pompe est reduit.
a) Rendement insuffisant du puits.
b) Pompe usee.
c) Ecran du succion obstrue.
d) Bas voltage.
e) Rotation inexacte (triphase seulement).
5. La pompe s'arrete et se remet en marche trop
souvent.
a) Baisse de pression excessive entre I'interrupteur
a pression et le reservoir.
b) Pression de mise en marche trop haute.
c) Pression d'arret trop fable.
d) Le reservoir est surcharge d'eau.
e) Les electrodes d'arr@t et de demarrage du
controle pour niveau de liquide sans flotteur
regles trop pres.
f) Reservoir trop petit pour rencontrer les exigences
du systeme.
6. L'interrupteur a pression arrete et se remet en
marche rapidement quand la pompe demarre.
a) L'interrupteur A pression trop eloigne du reservoir
A pression.
b) Ajuster le chargeur d'air du reservoir, en suivant
les recommandations du manufacturier.
12
ATTENTION!
INFORMATIONS IMPORTANTES POUR LINSTALLATEUR DE
CET EOUIPEMENT
CET EQUIPEMENT DOIT ETRE INSTALLE PAR UN
TECHNICIEN QUALIFIE. SI L'INSTALLATION NEST PAS
CONFORME AUX LOIS NATIONALES OU LOCALES
AINSI QU'AUX RECOMMANDATIONS DE FRANKLIN
ELECTRIC, UN CHOC ELECTRIQUE, LE FEU, LINE
PREFORMANCE NON ACCEPTABLE, VOIRE MEME
LE NON'FONCTIONNEMENT PEUVENT SURVENIR.
UN GUID D'INSTALLATION DE FRANKLIN ELECTRIC
EST DESPONIBLE CHEZ LES MANUFACTURIERS
DE POMPES, LES DISTRUBUTEURS, OU
DIRECTEMENTCHES FRANKLIN. POUR DE PLUS
AMPLES RENSEIGNEMENTS, APPELEZ SANS FRAIS
LE 1-800-348-2420. CONSERVEZ CETTE FEUILLE
D'INFORMATION AVEC L'EQUIPEMENT POUR
CONSULTATION FUTURE
AVERTISSEMENT
UN CHOC ELECTRIQUE SERIEUZ OU MEME MORTEL
EST POSSIBLE, SI L'ON NEGLIGE DE CONNECTER LE
MOTEUR, LA PLONBERIE METALLIQUE, BOITES DE
CONTROLE ET TOUT METAL PROCHE DU MOTEUR A UN
CABLE ALLANT VERS LINE ALIMENTATION D'ENERGIE
AVEC BORNE DE MISE ALA TERRE UTILISANT AU
MOINS LE MEME CALIBRE QUE LES FILS DU MOTEUR.
POUR REDUIRE LE RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE.
COUPER LE COURANT AVANT DE TRAVAILLER PRES
OU LINE ZONE DE BAIGNADE.
ATENTION!
INFORMACION PARA EL INTALADO
DE ESTE EQUIPO
PARA LA INSTALACION DE ESTE EQUIPO, SE
REQUIERE DE PERSONAL TECNICO CALIFICADO.
EL NO CUMPLIR CON LAS NORMAS ELECTRICAS
NACIONALES Y LOCALES, ASI COMO CON LAS
RECOMENDACIONES E FRANKLIN ELECTRIC DURANTE
SU INSTALACION, PUEDE OCASIONAR: UN CHOQUE
ELECTRICO, PELIGRO DE UN INCENDIO, OPERACION
DEFECTUOSA E ESTAN DISPONIBLES CON LOS
DISTRIBUIDORES, FABRICANTES DE BOMBAS O
DIRECTAMENTE CON FRANKLIN ELECTRIC. PUEDE
LLAMAR GRATUITAMENTE PARA MAYOR INFORMACION
AL TELEFONO 800-348-2420. GUARDAR ESTA
INFORMACION JUNTO AL EQUIPO PARA FUTURAS
CONSULTAS.
ADVERTENCIA
PUEDE OCURRIR UN CHOQUE ELECTRICO, SERIO
O FATAL DEBIDO A UNA ERRONEA CONECCION DEL:
MOTOR O POR NO UTILIZAR UN CABLE PARA TIERRA
DE CALIBRE IGUAL O MAYOR AL DE LAALIMENTACION.
PARA REDUCIR EL RIESGO DE CHOQUE ELECTRICO.
DESCONECTAR LAALIMENTACION ELECTRICAANTES
DE INICIAR ATRABAJAR EN EL SISTEMA HIDRAULICO.
NO UTILIZAR ESTE MOTOR EN ALBERCAS O AREAS EN
DONDE SE PRACTIQUE NATACION.
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

GARANTIE LIMITEE Etats-Unis*
Franklin Pump Systems Inc.
Franklin Pump Systems Inc. garantie que ses produits neufs sont libres de tout defaut de materiaux et de
fabrication pour une periode de 1 an A compter de la date d'installation ou de 2 ans A compter de la date de
fabrication, le premier atteint, quand installes dans un systeme d'eau domestique qui pompe de I'eau potable
seulement. La garantie ne couvre pas les systemes pompant de I'eau salee ou d'autres liquides corrosifs. Consultez
et suivez les codes locaux pour tous les systemes.
Les obligations de garantie de Franklin Pump Systems en ce qui concerne 1'equipement fabrique par d'autres
manufacturiers sont limitees A la garantie qui est donnee A Franklin Pump Systems par ses fournisseurs.
Cette garantie s'applique seulement A I'acheteur original et seulement au moment ou it occupe 1'endroit ou le
produit a ete installe originalement.
Les demandes de services couverts par cette garantie seront faites en contactant le depositaire installateur (endroit
d'achat du produit) aussitot que possible apres la decouverte des presumes defauts. Franklin Pump Systems prendra
subsequemment les actions correctives aussi promptement que raisonnablement possible.
Franklin Pump Systems peut remplacer ou reparer A sa discretion tout produit qui brise pendant la couverture
de cette garantie apres une inspection par un representant autorise de la compagnie ou apres que Franklin Pump
Systems ait regu le produit A la compagnie. Le remplacement ou la reparation du produit ne pourront titre faits
qu'apres son inspection. Tous les frais et depenses de transport (aller et retour), demontage et reinstallation, ou
('installation d'un produit de remplacement sont la responsabilite de I'acheteur.
CETTE GARANTIE PREVAUT SUR TOUTE GARANTIE NON DATEE OU AYANT UNE DATE PLUS ANCIENNE.
TOUTE GARANTIE IMPLICITE QUE L'ACHETEUR POURRAIT AVOIR, INCLUANT L'HABILETE ET L'APTITUDE
D'UN MARCHAND POUR UN BUT PARTICULIER, NE DEVRA PAS S'ETENDRE AU-DELA DE LA PERIODE
DE GARANTIE APPLICABLE. Certains etats ne permettent pas de limiter la duree d'une supposee garantie,
donc les limites ci-haut peuvent ne pas s'appliquer a vous. EN AUCUN CAS FRANKLIN PUMP SYSTEMS NE
SERA TENU RESPONSABLE DE DOMMAGES FORTUITS OU CONSECUTIFS. Certains etats ne permettent pas
('exclusion ou la limitation des dommages fortuits ou consecutifs, donc ceci peut ne pas s'appliquer a vous.
Cette garantie ne s'applique pas aux produits ayant ete sujets de negligence, de modifications, d'accident,
d'abus, de mauvaise utilisation, d'installation incorrecte, de vandalisme, de derangements civils ou d'actes de Dieu.
Les seules garanties autorisees par Franklin Pump Systems sont celles mentionnees ici. Franklin Pump Systems
n'autorise personne A prolonger les garanties en ce qui concerne ses produits et Franklin Pump Systems ne sera pas
tenu responsable d'aucune garantie non autorisee faite en union avec la vente de ses produits.
CETTE GARANTIE VOUS DONNE DES DROITS LEGAUX PRECIS. VOUS POUVEZ AUSSI AVOIR D'AUTRES
DROITS QUI PEUVENT VARIER D'UN ETAT A L'AUTRE.
'Contactez Franklin Pump Systems Inc. Export Division pour les garanties internationales.
E 1467 5/06
Franklin Pump Systems
12401 Interstate 30 - P.O. Box 8903
Little Rock, AR 72219
13
DON'nloaded from www.Manualsiib.com manuals search engine

FLOWLINE
ULTRASONIC LEVEL TRANSMITTER
MODEL LU20
OWNER'S MANUAL

Warranty, Service & Repair
To register your product with the manufacturer, fill out the enclosed
varranty card and return it immediately to:
Flowline Inc.
10500 Humbolt Street
Los Alamitos, CA 90720.
If for some reason your product must be returned for factory service,
contact Flowline Inc. to receive a Material Return Authorization
number (MRA) first, providing the following information:
1. Part Number, Serial Number
2. Name and telephone number of someone who can answer
technical questions related to the product and its application.
3. Return Shipping Address
4. Brief Description of the Symptom
5. Brief Description of the Application
Once you have received a Material Return Authorization number,
ship the product prepaid in its original packing to:
Flowline Factory Service
MRA
10500 Humbolt Street
Los Alamitos, CA 90720
To avoid delays in processing your repair, write the MRA on the
shipping label. Please include the information about the malfunc-
tion with your product. This information enables our service tech-
nicians to process your repair order as quickly as possible.
WARRANTY
Flowline warrants to the original purchaser of its products that such
products will be free from defects in material and workmanship under
normal use and service for a period which is equal to the shorter of
one year from the date of purchase of such products or two years from
the date of manufacture of such products.
This warranty covers only those components of the products which
are non-moving and not subject to normal wear. Moreover, products
which are modified or altered, and electrical cables which are cut to
length during installation are not covered by this warranty.
Flowline's obligation under this warranty is solely and exclusively
limited to the repair or replacement, at Flowline's option, of the prod-
ucts (or components thereof) which Flowline's examination proves to
its satisfaction to be defective. FLOWLINE SHALL HAVE NO
OBLIGATION FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES TO PERSON-
AL OR REAL PROPERTY, OR FOR INJURY TO ANY PERSON.
This warranty does not apply to products which have been subject to
electrical or chemical damage due to improper use, accident, negli-
gence, abuse or misuse. Abuse shall be assumed when indicated by
electrical damage to relays, reed switches or other components. The
warranty does not apply to products which are damaged during ship-
ment back to Flowline's factory or designated service center or are
returned without the original casing on the products. Moreover, this
warranty becomes immediately null and void if anyone other than ser-
vice personnel authorized by Flowline attempts to repair the defective
products.
OO El a OW W= W�
_J=CCCCCC `E"=
Ultrasonic Level Transmitter
Model LU20
Owner's Manual
(E
Q -
NRTL/C
Version 11A
m 1999 FLOWLINE Inc
All rights reserved.
Manual # LU900005
Products which are thought to be defective must be shipped prepaid
and insured to Flowline's factory or a designated service center (the
identity and address of which will be provided upon request) within
30 days of the discovery of the defect. Such defective products must
be accompanied by proof of the date of purchase.
Flowline further reserves the right to unilaterally wave this warranty
and to dispose of any product returned to Flowline where:
a. There is evidence of a potentially hazardous material present
with product.
b. The product has remained unclaimed at Flowline for longer than
30 days after dutifully requesting disposition of the product.
THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND
THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANTY. This
warranty and the obligations and liabilities of Flowline under it are
exclusive and instead of, and the original purchaser hereby waives, all
other remedies, warranties, guarantees or liabilities, express or
implied. EXCLUDED FROM THIS WARRANTY IS THE IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF FITNESS OF THE PRODUCTS FOR A PARTIC-
ULAR PURPOSE OR USE AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF
MERCHANT ABILITY OF THE PRODUCTS.
This warranty may not be extended, altered or varied except by a writ-
ten instrument signed by a duly -authorized officer of Flowline, Inc.

SPECIFICATIONS
Range:
0.5 to 18 feet (15 cm to 5.4 m)
Accuracy:
t 0.25% of span in air —
Resolution:
0.125" (3 mm)
Frequency:
50 kHz
Pulse rate:
2 pulses per second
`
Beam width:
8d conical
Deadband:
0.5' (15 cm) minimum
Blocking distance:
0.5 to 18 feet (15 cm to 5.4 m) —
-
Display type:
4 segment LCD
Display units:
Inch (cm)
Memory:
Non-volatile
Supply voltage:
GP: 12-36 VDC
IS: 12-32 VDC
Max loop resistance
GP: 900 Ohms @ 36 VDC (see below)
IS: 900 Ohms @ 32 VDC (see below)
Signal output:
GP: 4-20 mA, 12-36 VDC (see below)
IS: 4-20 mA, 12-32 VDC (see below)
Signal invert:
4-20 mA / 20-4 mA
Calibration:
Push button
Fail-safe diagnostics:
Reverts to 4 mA, 22 mA or remains constant
Temperature rating:
F: -400 to 140' C: -40d to 60" (see below)
Temp. compensation:
Automatic over entire range
Pressure rating:
30 psi (2 bar) @ 25 'C., derated @ 1.667 psi
(.113 bar) per *C. above 25 "C. (see below)
Enclosure rating:
NEMA 4X (IP65)
Enclosure material:
Polypropylene (PP), U.L. 94VO
Transducer material:
Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF)
Mounting threads:
2" NPT (2" G)
Mounting gasket:
Viton (2") metric only
Conduit connection:
1/2" NPT (1/2" BSP)
CE Compliance:
EN 50082-2 immunity
EN 55011 emission
CSA Certificate:
LR79326-10
*GP = General Purpose IS Intrinsically Safe
Temperature/Pressure Derating
35
Unacceptable
a 30
Range
25
2 20
Acceptable
0- 15
m
Range
010
n 05
O
0040
-20 00 20 40 60
Temperature (°C)
Maximum TemperatureNo
ontinuous 20 mA Curve
100
Unacceptable
80
Range
d 60
8 40
Acceptable
a�
Range
20
d
n 0
a 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Operating Voltage (VDC)
Flowline 4 or 20 mA
.3 LU20-50_1 Electrical Loading Limits
E 1,000
750 Unacceptable
c Range
m
500
o-
d Acceptable
250 Range
0 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
SUDDIV Volvage (VDC)
2" NPT (2" G)
3.6"(92mm) 1.3"
(32mm)
4.9"(124mm)
6.3"(159mm)
Technology
An ultrasonic sound wave is pulsed two
times per second from the base of the
transducer. The sound wave reflects
against the process medium below and
returns to the transducer. The micro-
processor based electronics measure
the time of flight between the sound
generation and receipt, and translates
this figure into the distance between the
transmitter and process medium below.
NON -HAZARDOUS LOCATION
HAZARDOUS LOCATION
Class I, Div I, Groups A, B, C 8 D
Any Approved
Morld LU20
I.S. Barrier
Oltrasc' l
Vdc < 32.0 V
n 1- 1 130 nA
Level Trsn>mitter
nVia' -UV
Vmax=32.OV
N
Inuu =130 mA
Ci . 0 PF
LirOµH
Control drawing for the LU20-5001-IS ultrasonic level transmitter
approved under the entity concept as an I.S. apparatus
Control Drawing: LU20CD
Rev. 7-24-97
Part# Description Thread
LU20-5001 General Purpose 2" NPT
LU20-5061 General Purpose 2" G
LU20-5001-IS Intrinsically Safe 2" NPT
LU20-5061-IS Intrinsically Safe 2" G
a Maximum TemperatureNoltage Derating
° Continuous 20 mA Curve (LU20-50_t-IS)
2100
m
80
Unacceptable
n
60
Range
40
Acceptable
m
Range
20
m
E 0
a 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
Operating Voltage (VDC)
Flowline 4 or 20 mA
LU20-50_11-IS Electrical Loading Limits
E 1,000
0
750
Unacceptable
Range
M.
500
o:
m
250
Acceptable
Range
0 12 16 20 24 28 32
Supply VGlvage (VDC)
SA-
LR79326-10
NRTL/C
Intrinsically Safe/
Securite Intrinseque
Exia
For use in
Hazardous Locations:
Class I, Groups A, B. C 8 D
CClaslasss 111 11, Groups E, F & G
Temperature Code: T3C
Intrinsically Safe when used wtth
an approved I.S. barrier. Entity
Parameters
V_ =32.0 VDC
I_ = 130 mA
C =OµF
L = 0 LH
Warning'. Suitable for Class 1, Groups A, B,
C a D, Class II, Groups E, F 3 G: Class III,
T3C', when used with an approved I.S.
bonier. SubsUt tm of wmponents may
impair "amek lately LU20.50xi-IS
requirements for Intrinsically Safe
operation
0 Warning 0
The LU20 is a loop powered device. The load should never
exceed 900 Ohms.
LU20-50_1-IS must be installed in accordance with drawing
LU20CD rev B (see steps) for safe operation in a hazardous
area.
When installing the LU20, never tighten the transmitter from
the body. Always use the wrench flat located above the
threads.
Always install the 2" Viton gasket with the LU20-5061 and
the LU20-5061-IS. The G threaded version of the Echotouch
will not seal unless the gasket is installed properly.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
i About this Manual:
PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE MANUAL PRIOR TO
INSTALLING OR USING THIS PRODUCT. This manual
includes information on all four versions of the continuous ultra-
sonic level transmitter from Flowline; model LU20-50_1 and
LU20-50_1-IS. Please refer to the part number located on the sen-
sor label to verify the exact model which you have purchased.
User's Responsibility for Safety:
Flowline manufactures a wide range of liquid level sensors and
technologies. While each of these technologies are designed to
operate in a wide variety of applications, it is the user's responsi-
bility to select a technology that is appropriate for the application,
install it properly, perform tests of the installed system, and main-
tain all components. The failure to do so could result in property
damage or serious injury.
Proper Installation and Handling:
Because this is an electrically operated device, only properly -
trained staff should install and/or repair this product. Use a proper
sealant with all installations. Note: Always install the 2" Viton gas-
ket with the LU20-5061 and the LU20-5061-IS. The G threaded
version of the Echotouch will not seal unless the gasket is installed
properly. Never overtighten the transmitter within the fitting.
Always check for leaks prior to system start-up.
Wiring and Electrical:
A supply voltage of 12-36 VDC is used to power the LU20-50_1
transmitter and a supply voltage of 12-32 VDC is used to power the
LU20-50_1-IS. The sensor systems should never exceed a maxi-
mum of 36 VDC for the LU20-50 1 and 32 VDC for the LU20-
50_1-IS. Electrical wiring of the sensor should be performed in
accordance with all applicable national, state, and local codes.
Temperature and Pressure:
The LU20 is designed for use in application temperatures from -40
°C (40 OF) to 60 °C (140 OF), and for use at pressures up to 30 psi
@ 25 °C, derated @ 1.667 psi per °C above 25 'C.
Material Compatibility:
The continuous ultrasonic level transmitter, LU20, is made of two
materials. The enclosure is of Polypropylene (PP) and the trans-
ducer is made of Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF). Make sure that
the model which you have selected is chemically compatible with
the application liquids. While the transmitter housing is liquid -
resistant when installed properly, it is not designed to be immersed.
It should be mounted in such a way that it does not normally come
into contact with fluid.
Flammable, Explosive and Hazardous Applications:
Only the LU20-50_1-IS is rated for use in hazardous locations.
Refer to the Certificate of Compliance for all applicable intrinsi-
cally safe ratings and entity parameters for the LU20-50 1-IS.
Refer to the National Electric Code (NEC) for all applicable instal-
lation requirements in hazardous locations. DO NOT USE THE
LU20-50 1 GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSMITTER IN HAZ-
ARDOUS LOCATIONS.
Make a Fail -Safe System:
Design a fail-safe system that accommodates the possibility of
transmitter or power failure. In critical applications, Flowline rec-
ommends the use of redundant backup systems and alarms in addi-
tion to the primary system.
DEFINITIONS
E620
- - � 20 mA
EC4
l --4 mA
EC4: The 4 mA setting for the
LU20. The EC4 is the distance from
the bottom of the LU20 to the 4 mA
set point. This setting is measured in
either inches or centimeters on the
display. The EC4 setting is typically
greater that the EC20 setting.
EC20: The 20 mA setting for the
LU20. The EC20 is the distance
from the bottom of the LU20 to the
20 mA set point. This setting is mea-
sured in either inches or centimeters
on the display. The EC20 setting is
typically greater that the EC4 set-
ting.
SAFI/SAF2/SAF3: Fail -Safe setting for the LU20. Use the SAF_
settings to determine a fail-safe mode for the current signal. When
[SAFI] is set, the current will increase to 22 mA if the signal becomes
LOST. When [SAF2] is set, the current will decrease to 4 mA if the
signal becomes LOST. When [SAF3] is set, the current will remain
constant if the signal becomes LOST.
FAST/SLOW: Setting for echo averaging on the LU20. [FAST] is the
typical setting for the LU20 to operate. [SLOW] is designed to help
dampen out effects caused by severe turbulence. In the [FAST] mode,
the LU20 will average 2 signal responses per second and update every
second. In the [SLOW] mode, the LU20 will average signal returns
over the preceding 10 seconds. When used with [SAF 1/2/31, the time
for the current to default is 30 seconds for [FAST] mode and 2.5 min-
utes for [SLOW] mode.
ALIN: Indicates that the unit is in the Alignment mode. Display will
show the return signal strength in dB's. Used as an indicator for
mechanical alignment of the LU20 and/or signal attenuation. Typical
readings range between 2 and 60 dB's. For optimum alignment, first
energize the unit and receive a valid return signal. Then select the
ALIN mode and adjust the LU20 until the display is maximized.
ON/OFF: Actual setting for ALIN mode. The ALIN mode must be
turned [OFF] when alignment is completed. This mode will not auto-
matically default back to [LEVL].
MAXR: Used as an indication for [MAXR] or
o 0
maximum range. The MAXR sets the maxi-
mum tank height and will filter out all returns
greater than this value.
(value): Actual MAXR setting.
The maximum distance is 216.0
inches. MINR
MINR: Used as an indication for l
[MINR] or the minimum range. -
f�
The MINR value is the deadband MAXR
closest to the transducer face where
no signal will be generated. The
MINR sets the minimum distance
between the liquid and the trans-
ducer.
(value): Actual MINR setting. The minimum distance is 6.0 inches.

PROGRAMMING
EC4:
1. Hold [MENU] key until EC4 appears in display.
2. Release [MENU] key and wait until a value appears. This value is
the current measured level value.
3. If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the new EC4
set point. If not, press either the [A] or [VI keys once and the old
setting for the EC4 will appear.
4. From here, use the [A] or IV] keys to raise or lower the value to
the desired value.
5. Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new EC4 set point.
EC20:
1. Hold [MENU] key until EC20 appears in display.
2. Release [MENU] key and wait until a value appears. This value is
the current measured level value.
3. If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the new EC20
set point. If not, press either the [A] or [V] keys once and the old
setting for the EC4 will appear.
4. From here, use the [A] or IV] keys to raise or lower the value to
the desired value.
5. Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new EC20 set point.
SAF1 /SAF2/SAF3:
1. Hold [MENU] key until SAFI, SAF2 or SAF3 appears in the dis-
play.
2. Release [MENU] key and hold [SET] key to toggle between SAFI,
SAF2 and SAF3.
3. When desired setting is reached, release [SET] key. The last dis-
played setting will be locked into memory. To change, start again
at step 1.
FAST/SLOW:
1. Hold [MENU] key until FAST or SLOW appears in the display.
2. Release [MENU] key and hold [SET] key to toggle between FAST
and SLOW.
3. When desired setting is reached, release [SET] key. The last dis-
played setting will be locked into memory. To change, start again
at step 1.
ALIN:
1. Hold [MENU] key until ALIN appears in the display.
2. Continue to hold [MENU] key until OFF appears in the display.
3. Release [MENU] key and hold [SET] key to toggle from OFF to
ON.
4. Release [SET] key. The LU20 is now in ALIN mode.
5. To exit ALIN mode, repeat steps 14 changing from ON to OFF.
MAXR:
1. Hold [MENU] key until MAXR appears in the display.
2. Continue to hold [MENU] key until a value appears in the display.
This value is the current MAXR setting.
3. If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the MAXR
setting. If not, use the [A] or [V] keys to raise or lower the value
to the desired setting.
4. Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new MAXR setting.
MINR:
1. Hold [MENU] key until MINR appears in the display.
2. Continue to hold [MENU] key until a value appears in the display.
This value is the current MINR setting.
3. If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the MINR set-
ting. If not, use the [A] or IV] keys to raise or lower the value to
the desired value.
4. Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new MINR setting.
WIRING
The LU20-50_1 requires 12-36 VDC power with at least 25 mA sup•
ply in order to operate.
I. Wiring to a Flowline Continuous Controller (Model LC52):
/ 1)
otouch'
EcThn
p W p
Utrs�xAO 888w8
�.O ay ulµ�ax,llli� rfu� r� i � ESgrrerruo[cdr��uw:
2. Wiring to a Two -Wire Loop Indicator (Model LU20-50_1):
1-1
UltrTro0
D+
Power
Echotouchsupply
18-36 VDC
=L'T
AO 0.
\V0 -8888
3. Wiring to a PLC (LU20-50_1):
DC Power e s
Echotouch" SV �" m 5 a
m a 9
+ e s
Ultra��j
AO 0� , N
�O O"' m A

INSTALLATION
The LU20-50 1-IS requires 12-32 VDC power with at least 25 mA
supply in order to operate. The follow provides an overview of wiring
the LU20-50_1-IS to various devices. Please note that a barrier must
be installed between the Echotouch and the device and the barrier
must be located within the nonhazardous location.
1. Hazardous System Diagram
NON -HAZARDOUS LOCATION
HAZARDOUS LOCATION
Class I, Div I, Groups A, B, C & D
Any Approved
Model LU20
I.S. Barrier
Uloae w
Vde 5 32.0 V
lac < 130 r
Levei Transmitter
La20µH
vi
Vrux=32.0V
I.—]3 O.A
Ci : 0 µF
Li=O µH
Control drawing for the LU20-5001-IS ultrasonic level transmitter
approved under the entity concept as an I.S. apparatus
Control Drawing: LU20CD
Rev. 7-24-97
2. Wiring to a Flowline Continuous Controller
NON -HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
Any Approved
HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
Model LU20
"; o<o I.S. Barrier
Ultrasonic
Level
p(7 e l .'s € r••<• Vdc < 32.0 V
800 3 R Ise <_ 130
Transmitter
mA
0 Ca >_ 0 µF
+ La >_ 0 µH
Vmax = 32.0 V
+ Imax = 130 mA
Ci z0 VF
Li0µH
See LC52 manual for
jumper settings
3. Wiring to a Two -Wire Loop Indicator
NON -HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
B8B DC power Any Approved
HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
Model LU20
Sup ly
,w�c
I.S. Barrier
Ultrasonic
+ +
Level
Vdc <_ 32.0 V
Transmitter
Isc < 130 mA
Ca >_ 0 µF
Vmax = 32.0 V
+
La >_ 0 µH
+ Imax = 130 mA
Ci-OµF
=
4. Wirina to a PLC
s e
NON -HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
DC power Any Approved
HAZARDOUS
LOCATION
Model LU20
%a e
$�+pP'ac I.S. Barrier
Ultrasonic
Q s e
+
Level
e
Vde 5 32.0 V
Transmitter
Ise <_ 130 mA
Ca 2 0 µF
Vmax = 32.0 V
+ La >_ 0 µH
+ Imax = 130 mA
Ci-OµF
LirrOµH
INSTALLATION
Mounting the LU20 is critical to the successful operation of the trans-
mitter. Avoid the following parameters:
0 o Avoid Do not install
Interference LU20 at
from side of an angle
tank
Avoid Inter- ' LU20 will not
ference from obstructions - _
operate in
in tank vacuum
VACUUM
Minimum Range (MINR) Setting
If installing the LU20 in a flange or any
device which recesses the bottom of the
transmitter, use the MINR setting. The
minimum value for the MINR setting is
the distance from the bottom of the trans-
mitter to the end of the flange. Never set
MINR to less than 6.0 inches.
Maximum Application Range
The maximum range of LU20 is 18 feet at 110 dB. Under less than
ideal conditions, a number of factors can reduce the overall quality of
signal return and shorten the accurate range of the transmitter. To
determine the maximum application range of the product, follow the
signal return formula against the echo attenuation graph below.
Echo Attenuation Graph
50
EXAMPLE:
• OPTIMIZE ALIGNMENT
40
1: Distance from transducer = 40"
2: Highest possible ALIN = 28dB
(under ideal conditions)
m
30
2
Adjust mechanical alignment of unit
to maximize displayed ALIN value
,y
ABC
Z
Z 20
c�
10
PREDICT MAXIMUM RANGE
USING ALIGN VALUE
3: If the actual ALIN = 18dB at D = 40"
4: Maximum Range = 138"
ae
Q,
cc
00 40 80 120 160 200 240
DISTANCE FROM FACE OF TRANSDUCER (inches)

INSTALLATION
Factory Settings:
The LU20 is preset at the factory. When powering up the transmitter
the first time, the factory settings will be active. If at any time in you
need to return to these settings, remove power from the LU20 and
wait 10 seconds. Press the [Set] and [Menu] buttons simultaneously
while powering up the transmitter.
EC 4
216" (548.4 cm)
OFF
OFF
EC20
8" (20.3 cm)
MAXR
N/A
SAF1/2/3
SAF1
value
216" (548.4 cm)
Fast/Slow
FAST
MINR
N/A
ALIN
N/A
value
6" (15.2 cm)
Changing Display Units:
The LU20 comes preset to measure in inches. To change the unit to
display centimeters, remove power to the LU20 and wait 10 seconds.
Press [A] and [Set] simultaneously while powering up the transmit-
ter. The LU20 will now read in centimeters. To return to inches,
remove power and wait 10 seconds. Press [V] and [Set] simultane-
ously while powering up the transmitter.
Depth
Radius
Radius
o 0
(Feet)
(Inches)
(cm)
1
1.2
3.1
2
2.1
5.2
3
2.9
7.3
4
3.7
9.5
5
4.6
11.6
6
5.4
13.7
7
6.2
15.9
8
7.1
18.0
9
7.9
20.1
10
8.8
22.3
11
9.6
24.4
'
12
10.4
26.5
13
11.3
28.7
'
14
12.1
30.8'
15
13.0
32.9
m
16
13.8
35.1
01
17
14.6
37.2
18
15.5
39.3
_ _ - � _ _ Radius
I -
------
0 Warning 0
Always install the 2" Viton gasket with the LU20-5061 and the
LU20-5061-IS. The 6 threaded version of the Echotouch will not
seal unless the gasket is installed properly.
TROUBLESHOOTING
Step Nine
LOST Signal:
A reading of LOST in the display of the LU20 indicates the transmit-
ter is not receiving a valid return signal. If LOST appears, please
check the following troubleshooting items:
1. Beam cone interference such as the side wall, ladders, seams,
rungs or pipes within the LU20's beam cone.
2. Proper installation such that the LU20 is installed level and free
from interference from the installation fitting or flange.
3. Sufficient power being supplied to the LU20. The LU20-50_1
requires 12-36 VDC power with a minimum supply of 25 mA.
The LU20-50_1-IS requires 12-32 VDC power with a minimum
supply of 25 mA.
4. Proper programming of the MAXR or MINR function. For best
results, set the MAXR function as the distance from the bottom of
the tank to the bottom of the transmitter. Also set the MINR dis-
tance above the highest level in the tank. Do not set the MINR to
less than 6 inches.
5. Make sure that the transmitter is not installed at an angle. Even a
5 degree offset can reduce the signal return strength greatly.
Other Hints:
Current must change with changes in level. Example: For the illustra-
tion below, as level increases, the current output will increase and as
the level decreases, the current output will decrease. If the output of
the LU20 is always reading 4 mA or 20 mA, check the input values
for the LU20.
E620
-�- M 20 ITIA
EC4
4 mA

I or Flowline Products
Sourcing (JWA)'
1.1 .,tl-auW
t .I 7 20- S001
11'75-_2xo I
►12-X(K) I
115-500 1
Sinking (JWB)•'
Ll,.tu �tn1;
1 hese 1tr(Aucis 11.1• r .inking nuiputs unit (heretitle reyunc .,wrcing_
uncut It„p'.
rhese prtxlucts hate s/uucing tnnitutx :idle tlterelia•c ret!"lrc v1lk,nti
. unt`nl Irtup,.
a oaf ff�
it a `I/ffWC
10500 I-luillht ill $ll, Ct
Ltts Alamitos. CA 90720
,';62I Su-8_301 i / 1=a 1562i 431-95 17
Note the following changes to page 26 and 27
01170 VAC setting:
W.. ,san litch:utge the input AC voltage of ,lie conlmllel Ilunl III,
Limit. ceiling of 124t VAC ru 240 VAC_ lutlt-w Ih1• prt><e,lure:
I I )I , mnecl all power to the controller aml It t Ilk will I I Ill% , I tie % ices
2 Rc►tuwe the mo screw, mud hase From the enclosure.
1 GcmI% .title the mo circuit hoards out. Do loot di+cnnitect or NCA
Itt. ,k ur In mt that attaches the Iwo cart---
1. Rena+ c the bhwk iatntpo,; (.gross the pin, marked IW1 anti JW21
f1, m the pmcr tr:nt,li►rmer hoard.
i I-m '_.tit VA( operation. place a jlmtpl:r across the l,ln•, ncukcd
1\\ 1. lair l.Il\ A(`(,l)r; rallltll, title hll►lf►eC is plac'etl kll111,..1\\ I., nk
the other act(„s 1\\ 2.
rk r ',uchIII.% sIi-le the circuit hnlards 1, ack inut Ilse cn.lrnutc, Irarl,s
Iitakinp sure the hoards in the correct :IIiL, out neni. Ite%el sc .Ices 1
3 AN If e.
Ar."AW
Addendum to Owner's Manuc-
LC52 Series V2.0
0190 Flowline Inc. All rights reseruetl.
Part /t A Ut )t )t H 110
Note the follt -wirg changes to page 18
Input Terminal
fhc wire, Will) II,,• trap'miller are connected It, Illese terminals. A
Is VIX' ,twrcln_ mrrenl Imp is uflered wilh an optional 24 VD
pi m er %upply. Th, i AV I If* %mtrcjq,. urrem loop may he chant_ell
a. tnkoleclnrent I, tl►.& d harlon Ilic loll„w ing page Forinimillatl
,,,, 111IMine prod I,
I h.ck mmect all lm w el I. i Ilse contort ►Iler and it) I . controlled devict
Kenutte the socv, .,ud the hale I knot Ilte enclosure.
3. Gently ,tide Utc n n i Ik,, „•I n Do ttol disconnect orbre
the Wire I(u)Ill that allaches the I%%„ cards.
-1 Renittve the I'll ack, junipers t acn►,c-, the pins marked JWA) fmlt► a
pm�cr U:utsl,,t nice ht+:u'd.
i. Fora sinking t torrent mapui. place a,jumper across the pins nia,k
1W13. Fur I;t \'IX'suurt:ing current InupuOt.`I;Ilion, plat:,:a jwtal
across JWA.
6.Carefully slide tlte:ncuit boards back info the ench-urc• I
making sure the boards in the correct alignment. Reverse ste
3 above.

PRECISION METERS
MAGNUM TURBINE SERIES

'Ile
'ZOM it,
A.-OmIlAlm FV- W:n%%,Xr.
v�.
M
-PAP--
In. "M"IMMP
4 1.
ilo
je
im
MA& 00
E 0 r.- 1 Oj 11.
11

z
MEMO'.
_.
Orlando, Florida �
Was
The World's Leader in Design
MAGNUM'
TURBINE SERIES
DESCRIPTION
SIZE
FEATURES A standard sized body for ease in replacing old
2' 3' 4' 6' 8'
existing meters. A pre -equipped register housing design that
allows for electronic capabilities without the expense or labor
Starting Flow (Wm)
7/6 15's I34 7Y2 8
of changing the register in the field. A built-in 2" test port on
sizes 3". 4". 6". & 8" for ease in field testing. Should service be
Low FI°" (i S9r) (gpm)
2 2S 5 13 5 22
required you can remove the measuring chamber from the top
Optimus Operating
3.5 - 5 - 7 - 20 - 35 -
of the main case with no pipe line disconnect necessary.
Flow Range (_ 1 %%) (gpm)
200 600 1000 2000 3000
PERFORMANCE Extreme low flow registration with low
Max Continuous
175 525 790 1760 2420
head loss at high flows and maximum accuracy over a wide
Flow (2 i 'h%) (gpm)
flow range. Turbine reliability with minimal wear due to the
hydraulic balancing of the rotor between the bearings.
Max intermittent
350 880 1250 2640 3520
Flow (2 1 I/j%) (gpm)
APPLICATION The measuring element is designed to
Loam Ca
2.0 5.4 58 2.9 22
measure cold potable water in one direction. The MAGNUM
MOptimum Operating
Max Optimum
Max
is factory calibrated and tested to meet or exceed AWWA
Flow (psi)
C-701.
Pressure Lou C`
1.6 4.1 3.8 2.1 1-5
CONSTRUCTION The MAGNUM has been designed to give
Max Continuous Flow (psi)
optimum performance and reliable maintenance free service.
Tits main huusing is of brass construction. 11 houses a
Pressure Lose fn'
6.1 11.4 9.6 4.3 2.8
measuring element that is designed for peak performance. The
Maz lotermitteat (psi)
design of the rotor allows it to float between the two stainless
steel bearings during the optimum operating flow ranges. 'Ibis
Operating Pressure (Psi)
150 150 150 150 150
design reduced wear and allows for superior performance and
Operating Temperature (1-)
130' 130' 130' 130' 130'
accurate registration over a wide flow range. The register is
permanently sealed in a copper cup with a heat treated glass
Sweep Hand Revolution
100 100 100 1000 1000
enclosure which eliminates moisture penetration. This register
Value 1, G'B"
is of the same design, with the same features, as used on our
PMM product line. Through years of use this register has
Sweep hand Revolution
to 10 10 100 100
proven to be moisture free.
Value in C.F.
INSTALLATION The MAGNUM can be installed in either
asurin chamber can
Sweep Ilaad Revolution
.1 .1 .1 1 1
a horizontal, vertical or on a inclined position with no affect on
Value to Mr
the accuracy. Turbine meters should have a minimum of five
Length
10' 12" 14" 18" 21Y
times the diameter of straight pipe upstream and a minimum
of three tunes the diameter of straight pipe down stream of the
Height
9Y: 11' 11'/." 14V4' 15V2
meter. The turbine meters should be sized so water demand
requirements do not exceed the rated meter capacities (see
WIdt6
6Y4 7Y2 9' 11' 13V2*
technical details).
Pipe length Opening
10V4 12W 14W 18S4' 20y:
MAINTENANCE Should service be necessary a calibrated
Required
be installed in lace of the existin unit
me g p 8
N
with no accuracy loss. If a spare measuring chamber is not Note: To pmvids arre,+dHl.se.+occ and nGobit'iry it is recvrnmarded that
°3Y'Q'ne' bc'nsra!!ed up stream of all turbine meters
available a blank cover plate can be installed for limited service
interruption while the measuring chamber is being serviced. MECISON
The removed unit can be sent to our factory for calibration orrepair if necessary. We of er a complete maintenance programETERS.M
for all measuring chambers. For more information about our
products contact your local distributor or Precision Meters MOO Astronaut Blvd.
direct. Orlando, Florida 32837
14071 851.4470 • FAX [phone]
Revised 3R3/93

9%
Orlando, Florida
The World's Leader in Design
MAGNUMpoo.
TURBINE SERIES
DESCRIPTION
FEATURES A standard sited body for ease in replacing
old existing meters. A pre -equipped register housing
design that allows for electronic capabilities without
the expense or labor of changing the register in the
field. The removel of the protective tab below the
register allows access to secure a reed device. Its
output provides an industry standard digital signal. A
built-in 2' test part on sizes 3", 4", 6' & 8` for ease in field
testing. Should service be required you can remove the
measuring chamber from the top of the main case with
no pipe line disconnect necessary.
PERFORMANCE Extreme low flow registration with low
head loss at high flows and maximum accuracy over
a wide flow range. Turbine reliability with minimal wear
due to the patented pending Hydro -Dynamic rotor
design.
APPLICATION The measuring element Is designed to
measure cold potable water in one direction. The
MAGNUM is factory calibrated and tested to meet or
exceed AWWA C-701.
CONSTRUCTION The MAGNUM has been designed to
give optimum performance and reliable maintenance
free service. The main housing is of brass construction.
It houses a measuring element that is designed for
peak performance. The design of the rotor allows It to
float between the two stainless steel bearings during
the optimum operating flow ranges. This exclusive
design reduces wear and friction which allows for
superior performance and accurate registration over
a wide flow range. The register is permanently sealed
in a copper cup with a heat treated glass enclosure
which eliminates moisture penetration. Through years
of use in our PMM product line this register design has
proven to be moisture free.
INSTALLATION The MAGNUM can be installed in either
a horizontal, vertical or on a inclined position with no
effect on the accuracy. Turbine meters should have a
minimum of five times the diameter of straight pipe
upstream and a minimum of three times the diameter
of straight pipe down stream of the meter. Turbine
meters should be sized so water demand requirements
do not exceed the rated meter capacities (see
technical details)
MAINTENANCE Should service be necessary a
calibrated measuring chamber can be installed In
place of the existing unit with no accuracy loss. If a
spare measuring chamber is not available a blank
cover plate can be installed for unmetered service with
limited interruption while the measuring chamber is
being serviced. The removed unit can be sent to our
factory for calibration or repair If necessary We offer a
complete maintenance program for all measuring
chambers. For more information about our products
contact your local distributor or Precision Meters.
Shown w
reed
Starting Flow
(gpm)
Low Flow
('5%) (gpm)
Optimum
Operating
Flow Range
(s 1 1 /2%) (gpm)
Max Continuous
Flow(_11/2%) (gpm)
Max Intermittent
Row (± 1 1 /2%) (gpm)
Pressure loss C
Max Optimum
Operating Flow
(psi)
Pressure Loss 4
Max Continuous
Flow (psi)
Pressure loss C
Max Intermittent
(psi)
Operating
Pressure (psi)
Operating
Temperature (FO)
Sweep Hand
Revolution Valve
In Gallon
Sweep Hand
Revolution Valve
In C.F.
Sweep Hand
Revolution Valve
in M3
SIZE
Y
3"
4"
6'
8
718
1 1/8
1 318
7-,'
6
2
2.5
5
13 5
22
3.5-
5-
7-
20-
35-
200
600
1000
2000
3000
175
525
790
1760
2420
350
880
1250
2640
3520
2.0
5A
5.8
2.9
2.2
4.1
3.8
2.1
1.5
6.1
11.4
9.6
4.3
2.8
150
150
150
150
150
1300
1300
1300
1300
1300
100
100
100
1000
1000
10
10
10
100
100
Note: To provide extended service and reliability it is
recommended that a strainer be Installed up stream of all
turbine meters.
aE VGED OB•9o'Q3
MAG IryA

♦ Bold number wheels
♦ Registration units
♦ Leak detector
♦ Year of manufacture
f
ALL900
�000I IGC'NS20'-
2
94 MAGNUM
1� 0.00 SEPIES
50
♦ Clear sweep hand
___* Meter size
4 --♦ Meter type
Size Gal. C.F.
-.__
__..a....._.�...
..._...
..�---..a...
Opening Req.
2" 99999•Mi 9 999
3' 99999• � � 99�999•�
2`
10"
93/4
6314"
101/4"
4" M
3"
"
12"
11"
7 1/2"
12 1/4"
6" 999(9�99� 999999
q
6"
14"
18"
11 7i8"
141/4"
9'
11'
14 1/4"
181/4"
8" 999999 999999
8"
20"
15112"
131/2"
20114"
Magnum 2"
Magnum 3"
Magnum 4"
Magnum 6"
Magnum 8"
Height
w/Ud Open
9 3/4"
9 314„
9 3/4"
10 3/8"
10 3/8"
GPM GPM GPM GPM GPM
2 5 20 75 350
2.5 10 50 100 900
5 10 50 100 1250
13.5 50 200 600 2700
22 50 200 800 3600
105
104
103 --
102
ACCURACY 101
Wo
PERCENT 99
98 -
97
96
95 -
Register output is standard with one digital pulse for each complete rotation of the sweep hand, If higher
resolution is needed specify a 10 to 1 value when ordering. This will give you 10 digital pulses for each
complete rotation of the sweep hand. Either of these digital signals can be sent to any of our COLLECTORTm
electronic meter reading systems. The COLLECTORTM system offers the versatility of TOUCH-LESST"" pad
reading, digital remote registers or total automation either by phone or radio. Also for high resolution graphing
and charting reports our DATA LOGGERTM can be connected to this standard digital output. This standard
digital output will provide information for todays AMR without limiting your future options. Digital information
is the future, don't commit to the brush & contact obsolescence. For complete information on the
COLLECTOR TM system and the DATA LOGGERTM contact your authorized distributor or Precision Meters.
-RECISIM
--`METERS ...,
MOO Astronaut Blvd
Orlando. Florida 32837
14071851.4470 • FAX [phone]

RRECISION
,ETE ,M
O Astronaut Blvd.
Orlando, Florida 32837
(4071851.4470- FAX [phone]
MAGNUM TM
RETAIL. PART PRICES
PART NAME
2"
3"
4"
6"
K
1. Lid
2. Hinge Pin
3. Register
4. Camp Ring
5. Reed Switch Folder
6. Transmission Shaft Assy.
7. Transmission Shaft Bearings
8. Rotor
9. Rotor Bearings
10. Calibration Assy.
11. Mange Plate
12, Mange Seal
13. fastening Screw Kit (4)
14. Measuring Cage
15. Chamber Seal
1ti. Measuring Element
Includes Items
6, 7. 8, 9, 10. 12, 13. 14. 15
17. Main ('ase Bc,lts
18. 'rest Pool Plug
19. Main Case
11 17 1�
-
10— 15a
-- - i 1 6 IMAGNUM
{US lit
19
MAC; . IM

MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
MODEL MAGNUM'"
ITEM
Housing
Measuring Mechanism
Rotary Vane (2" - 4")
Rotary Vane (6" - 81')
Bearing (2" - 4")
Bearing (6" - 8")
Shafts
Sealing Plates
Lid
Retaining Ring
Lens
Revolution Counter
Register Base
Other Materials
Maximum Permissible Temperature
Chemical Limitations:
MATERIAL
Brass CDA844 (81-3-7-9)
Noryl GFN 2
Luran 378P
Polystyrene 52
Polyamide
Harden Rubber Compound
Stainless Steel
Brass CDA 844
Bronze
Synthetic Polymer
Glass
Polystyrene, Nylon, Polycarbonate
Copper
Delrin 500
Continuous = 105 Deg. F
Short Term = 140 Deg. F
Not Resistant to Following Materials -
Concentrated Nitric or Sulfuric Acid
Organic Solvents
Aromatic and Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
MC-3

BURKS PUMPS
INSTALLATION, OPERATING AND
MAINTENANCE INSTUCTIONS
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS

High Temperature
Centrifugal and Turbine
FFor Temperatures to 500°F
Burks High Temperature Pumps
with "MY' Jacketed Seal Option
The Burks jacketed seal is a unique, field proven design
for handling heat transfer fluids at temperatures of 200°F
to 500OF. It employs a Viton-fitted, rotary face -type, shaft
seal with carbon face and Ni-Resist stationary seat. This
simplified design eliminates the need for complicated
jacketing arrangements and expensive exotic shaft seals.
Furnish and Install as Specified:
Turbine Pump are furnished with cast iron case and
adapter of 30,000 PSI tensile strength; bronze raceway
and bronze impeller with monel blades; single inside
unbalanced Viton mechanical shaft seal.
Centrifugal Pump are furnished with cast iron casing
and adapter of 30,000 PSI tensile strength; bronze or
cast iron impeller; bronze or steel casing wear ring;
single inside unbalanced Viton mechanical shaft seal.
Jacketed Seal configuration to cool mechanical shaft
seal while pumping heat transfer fluids up to 500°F.
Other models available with the "MY' High Temperature option include:
Series G6-1'/z thru G7-2, Series GNA, Series GNB, Series CS, Series EC & ED and Series ET
•
0

Burks High Temperature Series
F f:•
Exchange of liquid between the seal cavity and the pump casing is restricted by a throttle
bushing Won all models except the EC/ED Series turbine pumps. The throttle bushing also
serves as a cooling©jacket On centrifugal pump models this cooling jacket surrounds the
seal cavity CC. Turbine pump models use the patented "Film Cooling Principle" design.The
cooling jacket surrounds the gap between the throttle bushing and shaft spacer sleeve V,
through which a thin film of the pumped fluid passes on its way to the seal cavity.
EC/ED Series turbine pumps employ an optional "MY Mechanical Seal Housing which
contains the seal cavity surrounded by a cooling jacket. A shaft spacer sleeve restricts the
exchange of liquid between the pump casing and the seal cavity.
Cooling liquid from an external source is allowed to flow into and out of the cooling jacket
through tapped holes T) provided for that purpose.The flow of cooling liquid through the
jacket dissipates heat transmitted through its walls, thereby cooling the liquid in, or on its
way to the seal cavity. Less than one gallon per minute flow through the cooling jacket will
usually keep liquid in the seal cavity below 225°F, resulting in greatly extended seal life.
Cooling Liquid Supply
Cooling liquid may be piped into either side of the cooling jacket and out of the opposite
side.The cooling jacket may be pressurized to a maximum 60 PSIG,depending on application
and type of cooling liquid utilized.
Burks Pumps Available with "W" Jacketed Seal Option
All Turbine pumps except CR Series
All G & GN Series centrifugal pumps except sizes 7-2'/z, 9-1'/z, 9-2 and 9-21/2
k
C
3
TURBINES (EXCEPT EC & ED SERIES)
EC SERIES TURBINES
.■■■■■■■■■
NEWERMWORS",
■■■■
MS..
ME
ED SERIES TURBINES
■■■■■■■■■
_..
■14
MEMO
/�
- 01
�
_
COOLING CURVES INDICATE THE FLOW OF COOLING LIQUID
NECESSARY TO OBTAIN DESIRED SEAL TEMPERATURES AT ANY
GIVEN TEMPERATURE OF THE FLUID TO BE PUMPED.
CRAN E PUMPS & SYSTEMS
© 2012 Crane Pumps B Systems, Inc.
co. Company U` ACraneo. Company
Printed n
Crane Pumps &Systems Crane Pumps &Systems Canada BKHICHTEMP -Rev. 8 (6112)
420 Third Street 83 West Drive Piqua, Ohio 45356 Brampton, Ont. Canada L6T 2J6 9u _ Wr2
[phone] [phone]
Fax [phone] Fax [phone]
www.cranepumps.com
brands you trust.
BARNES burkS DEMING' WEINMAN [ PROSSER'

burks pumps.
P O Box 603 Piqua, Ohio 45356-0603
Ph (513) 773-2"2 Fax [phone]
FORM
706D
REV. 6/94
INSTALLATION, OPERATING
AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
WARNING: Do not work on this pump until you are sure the pump and associated piping are totally depressurized,
and it pumping hot liquids that the temperature is safe to handle
Be sure that electricity to the motor is shut off and locked out, or it the motor is to be tested while running that it is
conducted by a qual'rfied person and safe electrical procedures are followed.
To insure safety and a successful repair, it there is anything about the pump and motor you do not completely
understand contact your distributor or the factory for instructions.
CRAM E I PUMPS & SYSTEMS

1pburkSpumpS.
`X imitpbwarrantu
We warrant to our immediate customer and to the ultimate consumer that products of our manufacture will be
free of defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for the following time periods. when
installed and maintained in accordance with our instructions Pump Products: One (1) year from date of
installation or (24) twemy-four months from dale of shipment whichever occurs first. Cleaning Products:
Twelve 021 months from dale of installation or eighteen 118) months from date of shipment whichever occurs
first. As used herein, "the ultimate consumer" is defined as the purclamer who first uses the product after its
initial instalhtion or. in the case of product designed for nonpermanent installation, the 6rot owner who used [he
product. It is, purchaser's or any nuh-vendee's obligation to make known to the ultimate consumer the terms
and conditions of this wamnty. Thiz warranty gives you epaiftc legal rights, and [here may also be other nghts
which vary from state to slate In the event the product is covered by the Federal Consumer Prostuct Warranties
Lew (1) the duration of any implied warranties associated with the product by virtue of said law is itmrted m the
some duration as stated herein. (2) this warranty is a LIMITED WARRANTY, and (3) no claims of any nature
whatsoever xhall he made against us, until the ultimate consumer, his successor. or assigns, nolifies us in writing
of the defect, and delivers the product and/or defective pants) freight prepaid to our factory or nearest authonwil
service station Some mutes do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above
limitation may not apply. THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF ANY AND ALL
WARRANTIES WITII RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCT SHALL BE TO REPLACE OR REPAIR AT OUR
ELECTION, F.O.R. POINT OF MANUFACTURE OR AUTHORIZED REPAIR STATION, SUCH
PRODUCTS ANWOR PARTS AS PROVEN DEFECTIVE. THERE SHALL BE NO FURTHER LIAB14
ITY, WHETHER BASED ON WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE. Unless expressly stated
otherwise, guarantees in the nature of performance specirrcations furnished in addition to the foregoing material
and workmanship war —lies on a product manufactured by us, if any, arc subject to laboratory tests corrected for
field performance. Any additional guarantees, in the nature of performance specifications must be in writing and
such writing must be signed by our authorized representative. Due to inaccuracies in field testing if a conflict
ansu between the restates of fied teeing conAuaed by or for user, and lahora[ory rests corrected for field
performance, the latter shall control. Components err accessories supplied by us but manufactured by others are
warranted only to the extent of and by the terms and conditions of the original manufacturer's warranty.
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS OR THOSE RESULTING FROM SYSTEMS
ANALYSES AND EVALUATIONS WE CONDUCT WILL BE BASED ON OUR BEST AVAILABLE
EXPERIENCE AND PUBLISHED INDUSTRY INFORMATION. SUCH RECOMMENDATIONS DO
NOT CONSTITUTE A WARRANTY OF SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE AND NO SUCH WAR-
RANTY IS GIVEN.
This wamnty shall not apply when damage is caused by (a) improper installation. IN improper voltage
(c) lightning (it) sand or other allusive material (e) scale or corrosion build-up due to excessive chemical content.
Any modification of the original equipment will also void the warranty. We will not be respoomble for loss,
damage or labor cost due to interruption of service caused by defective pans. Neither will we accept charges
incurred by others without our poor wnuen approval
This warranty is void if our inspection reveals the product was used in a manner inconsistent with normal
industry practice arl our specific recommendations. The purchoser is responsihle for mmmuNemion of all
necessary information regarding the application and use of the product. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
WILL WE BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY OTHER DIRECTOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS, LOST INCOME, LABOR CHARGES, DELAYS
IN PRODUCTION, IDLE. PRODUCTION. WHICH DAMAGES ARE CAUSED BY ANY DEFECTS IN
MATERIALANDIOR WORKMANSHIPAND%OR DAMAGE OR DELAYS IN SHIPMENT. THIS
WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY,
INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
No rights extended under the warranty shall be assigned to any other person. whether by operation of I— or
otherwise. without our noor written approval
CRANE vtnms a systeus crane Pumas a srnemz. lac. 9aais v.,mos -wo
420 nwd 51-1 • >pua. Ones 4535E • (5131 773-2442 • Fa- Mill) 773.2238
GENERAL
1 Most accidents can be avoided by using COMMON SENSE.
2. Read the operation and maintenance instruction manual supplied with the pump
3. Do not wear loose clothing that may become entangled in the impeller or other moving parts.
4. This pump is designed to handle materials which could cause illness or disease through direct exposure.
Wear adequate protective clothing when working on the pump or piping
PUMPS
5 Pump builds up heat and pressure during Operation -allow time for pump to cool before handling or servicing.
6 Only qualified personnel should install, operate and repair pump.
7 Keep clear of suction and discharge openings. DO NOT insert fingers in pump with power connected
8 Do not pump hazardous materials (flammable, caustic, etc.).
9. Do not block or restrict discharge hose -be careful of discharge hose whipping under pressure.
10. Make sure lifting handles are securely fastened each time before lifting
11. Do not lift pump by the power cord.
12. Do not exceed manufacturers recommendation for maximum performance. as this could cause the motor to
overheat
13. Secure the pump in its operating position so it can not tip over, fall or slide.
14. Keep hands and feet away from impeller when power is connected.
15. Submersible Non -Clog Pumps are not approved for use in swimming pools recreational water installations._
decorative fountains or any installation where human contact with the pumpedfluid is common.
16. Do not operate pump without guards or safety devices In place.
17. For hazardous locations, use pumps that are listed and classified for such locations.
18 When towing pump behind a vehicle; make sure hitch is properly attached, always attach safety chains
19 Always replace safety devices that have been removed during service or repair
ELECTRICAL
20, To reduce risk of electrical shock, pump must be properly grounded In accordance with the National Electric
Code and all applicable state and local codes and ordinances
21. To reduce risk of electrical shock, disconnect the pump from the power source before handling or servicing
22.Any wiring of pumps should be performed by a qualified electrician.
23. Never operate a pump with a power cord that has frayed or brittle insulation
24 Never allow cords or plugs to lay in water.
25. Never handle connected power cords with wet hands.
26 Never operate a pump with a plug-in type power cord without a ground fault circuit interrupter.
GAS/DIESEL ENGINE POWER PUMPS ONLY
27 Never operate in a enclosed building or area where exhaust gases can accumulate
28,Do not breath exhaust fumes when working in the area of the engine. (Exhaust gases are odorless and deadly
poison.)
29. Never operate near a building where exhaust gases can seep inside.
30. Never operate in a pit or sump without making provisions for adequate ventilation
31.Allow exhaust system to cool before touching.
32. Never add fuel to the tank while the engine is running. Stop engine and allow to cool.
33. Do not smoke while refueling the engine
34 Do not refuel near open flame
IMPORTANTI Burks Pumps® is not responsible for losses, injury, or death resulting from a failure to
observe these safety precautions, misuse or abuse of pumps or equipment
-3-

GENERAL INFORMATION
To the Purchaser:
RIGHT
Congratulations! You are the owner of one of the finest pumps on the market today Burks Pumps® are
products engineered and manufactured of high quality components. With years of pump building
experience along with a continuing quality assurance program combine to produce a pump which will
stand up to the toughest sewage removal projects
This Burks Pumps manual will provide helpful information concemmg installation maintenance. and
proper service guidelines
Receiving
Upon receiving the pump, it should be inspected for damage or shortages If damage has occurred, file a
claim immediately with the company that delivered the pump. If the manual is removed from the crating, do
not lose or misplace.
Storage
Short Term- Burks Pumps are manufactured for efficient performance following long inoperative periods
in storage. For best results, pumps can be retained in storage, as factory assembled, in a dry atmosphere
with constant temperatures for up to six (6) months
Long Term- Any length of time exceeding six (6) months but not more than twenty four (24) months The
units should be stored in a temperature controlled area, a roofed over walled enclosure that provides
protection from the elements (rain snow, wind blown dust, etc..), and whose temperature can be
maintained between +40 deg. F and +120 deg F
If extended high humidity is expected to be a problem, all exposed parts should be inspected before
storage and all surfaces that have the paint scratched. damaged, or worn should be recoated with a water
base, air dry enamel paint. All surfaces should then be sprayed with a rust -inhibiting oil
Pump should be stored in its original sh,pping container and on initial start up. rotate impeller by hand to
assure seal and impeller rotate freely.
If it is required that the pump be installed and tested before the long term storage begins such installation
will be allowed provided
1) The pump is not installed under water for more than one (1) month
2) Immediately upon satisfactory completion of the testthe pump is removed. thoroughly dried.
repacked in the original shipping container. and placed in a temperature controlled storage area
SERVICE CENTERS:
For the location of the nearest Burks Pumps Service Center, check your catalog, your Burks Pumps. Inc
representative or Burks Pumps Inc Service Department in Piqua. Ohio, telephone [phone]
-a-
PIPING
WRONG
r

WIRING
WARNING: DO NOT START PUMP UNTIL IT HAS
BEEN FILLED WITH WATER.
1. Motor wiring should conform to national and local
electrical codes-
2. Use wire of adequate size to prevent voltage drop.
3. Pump should be on a branch or separate circuit, fused
or circuit breaker, protected, with a manual discon-
nect.
4. Connect the electrical suppy from the switch to the
motor terminals, following the wiring diagram on the
motor nameplate or terminal coverplate. NOTE: be
sure that the connections to the motor terminals corre-
spond with the voltage to be applied. (See Chart)
Check wiring and fuse charts before connecting wires to
service line. Make sure the voltage and frequency of the
electrical current supply agrees with that stamped on the
motor nameplate. If in doubt, Check with power com-
pany.
Some pumps are equipped with three phase motors
Three phase motors require magnetic starters, and can
run in either direction, depending on how they are con-
nected to the power supply.
ROTATION
The rotation is indicated by an arrow on the Casing, and
the correct rotation of three phase motors should be es-
tablished before assembling the coupling on base
mounted units. The pump should not be operated
backwards or in reverse rotation. It the motor operates in
the wrong rotation, interchange any two of the lead wires
and the correct rotation will result.
Grounding Motor:
WIRING TO THIS PUMP MUST BE INSTALLED AND
MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NA-
TIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE OR YOUR LOCAL
ELECTRIC CODE. IF MORE INFORMATION IS
NEEDED, CALL YOUR LOCAL LICENSED ELECTRI-
CIAN OR YOUR POWER COMPANY.
It is required that a permanent ground connection be
made to the unit using a conductor of appropriate size
f rom a metal underground water pipe or a grounded lead
in the service panel. Do not ground to a gas supply line.
Do not connect to electric power supply until unit is
permanently grounded Connect the ground wire to the
approved ground and then connect to the terminal pro-
vided.
NOTE: CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS SHOULD NEVER BE
STARTED OR RUN DRY. OPERATING A PUMP DRY
WILL CAUSESCORING OF THE MECHANICAL SEAL,
RESULTING IN PREMATURE SEAL FAILURE. TO
PREVENT THE PUMP FROM BEING RUN DRY, IT
SHOULD BE PRIMED BEFORE STARTING.
FLOODED SUCTION PRIMING
This method of priming a pump is relatively simple. The
liquid source is located above the pump and all that is
necessary to prime the pump is loopen the air vent valve
or plug In the pump casing and to crack the gate valve in
the suction line. The suction line and pump should be
filled slowly until a steady stream of liquid is observed
flowing from the air vent. After the pump is operating, it
is recommended that the air vent valve or plug be opened
again to insure that all air has been expelled from the
pump casing.
SUC770N LIFT PRIMING
A fool valve should be used for priming on suction lift
applications. The foot valve, located at the end or foot of
the suction piping, functions as a check valve and allows
flow in one direction only, toward the pump. Otherwise.
all the liquid will drain from the pump and suction piping
back Into the sump alter shutdown
-6-
Initial priming is accomplished by completely filling the
suction piping and pump casing with the liquid to be
pumped. This can be done by removing the air vent valve
or plug at the top of the pump casing. and inserting a pipe
nipple in the orifice with an appropraite increaser to
accomodate a hose connection A priming line can also
be inserted in the discharge piping between the check
valve and the pump, or the priming can be done with a
bucket and funnel The important thing is to completely
fill the custion pipe and pump casing with liquid
When the pump Is started, the vacuum created by pump-
ing the priming fluid, combined with atmospheric pres-
sure in the liquid well. forces liquid into the suction piping.
thus opening the valve and keeping it open until the pump
is shut down. When the pump is shut down, the liquid
being pumped reverses its flow causing the valve to
close. The liquid is now trapped in the suction piping and
pump casing, thus maintaining a prime on the pump.
VACUUM PRIMING
vacuum pnming consists of removing air from the pump
casing and suction pipng and drawing liquid into them by
means of a vacuum creating device. The types of
vacuum equipment range from a simple hand pump to a
complex central priming system Your specific priming
requirements will govern what type of vacuum primer you
use
STARTING
For initial starting, the gate valve in the discharge line
should be closed, and opened gradually as the motor
approaches full speed usually in from five to ten
seconds After the pump has once been in operation so
that the dishcarge line has been completely filled, lt
then unnecessary to close the gate valve in starting.
SEASONAL SERVICE
To Take Out of Service:
1. Drain the liquid from the pump to prevent freezing and
damage to the pump body. It is recommended that a
good rust inhibitor be put into the liquid end to prevent
excessive corrosion. Keep the motor dry and cov-
ered.
To drain, remove the drain plug which is located
below the suction inlet of the pump Drainthesuclion
pipe to a point below the frost line. All other pipes,
which may be exposed to freezing temperatures,
should also be drained.
3. Remove the priming plug. This will help the pump
body to drain by permitting air to enter the case
To Place Pump Back Into Service:
1. Replace all drain plugs previously removed, using
pipe joint compound on all male threads.
2. It the suction tine has been removed, be certain that
it is reconnected.
3. Check to be certain that the pump shaft rums freely
4. Prime and start
DO NOT START THE PUMP UNTIL IT IS FILLED
WITH WATER.
STUFFING BOX - MECHANICAL SEAL:
With the exercise of a few precautions a mechanical seal
will furnish very satisfactory operation in pumps Precau.
lions which should be observed are:
1. Do not run the pump dry. The flat faces of the seal
are lubricated by the liquid being pumped.
2.Vent the seal housing if I is the high point in the
PUMP.
3.Purge the system thoroughly to remove welding
slag, scale, or din which may injure the seal prema-
turely due to the abrasive condition of liquid.
INSTALLING A NEW MECHANICAL SEAL
CAUTION: This seal is a precision product and
should be handled accordingly. Be especially care-
ful not to scratch or chip the lapped sealing faces of
the washer and floating seat. II reinstalling a used
seal, both sealing faces should be relapped.
-7-
INSTALLING STATIONARY ELEMENT
The seal must be sealed securely in the seat ring with the
lapped face out The untapped lace is marked and cor-
rectly assembled when shipped. Oil the seat ring with
light oil and seat it firmly and
squarely. If this cannot be
done with the lingers, use a
_ _ sleeve as shown in Fig. 1,
inserting the cardboard ship-
ping disc between the sleeve
FIGURE 1 and the lapped face to prevent
scratching sealing face.
INSTALLING ROTATING ELEMENT
Oil shaft with light oil. Shalt should be clean and polished
smooth Slide seal body on shaft (washer end first) and
seat firmly. A sleeve as shown
in Fig. 2 will facilitate this op-
eration and prevent the rubber
driving ring tram pulling out of -
place as the seal body is slid
along the shaft. Assembly of
impeller automatically sets seal FIGURE
in proper position
Make sure at all times. and particularly before final as'
sembly, that both sealing faces are absolutely clean
Sealing faces should be oiled with clean, light oil -
NOTE: DO NOT USE PETROLEUM BASED PROD-
UCTS TO LUBRICATE EPT OR EPDM ELASTOMERS
- USE ONLY WATER BASED LUBRICANT.

WARNING:
Do not work on this pump until you are sure the pump
and associated piping are totally depressurized, and it
pumping hot liquids that the temperature is safe to
handle.
Be sure that electricity to the motor is shut off and
locked out, or if the motor is to be tested while running
that it is conducted by a qualified person and safe
electrical procedures are followed.
To insure safety and a successful repair; it there is
anything about the pump and motor you do not com-
pletely understand, contact your distributor or the fac-
tory for instructions.
SERVICE GUIDE
TROUBLE AND CAUSE
REMEDY
1. Failure to Pump
a.
Be sure that pump case and suction line are full of water. See priming
a.
Pump not properly primed
instructions.
b
locate the pump closer to the water source. Make sure that the suction
b,
Suction lift too great
piping diameter is large enough.
c.
Check the voltage at motor terminals and at the meter when the pump is
c.
Speed too slow
operating. Check for loose connections. If voltage is low, contact your
Power company. Be sure that wire size is adequate,
d.
Motor running in wrong direction
d,
Check the wiring diagram on the motor nameplate. If it is a 3-Phase
motor, refer to the Wiring instruction.
2. Reduced Capacity and/or Head
a.
Clogged Impeller
a.
Remove and clean
b.
Air pockets or leaks in suction line
b,
Check the line for air leaks for excessive lift.
c.
Strainer too small or clogged
c-
Check the end of suction pipe or toot Wave to see that is is not plugged
or buried in mud or sediment. When installing in pond or lake, support
the suction line so that it will be submerged in water, but not imbedded in
mud or sediment A strainer with greater screen area may be required.
d.
Insufficient submergence of suction
d.
Add sufficient pipe to keep the submerged and well below the water
pipe
surface.
e,
Excessive suction lift
e.
If caused by suction pipe friction, increase the size of the pipe; otherwise
move the pump closer to the water level.
1.
Excessively worn impeller
f
Order replacement parts. See repair list.
3. Pump loses Prime
a
Air leaks in suction line
a.
Check suction piping. Piping might have frozen, causing it to split.
b.
Excessive suction Irft and operating
b.
Move the pump closer to the water level.
too near shut-off point.
v_
Water level drops while pumping,
c.
Check the water supply _ Add a length of pipe to the suction line to keep
exposing suction pipe or straine•
the submerged end under water.
4. Motor Will Not Start
a.
Blown fuses
a.
Replace with new fuses
b.
No electric current at motor
b,
The power supply may be oft, the connections may be loose or incorrect,
or the wire may have been chewed by rodents.
c.
Motor hums but will not start
c.
Turn power otl. Check the rotating element of the pump to see that it turn.;
freely.
d.
Motor damaged by lightning or voltage
d.
Take the motor to any authorized motor repair shop.
surge

GORMAN-RUPP PUMPS
T6A60-B

C
OM-01929-OBC2
October 20, 1983
Rev. G
INSTALLATION, OPERATION,
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
WITH PARTS LIST
Q
T SERIES PUMP
MODEL
T6A60- B
INCLUDING: %F, /FM
OEC EFLUID HANDLING INC.
304 Pomona Drive 1 Suite D
Greensboro, N.C. 27407
PH. 910.294.7888
FAX [phone]
THE GORMAN-RUPP COMPANY • MANSFIELD, OHIO
GORMAN-RUPP OF CANADA LIL41TED • ST. THOMAS, ONTARIO, CANADA "rdw.nUS.A
-C'VyngM Gy In. Gam r'piun COMPS ry

TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION PAGE I — 1
WARNINGS — SECTION A PAGE A — 1
. , . . . . . .. . .. .... . . .. . . . . . . . . f a . . . . . .
INSTALLATION — SECTION B PAGE B — 1
Pump Dimensions .
PAGE
B - 1
...........................................
PREINSTALLATION INSPECTION
PAGE
B - 2
P O SM O NIN G PUMP ........................................_.
PAGE
E - 2
Lifting
PAGE
B - 2
.... .. ..... ............................
Mounting„: ,,., •. .+„...
'- .... ... .............
PAGE
8-2
Clearance
. . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . . .
PAGE
B - 2
. . . .. . . . . . . ... . . . . ..
SUCTION AND DISCHARGE PIPING
PAGE
B - 2
Materials
PAGE
B - 2
.....................................
Line Configuration .. , , , , .. , . , , . _
. .
PAGE
B - 3
Connections to Pump ............ . Y...........• t i.
...• Y l F..... ! ., . ........ ,
PAGE
B - 3
Gauges....................................... .............
PAGE
B - 3
SUCTION UNES
PAGE
6 - 3
Fittings
PAGE
B - 3
.......................................................
t...
Strainers
PAGE
B-3
Sealing.. ...................... .....
PAGE
B - 3
......... ...
Suction Lines InSumps
PAGE
B - 3
. , , , , , . , , _ , , . . , , , _ „ „ , „
Suction Line Positioning
PAGE
8 - 4
. , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
DISCHARGE ONES
PAGE
8 - 4
Siphoning .. • • ................ ..... ......... ..................
PAGE
B - 4
Valves , .. .
PAGE
B - 4
Bypass Lines ............ , ..... , ................. .............
PAGE
B - 5
AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE , , ,
PAGE
B - 6
Theory of Operation .. . ............ . .............. . . ..........
PAGE
B - 6
Air Release Valve lnslallation................,,,, , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,,,,
PAGE
B - 6
AUG N M ENT...........................•..•........................., .!
PAGEB-
7
Coupled Drives ........... .................. . ..... .....,
... ... ... ...
PAGE
B - 8
V-Belt Drives ............. ...... ........ ..................
PAGE
B - 8
OPERATION — SECTION C .. , ..... • ..........................
PAGE C —1
PRIMING .............................................................
PAGE C - 1
STARTING .................... ,..__ .. .............................
PAGE - 1
Rotation......................................................... ..
PAGE C - 1
OPERATION.........
PAGE C - 2
...................... ...........•................
Lanes Wi',h a Bypass.. ...............................................
PAGE C - 2
Lines Wimout a Bypass
PAGE C - 2
...............................................
Leakage - ...................................
PAGE - 2
Liquid Temperature And Overheating . . . .................................
PAGE C - 2
Strainer Check
PAGE C - 3
......................................................
Pump. Vacuum Checx
PAGE C -3
..............................0..................
STOPPING........................................... ............. ...
PAGE C - 3
Cold Weather Preservation ...........................................
PAGE C - 3
BEARING TEMPERATURE CHECK.................. .. . .......... . • .. _ _ .... _
PAGE C - 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(con'tinue8)
TROUBLESHOOTING - SECTION D PAGE D - 1
PUMP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR -SECTION E PAGE E - 1
PERFORMANCE CURVE
PAGE E
- 1
PARTS LISTS:
Pump Model T6A60-B
PAGE E
- 3
44163-050 Repair Rotating Assembly
PAGE E
- 5
PUMP AND SEAL DISASSEMBLY AND REASSEMBLY
PAGE E
- 6
Back Cover And Wear Plate Removal.
PAGE E
- 6
Suction Check Valve Removal
PAGE E
- 6
.................. .......................
Rotating Assembly Removal . .
PAGE E
- 6
* , . . . _ . , .. _ ..
Impeller Removal _
PAGE E
- 7
......................... .
Seal Removal
PAGE E
- 8
Shaft and Bearing Removal and Disassembly .. , .... . . . .... . . . * .... ` , . _ .
PAGE E
- 8
Shat and Bearing Reassembly and Installation. , ........ , ...... .. ` .
PAGE E
- 9
Seal Installation ................................ .. ........... ..
PAGE E -
10
.
Impeller Installation . ........................................
PAGE E -
12
Rotating Assembly Installation
PAGE E -
12
. t , . , .... ... , ..
Suction Check Valve Installation
. ... ............ .......... ...........e.
PAGE E -
13
Back Cover Installation
PAGE E -
13
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE MAINTENANCE . , , , * , , t .. . , w , ..
PAGE E -
13
Final Pump Assembly ....................... , . .............. ,
PAGE E -
13
LUBRICATION ., �.. w ...... ... ...... ...�,..................
PAGE E-
14
Seal Assembly .. , , .............. ..... ........................... , .
PAGE E -
14
Bearings - ......................... ., .... ...................
PAGE E -
14
Power Source .. ..... . . ..... . . ....................................
PAGE E -
14

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
INTRODUCTION
This Installation, Operation, and Maintenance man-
ual is designed to help you achieve the best per-
fomnance and longest life from your Gorman -Rupp
pump.
Tnis pump is a T Series, semi -open impeller, serf -
priming centrifugal model with a suction check
valve. T11e pump is designed for handling mild in-
dustrial corrosives, residue and slurries containing
large entrained solids. The basic material of con-
structicn is gray iron, with ductile iron impeller and
steel wearing pans.
tf there are any questions regarding the pump or its application which are not covered in this manual or in otter
literature accompanying this unit, please contact your Gorman -Rupp distributor, or write:
The Gorman -Rupp Company or Gorman -Rupp of Canada Umtted
P.O. Box 1217 70 Burwell Road
Mansfield, Ohio 44901-1217 St. Thomas, Omarlo N5P 3R7
For information or technical assistance on the power source, contact the power source manufacturer's local
dealer or representative.
The following are used to alert maintenance personnel to procedures which require special attention, to those
which could damage equipment, and to those which could be dangerous to personnel:
DANGER!
Immediate hazards which WILL result in
severe personal injury or death. These
instructions describe the procedure re-
quired and the injury which will result
from failure to follow the procedure.
Hazards or unsafe practices which
COULD result in severe personal injury
or death. These instructions describe
the procedure required and the injury
which could result from failure to follow
the procedure.
CV I IOI V
I
Hazards or unsafe practices which COULD
result in minor personal injury or product or
property damage. These instructions de-
scribe the requirements and the possible
damage which could result from failure to
follow the procedure.
NOTE
instructions to aid in instavation, operation, and
maintenance or which clarify a procedure.
INTRODUCTION PAGE I - 1

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
SAFETY - SECTION A
These warnings apply to T Series basic
pumps. Gorman -Rupp has no control
over or particular knowledge of the
power source which will be used. Refer
to the manual accompanying the power
source before attempting to begin
operation.
3;
4 WARNING!
Before attempting to open or service the
pump;
1. Familiarize yourself with this man-
ual.
2. Disconnect or lock out the power
source to ensure that the pump will
remain inoperative.
3. Allow the pump to cool if over-
heated.
4. Check the temperature before
opening any covers, plates, or
plugs.
5. Close the suction and discharge
valves.
6. Vent the pump slowly and cau-
tiously.
7. Drain the pump.
This pump is designed to handle mild in-
dustrial corrosives, residues and slur-
ries containing large entrained solids.
Do not attempt to pump volatile, corro-
sive, or flammable materials which may
damage the pump or endanger person-
nel as a result of pump failure.
After the pump has been positioned,
make certain that the pump and all pip-
ing connections are tight, properly sup-
ported and secure before operation.
Do not operate the pump without the
guards in place over the rotating parts.
Exposed rotating parts can catch cloth-
ing, fingers, or tools, causing severe in-
jury to personnel.
v� WAS4 �,?,.sR i
Do not remove plates, covers, gauges,
pipe plugs, or fittings from an over-
heated pump. Vapor pressure within the
pump can cause parts being disen-
gaged to be ejected with great force. Al-
low the pump to cool before servicing.
Do not operate the pump against a
closed discharge valve for long periods
of time. If operated against a closed dis-
charge valve, pump components will
deteriorate, and the liquid could cometo
a boil, build pressure, and cause the
pump casing to rupture or explode.
SAFETY PAGE A - 1

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
i
se go an moving equlpme IF
good repair and with adequate capacity
to prevent injuries to personnel or dam-
age to equipment. Suction and dis-
charge hoses and piping must be re-
moved from the pump before lifting.
PAGE A - 2 SAFETY

T SERIES
OM-01929-Oz
INSTALLATION - SECTION S
Review all SAFETY information In Section A. cific application. Since the pressure supplied to the
pump is critical to performance and safety, be sure
Since pump installations are seldom identical, this to limit the incoming pressure to 50% of the maxi -
section otters only general recommendations ano mum permissible operating pressure as shown on
practices required to inspect, position, and arrange the pump performance curve.
Me pump and piping.
Most of the information pertains to a standard static For further assistance, contact your Gorman-Rupp
distributor or the Gorman -Rupp Company.
lift application where the pump is positioned above
the free level of liquid to be pumped.
If installed in a flooded suction application where Pump Dimensions
the liquid is supplied to the pump under pressure,
some of the information such as mounting, line con- See Figure 1 for the approximate physical dimen-
figuration, and priming must be tailored to the spe- sions of this pump.
OUTLINE DRAWING
2.T5 6' NP -
C2.TS DISCHARGE
I 6' NP ,
SUCTION
i 28.25 i \
[717,63
29.88
C?58.83 1 � l C839.7J
22.38 lJ
(568.33
Q 1I
10.38 _j n
C263.53 i
20.75 1\
C527.01 I.69/(17,51
DIMENSIONS, 11.38 OIA -4 HOLES
INCHES �_ 22.75 t289.01
(MILLIMETERS) [577.91
0. 1. L.36
1306.41
10.56 1
C268.33
18.00/C457,21 REO'C.
FOR REMOVAL OF
BACK COVER PLATE
.38/C9.53 X .IS/E4.81
X 3.50/188.91 LG.
USEABLE KEYWAY
1.06
? �127.0)
I I '
3.06
[77.81 11.00 M.56
1279.41--� 1293.71
31.56
[8G1.73
Figure 1. Pump Model T6A60-B
1.50 DIA.
C 38.11
10.13
1257.21
5.00
[127.01
INSTALLATION PAGE E - 1

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
PREINSTALLAT10N INSPECTION
The pump assembly was inspected and tested be-
fore shipment from the factory. Before installation,
inspect the pump for damage which may have oc-
curred during shipment. Check as follows:
a. Inspect the pump for cracks, dents, damaged
ttueads, and other obvious damage.
b Check for and tighten loose attaching hard-
ware. Since gaskets tend to snrink atter drying,
check for loose hardware at mating surfaces.
c Carefully read all warnings and cautions con-
tained in this manual or affixed to ,')e pump,
and perform all duties indicated. Note the ai-
rection of rotation indicated on the pump.
Check that the pump shaft rotates counter-
clockwise when facing the impeller -
CAUTION
Only operate this pump in the direction in-
dicated by the arrow on the pump body
and on the accompanying decal. Refer to
ROTATION in OPERATION, Section C.
d. Check levels and lubricate as necessary. Refer
to LUBRICATION in the MAINTENANCE AND
REPAIR section of this manual ano perform cu-
ties as instructed.
e. if the pump and power source have been stored
for more than 12 months, some of the compo-
nents or lubricants may have exceeded their
maximum shelf life- These must be inspected
or replaced to ensure maximum pump service.
If the maximum shelf life has been exceeded, or if
anything appears to be abnormal, contact your Gor-
man -Rupp distributor or the factory to determine the
repair or updating policy. Do not put the pump into
service until appropriate action has been taken.
POSITIONING PUMP
L.titing
Use lifting equipment with a capacity of at least
4,050 pounds (1837 kg). This pump weighs ap-
proximately 810 pounds (367,4 kg), not including
the weight of accessones and base. Customer in-
stalled equipment such as suction and discharge
piping must be removed before attempting to it.
The pump assembly can be seriously
damaged rf the cables or chains used to lift
and move the unit are improperly wrapped
around the pump.
Mounting
Locate the pump in an accessible place as close as
practical to the liquid being pumped. Level mount-
ing is essential for proper operation.
The pump may have to be supper.e' or shimmed to
provide for level operation or to eliminate vibration.
Clearance
When positioning the pump, allow a minimum c!ear-
ance of 18 inches (457 mm) in front of the back
cover to permit removal of the cover and easy ac-
cess to the pump interior.
SUCTION AND DISCHARGE PIPING
Pump performance is advefsely effected by in-
creased suction lift, discharge elevation, and friction
losses. See the performance curve and operating
range shown on Page E-1 to be sure your overall ap-
plication allows pump to operate within the safe op-
eration range.
Materials
Either pipe or hose maybe used for suction and dis-
charge lines: however, the materials must be corn
PAGE B - 2 INSTALLATION

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
patible with the liquid being pumped. if hose is used
in suction lines, it must be the rigid -wall, reinforced
type to prevent collapse under suction. Using pip-
ing couplings in suction lines is not recommended.
Line Configuration
Keep suction and discharge lines as straight as pos-
sible to minimize friction losses. Make minimum use
of elbows and fittings, which substantially increase
friction loss. if elbows are necessary, use the long -
radius type to minimize friction loss.
Connections to Pump
Before tightening a connecting flange, align it ex-
actly with the pump port. Never pull a pipe line into
place by tightening the flange bolts and/or cou-
plings.
Lines near the pump must be independently sup-
ported to avoid strain on the pump which could
cause excessive vibration, decreased bearing life,
and increased shaft and seal wear. it hose -type
lines are used, they should have adequate support
to secure them when filled with liquid and under
pressure.
Gauges
Most pumps are drilled and tapped for installing dis-
charge pressure and vacuum suction gauges. if
these gauges are desired for pumps that are not
tapped, drill and tap the suction and discharge lines
not less than 18 inches (457,2 mm) from tine suction
and discharge ports and install the lines. Installa-
tion closer to the pump may result in erratic read-
ings.
SUCTION LINES
To avoid air pockets which could affect pump prim-
ing, the suction line must be as short and direct as
possible. When operation involves a suction lift, the
line must always slope upward to the pump from the
source of the liquid being pumped; if the line slopes
down to the pump at any point along the suction run,
air pockets will be created.
Fittings
Suction lines should be the same size as the pump
inlet. If reducers are used in suction lines, they
should be the eccentric type, and should be in-
stalled with the flat part of the reducers uppermost to
avoid creating air pockets. Valves are not normally
used in suction lines, but if a valve is used, install it
with the stem horizontal to avoid air pockets.
Strainers
it a strainer is furnished with the pump, be certain to
use it; any spherical solids which pass through a
strainer furnished with the pump will also pass
through the pump itself.
If a strainer is not funished with the pump, but is in-
stalled by the pump user, make certain that the total
area of the openings in the strainer is at least three or
four times the cross section of the suction line, and
that the openings will not permit passage of solids
larger than the solids handling capability of the
PUMP.
This pump is designed to handle up to 3-inch (76,2
mm) diameter spherical solids.
Sealing
Since even a slight leak will affect priming, head,
and capacity, especially when operating with a high
suction lift, all connections in the suction line
should be sealed with pipe dope to ensure an air-
tight seal. "Follow the sealant manufacturer's recom-
mendations when selecting and applying the pipe
dope. The pipe dope should be compatible with the
liquid being pumped.
Suction Lines In Sumps
If a single suction line is installed in a sump, it should
be positioned away from the wall of the sump at a
distance equal to 1 1 /2 times the diameter of the suc-
tion line.
It there is a liquid flow from an open pipe into the
sump, the flow should be kept away from the suction
inlet because the inflow will carry air down into the
sump, and air entering the suction line will reduce
pump efficiency.
If it is necessary to position inflow close to the suc-
tion inlet, install a baffle between the inflow and the
INSTALLATION PAGE B - 3

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
suction inlet at a distance 1 1 /2 times the diameter ct
the suction pipe. The baffle will allow entrained air to
escape from the liquid before it is drawn into the suc-
tion inlet.
tf two suction lines are installed in a single sump, the
flow paths may interact, reducing the efficiency of
one or both pumps. To avoid this, position the suc-
tion inlets so that they are separated by a distance
equal to at least 3 times the diameter of the suction
pipe.
Suction Une Positioning
The depth of submergence of the suction line is criti-
u_ Fr.
5.15 17
4.38 15
5S 15
4zi
396JE1
3.862
325 11
z 3.-05 10
w 274 9
Z244 8
O 213 7
Cr
M 1M 6
M 1.:.2 3
cn
122 4
0.91 3
a 61 2
0M 1
0 1 0
cal to efficient pump operation. Figure 2 shows rec-
ommended minimum submergence vs. velocity.
NOTE
The pipe submergence required may be reduced
by installing a standard pipe increaser fitDng at the
end of the suction line. The larger opening size will
reduce the Wet velocity. Calculate the required sub-
mergence using the following formula based on the
increased opening size (area or diameter).
■
VE1-(fTJSEC. , 1 ! 2 13 14 1 5 1 6 ' 7 18 1 9 I101 11 112 13 114115116
IV$_(MJSEG)
0UAN.(G.P.f.L*_V1 G.PJA_X4085
VELOCITY (FTJSEC.)- AREA OR o2
VELOCM (►,fJSEG.)_ FLOW (WMI►)X2122 OR FLow N3r>c'..i
UkIVE B W MU2 AREA IN M2
Figure 2. Recommended Minimum Suction Line Submergence vs. Veloctty
DISCHARGE LINES
Siphoning
Do not terminate the discharge line at a level lower
than that of the liquid being pumped unless a sichcn
breaker is used in the line. Otherwise, a siphoning
action causing damage to the pump could result.
Valves
n a throttling valve is desired in the discharge line,
use a valve as large as the largest pipe to minimize
friction losses. Never install a throttling valve in a
suction line.
With high discharge heads, it is recommended that
a throttling valve and a system check valve be in-
stalled in the discharge line to protect the pump frcrl
excessive shock pressure and reverse rotation
when it is stepped.
PAGE B-4
I N STA LLAT1 O N

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
UTIO V
If the application involves a high discharge
head, gradually close the discharge
throttling valve before stopping the pump.
Bypass Lines
Self -priming pumps are not air compressors. During
the priming ,ycle, air from the suction line must be
vented to atmosphere on the discharge side. It the
disct-,.arge line is open, this air will be vented througn
the discharge. However, if a check valve has been
installed in the discharge line, the discharge side of
the pump must be opened to atmospheric pressure
through a bypass line installed between the pump
discharge and the Cieck valve. A self -priming cen-
trifugal pump will not prime if there is sufficient
static liquid head to hold the discharge check valve
closed.
NOTE
The bypass line should be sized so that it does nct
affect pump discharge capacity; however, the by-
pass line should be at least 7 inch in diameter to
minimize the chance of plugging.
In low discharge head applications (less than 30
feet or 9 meters), it is recommended that the bypass
line be run bade to the wet well, and located 6 inches
below the water level or cut-off point of the low level
pump. In some installations, this bypass line may be
terminated with a six -to -eight toot length of 1 1/4 inch
I.D. smooth -bore hose; air and liquid vented during
the priming process will then agitate the hose and
break up any solids, grease, or other substances
likely to cause clogging.
I
.CAUTION
A bypass line that is returned to a wet well
must be secured against being drawn into
the pump suction inlet.
It is also recommended that pipe unions be installed
at each 900 elbow in a bypass line to ease disas-
sembly and maintenance.
' In Ngh discharge head applications (more than 30
feet), an excessive amount of liquid may be by-
passed and forced back to the wet well under the full
working pressure of the pump; this will reduce over-
all pumping efficiency. Therefore, It Is recom-
mended that a Gorman -Rupp Automatic Air Re-
lease Valve be installed In the bypass line.
Gorman --Rupp Automatic Air Release Vatves are reli-
able, and require minimum maintenance. See
AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE in this section
for installation and theory of operation of the Auto-
matic Air Release Valve. Consult your Goman-Rupp
distributor, or contact the Gorman -Rupp Company
for selection of an Automatic Air Release Valve to fit
your application.
If the installation involves a flooded suction such as
a below -ground lift station. A pipe union and manual
shut-off valve may be installed in Me bleed line to al-
low service of the valve without shutting down the
station, and to eliminate the possibility of flooding. If
a manual strut -off valve is installed anywhere in the
air release piping, it must be a full -opening ball type
valve to prevent plugging by solids.
If a manual shut-off valve is installed in
a bypass line, it must not be left closed
during operation. A closed manual shut-
off valve may cause a pump which has
lost prime to continue to operate without
reaching prime, causing dangerous
overheating and possible explosive
rupture of the pump casing. Personnel
could be severely iniured.
Allow an over -heated pump to cool be-
fore servicing. Do not remove plates.
covers, gauges, or fittings from an over-
heated pump. Liquid within the pump
can reach boiling temperatures, and va-
por pressure within the pump can cause
parts being disengaged to be ejected
with great force. After the pump cools,
drain the liquid from the pump by re-
moving the casing drain plug. Use cau-
INSTALLATION PAGE B - 5

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
tion when removing the plug to prevent
injury to personnel from hot liquid.
AUTOMATIC AiR RELEASE VALVE
When properly installed and correctly adjusted to
the specific hydraulic operating conditions of the
application, the Gorman -Rupp Automatic Air Re-
lease Valve will permit air to escape through the by-
pass line, and then close automatically when the
pump is fully primed and pumping at full capacity.
Theory of Operation
Figures 3 and 4 show a cross -sec ional view of the
Automatic Air Release Valve, and a corresccnding
description of operation.
Figure 3. Valve in Open Position
Curing the priming cycle, air from the pump casing
flows through the bypass line, and passes through
Pe Air Release Valve to the wet well (Figure 3).
Figure 4. Valve In Closed Position
when the pump is fully primed, pressure resulting
from flow against the valve diaphragm compresses
the spring and closes the valve (Figure 4). The valve
will remain closed, reducing the bypass cf liquid to 1
to 5 gallons (3.8 to 19 liters) per minute, until the
pump loses its prime or stops.
NEW1
i
Some leakage (1 to 5 gallons [3.8 to 19
liters] per minute) will occur when the
valve is fully closed. Be sure the bypass
line is directed back to the wet well or
tank to prevent hazardous spills.
When the pump shuts down, the spring returns the
aiaphragm to its original position. Any solids that
may have accumulated in the diaphragm chamber
settle to ihe ocrtom and are flushed out during the
next priming cycle.
NOTE
The valve will remain open if the pump does not
reach its designed capacity or head. Valve closing
pressure is dependent upon the discharge head of
the pump at full capac,Mj. The range of the valve
closing pressure is established by the tension rate
of the spring as ordered from the factory. Valle clos-
ing pressure can be further adjusted to the exact
system requirements by moving the spring retaining
pin up or down the plunger rod to increase or de-
crease tension on the spring. Contract your Gor-
man -Rupp distributor or the Gorman -Rupp Com-
pany for infcrrnabcn about an Automatic Air Release
Valve for your specific application.
Air Release Valve Installation
Tne Automatic Air Release Valve must be independ-
ently mounted in a horizontal position and con-
nected to the disctiarge line of the self -priming cen-
trifugal pump (see Figure 5).
NOTE
if the Air Release valve is to be installed on a staged
pump application, contact the factory for specific in-
stallation instructions.
PAGE B - 6 INSTALLATION

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
COV-0UT
INSTALL AIR RELEASE VALVE
IN HORIZONTAL POSITION
90° LONG
EELBDlOW
BLEED LINE 1' —3
4 MM) DIA. MIN.
CUSTOMER
FURNISHED)
EXTEND 6"
r152.4 MM
BELOW U U10
LEVEL SURFACE
1 DISCHARGE PIPE
EL DISCHARGE
CHECK VALVE
BRACK BRACKET T PUMP DISCHARGE
SELF -PRIMING
CENTRIFUGAL
PUMP
j SUCTION
rl LINE
.I
OR SUMP I�
..'ILI
j .
Figure 5. Typical Automatic Air Release Valve Installation
The valve inlet line must be installed between the
pump discharge port and the ncn-pressurized side
of the discharge check valve. The valve inlet is atthe
large end of the valve body. and is provided with
standard 1-inch NPT pipe threads.
The valve outlet is located at the opposite end of the
valve, and is also equipped with standard 1-inch
NPT pipe threads. The outlet should be connected
to a bleed line which slopes back to the wet well or
sump. The bleed line must be the same size as the
inlet piping, or larger_ It piping is used for the bleed
line. avoid the use of elbows whenever possible,
NOTE
ft is recommended that each Air Release Valve be
fitted wish an independent bleeder line directed
back to the wet well. However, if mul6ple Air Release
Valves are installed in a system, the bleeder lines
may be directed to a common manifold pipe. Con-
tact your Gorman -Rupp distributor or the Gorman -
Rupp Ccmpaoy for information about installation of
an Automatic Air Release Valve for your specific ap-
plication.
ALIGNMENT
The alignment of the pump and its power source is
critical for trouble -free mechanical operation. in
either a flexible coupling or V-belt driven system, the
driver and pump must be mounted so that their
shafts are aligned with and parallel to each other. it is
imperative that alignment be checked after the
pump and piping are installed, and before opera-
tion.
NOTE
ChecK Rotation, Section C, before final alignment
of the pump.
When mounted at the Gorman -Rupp factory, driver
and pump are aligned before shipment. Misalign-
ment will occur in translt and handling. Pumps must
be checked and realigned before operation. Before
checking alignment, tighten the foundation bolts.
The pump casing feet and/or pedestal feet, and the
driver mounting bolts should also be tightly securea.
INSTALLATION PAGE B - 7

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
r
en c ec Ing aligFirnefff, disconne
the power source to ensure that the
pump will remain inoperative.
-A CAUTION
.Adjusting the alignment in one direction
may alter the alignment in another direc-
tion. check each procedure after altering
alignment.
Coupled Drives
When using couplings, the axis of the power source
must be aligned to the axis of the pump shaft in both
the horizontal and vertical planes. Most couplings
require a specific gap or clearance between the driv-
ing and the driven shafts. Refer to the coupling
manutacturer's service literature.
Align spider insert type couplings by using calipers
to measure the dimensions on the circuntefence of
the outer ends of the coupling hub every 90 degrees
The coupling is in alignment when the hub ends are
the same distance apart at all points (see Figure 6A),
Figure 6A. Aligning Spider -Type Couplings
Figure 68. Aligning Non -Spider Type Couplings
Align non -spider type couplings by using a feeler
gauge or taper gauge between the coupling halves
every 90 degrees. The coupling is in alignment when
the hubs are the same distance apart at all points
(see Figure 6B).
Check parallel adjustment by laying a straightedge
across both coupling rims at the top, bottom, and
side. When the straightedge rests evenly on both
halves of the coupling, the coupling is in horizontal
parallel alignment. n the coupling is misaligned, use
a feeler gauge between the coupling and the
straightedge to measure the amount of misalign-
ment.
V-Bett Drives
When using V-belt drives, the power source and the
pump must be parallel. Use a straightedge along the
sides of the pulleys to ensure that the pulleys are
properly aligned (see Figure 6C). In drive systems
using two or more belts, make certain that the belts
are a matched set; unmatched sets will cause accei-
erated belt wear.
PAGE B - 8 INSTALLATION

T SERIES OM-01929-02
ell
MISALIGNED- !� L
MISALIGNED- SHAFTS NOT MISALIGNED: SHAFTS NOT ALIGNED: SHAFTS PARALLEL
PARALLEL IN LINE AND SHEAVES IN LINE
Figure 6C. Alignment of V-Bett Driven Pumps
Tighten the belts in accordance with the beta manu-
facturer's instructions. It the belts are too loose, they
will slip: d the belts are too tight. there will be exces-
swe power foss anC poss;ble bearing failure. Select
pulleys that will match the proper speed ratio; over-
speeaing the pump may damage both pump and
power source
J •
Do not operate the pump without the
guard in place over the rotating parts.
exposed rotating parts can catch cloth-
ing, fingers, or tools, causing severe in-
jury to personnel.
INSTALLATION PAGE B - 9

T-SERIES
OM-01929-02
OPERATION - SECTION C
Review all SAFETY IrrformatJon In Section A.
FollowMe instructions on all tags, labels and decals
attached to the pump.
s G
i
This pump is designed to handle mild in-
dustrial corrosives, slurries and slurries
containing large entrained solids. Do
not attempt to pump volatile, corrosive,
or flammable liquids which may dam-
age the pump or endanger personnel as
a result of pump failure,
OAU Tl 0 �1
Pump speed and operating conditions
must be within the performance range
shown on page E-1.
a.-IM11112W
Inzall Me pump and piping as described in INSTAL-
LATION. Make sure that the piping connections are
tight, and that the pump is securely mounted. Check
that the pump is properly lubricated (see LUBRICA-
TION in MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR).
This pump is self -priming, but the pump should
never be operated unless there is liquid in the pump
casing.
I
,A CAUTION i
Never operate this pump unless there is liq-
uid in the pump casing. The pump will not
prime when dry. extended operation of a
dry pump will destroy the seal assembly.
Add liquid to the pump casing when:
1. The pump is being put into service for the first
time.
2. The pump has not been used for a consider-
able length of time.
3. Tne Liquid ;n tne pump casing has evapo-
rated.
Once the pump casing has been filled, the pump will
prime and reprime as necessary.
' . s
After filling the pump casing, reinstall
and tighten the fill plug. Do not attempt
to operate the pump unless all connect-
ing piping is securely installed. Other-
wise, liquid in the pump forced out
under pressure could cause injury to
personnel.
To fill the pump, remove the pump casing fill cover or
fill plug in tie top of the casing, and add clean (iquid
until the casing is filled. Replace the fill cover or fill
plug before operating the pump
STARTING
Consult the operations manual furnished with the
power source.
Rotation
The correct direction of pump rotation is counter-
clockwise when facing the impeller. The pump could
Ge damaged and performance adversely affected
by incorrect rotation. tf pump performance is not
within the specified limits (see the curve on page
E-1), check the direction of power source rotation
before fuller troubleshooting.
If an electric motor is used to drive the pump, remove
V-belts, couplings, or otherwise disconnect the
OPERATION PAGE C - 1

OM-01929-02
T-SERIES
pump from the motor before checking motor rota-
tion. Operate the motor independently while observ-
ing file direction of the motor shaft, or cooling fan.
If rotation is incorrect on a three -{phase motor, have a
qualified electrician interchange any two of the three
phase wires to change direction. If rotation is incor-
rect on a single-phase motor, consult the literature
supplied with the motor for specific instructions.
OPERATION
Lines With a Bypass
It a Gorman -Rupp Automatic Air Release Valve has
been installed, the valve will automatically open to
allowthe pump to prime, and automatically close af-
ter priming is complete (see INSTALLATION for Air
Release Valve operation).
If the bypass line is open, airirom the suction line will
be discharged througn the bypass line back to tt-,e
wet well during the priming cycle. Liquid will then
continue to circulate through the bypass line while
the pump is in operation.
Lines Without a Bypass
Open all valves in the discharge line and start the
power source. Priming is indicated by a positive
reading on the discharge pressure gauge or by a
quieter operation. The pump may not prime immedi-
ately because the suction line must first fill with liq-
uid. If the pump `ails to prime within frve minutes,
stop it and check the suction line for leaks.
After the pump has been primed, partially close the
discharge line throttling valve in order to fill the line
slowly and guard against excessive shock pressure
which could damage pipe ends, gaskets, sprinkler
heads, and any other fixtures connected to the line.
When the discharge line is completely filled, adjust
the throttling valve to the required flow rate.
Do not operate the pump against a
closed discharge throttling valve for
long periods of time. If operated against
a closed discharge throttling valve,
pump components will deteriorate, and
the liquid could come to a boil, build
pressure, and cause the pump casing to
rupture or explode.
Leakage
No leakage should be visible at pump mating sur-
faces, or at pLTnp connections or fittings. Keep all
line connections and fittings tight to maintain maxi-
mum pump efficiency.
Liquid Temperature And Overheating
The maximum liquid temperature for this pump is
1600 F (71 ° C). Do not apply it at a higher operating
temperature.
Ovemeating can cc= rt operated with the valves in
the suction or discharge lines closed. Operating
against closed valves could bring the liquid to a boil,
build pressure, and cause the pump to rupture or ex-
plode. If overheating occurs, stop the pump and al-
low it to cool before servicing it. Refill the pump cas-
ing with cool liquid.
&DANGER!
Mlcvi art over -heated pump to cool be-
fore servicing. Do not remove plates,
covers, gauges, cr itUngs from an over-
heated pump. Liquid within the pump
can reach boiling temperatures, and va-
por pressure within the pump can cause
parts being disengaged to be ejected
with great force. After the Dump cools,
drain the liquid from the pump by re-
moving the casing drain plug. Use cau-
tion when removing the plug to prevent
injury to personnel from hot liquid.
As a safeguard against rupture or explosion due to
heat, this pump is equipped with a pressure relief
valve which will open if vapor pressure within the
PAGE C - 2 OPERATION

T-SERIES
OM-01929-02
pump casing reacthes a Critical point. If ovehmeating
does occur. stop the pump immediately and allow it
to cool before servicing it. Approach any over-
heated pump cautlousty. It is recommended that
the pressure relief valve assembly be replaced at
each overhaul, or any time the pump casing over-
heats and activates the valve. Never replace this
valve win a substitute which has not been specified
or provided by the Gorman -Rupp Company.
Strainer Check
If a suction strainer has been shipoeo with the pump
or installed by the user, check the strainer regularly,
and clean rt as necessary. The strainer should also
be cnecked if pump flow rate begins to drop. If avac-
uum suction gauge has been installed, monitor and
record the readings regularly to detect strainer
blockage.
Never introduce air or steam pressure into the pump
casing or piping to remove a blockage. This could
result in personal injury or damage to the equipment.
If backflushing is absolutely necessary; liquid pres-
sure must be limited to 50% of the maximum per-
missible operating pressure shown on the pump
performance curve.
Pump Vacuum Check
With the pump inoperative, install a vacuum gauge
in the system, using pipe dope on the threads. Block
the suction line and start the pump. At operating
speed the pump should pull a vacuum of 20 inches
(508,0 mm) or more of mercury. It it does not, check
for air leaks in the seal, gasket, or discharge valve.
Open the suction line, and read the vacuum gauge
with the pump primed and at operation speed. Shut
off the pump. The vacuum gauge reading will imme-
diately drop proportionate to static suction lift, and
should then stabilize. If the vacuum reading falls off
rapidly after stabilization, an air leak exists. Before
checking for the source of the leak, check the point
of installation of the vacuum gauge.
STOPPING
Never halt the flow of liquid suddenly. If the liquid be-
ing pumped is stopped abruptly, damaging shock
waves can be transmitted to the pump and piping
system. Close all connecting valves slowly.
On engine driven pumps, reduce the tfvottle speed
slowly and allow the engine to idle briefly before
stopping.
CAUTI O N
If the application involves a high discharge
head, graeually close the discharge
throttling valve before stopping the pump.
After stopping the pump, lock out or disconnect the
power source to ensure that the pump will remain in-
operative.
':s':6G9G�R •
` N,
JL
Do not operate the pump against a
closed discharge throttling valve for
long periods of time. If operated against
a closed discharge throttling valve,
pump components will deteriorate, and
the liquid could come to a boil, build
pressure, and cause the pump casing to
rupture or explode.
Cold Weather Preservation
In below freezing conditions, drain the pump to pre-
vent damage from freezing. Also, clean out any sol-
ids by flushing with a hose. Operate the pump for ap-
proximately one minute, this will remove any remain-
ing liquid that could freeze the pump rotating parts. If
the pump will be idle for more than a few hours, or if it
has been pumping liquids containing a large
amount of solids, drain the pump, and flush it thor-
oughly with clean water. To arevent large solids from
clogging the drain port and preventing the pump
OPERATION PAGE C - 3

OM-01929-02
T-SERIES
from completely draining, insert a rod or stiff wire in
the drain port, and agitate the liquid during the drain-
ing process. Clean out any remaining solids by
flushing with a hose.
BEARING TEMPERATURE CHECK
Bearings normally run at higner than ambient tem-
peratures because of heat generated by friction.
Temperatures up to 160OF (71 ° C) are considered
normal for bearings, and they can operate safely to
at least 180°F (820 C).
Checking bearing temperatures by hand is inaccu-
rate. Bearing temperatures can be measured accu-
rately by placing a contact -type thermometer
against the housing. Record this temperature for to
ture reference.
A sudden increase in bearing temperature is a warn-
ing mat the bearings are at me point of tailing to op-
erate property. Make certain that the bearing lubri-
cant is of the proper viscosity and at the correct level
(see LUBRICATION in MAINTENANCE AND RE-
PAIR). Bearing overheating can also be caused by
shaft misalignment and/or excessive vibration.
When pumps are first started, the bearings may
seem to run at temperatures above normal. Contin-
ued operation should bring the temperatures down
to normal levels.
PAGE C - 4 OPERATION

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
TROUBLESHOOTING - SECTION D
Review all SAFETY information in Section A.
Before attempting to open or service the
pump:
1. Familiarize yourself with this manu-
al.
2. Lock out or disconnect the power
source to ensure that the pump will
remain inoperative.
3. Allow the pump to cool if over-
heated.
4. Check the temperature before
opening any covers, plates, or
plugs.
5. Close the suction and discharge
valves.
6. Vent the pump slowly and cautious-
ly.
7. Drain the pump.
TROUBLE
POSSIBLE CAUSE
I PROBABLE REMEDY
PUMP FAILS TO
Not enough liquid in casing.
Add liquidto casing. See PRIMING.
PRIME
Suction check valve contaminated or
Clean or replace check valve.
damaged.
Air leak in suction line.
Correct leak.
Lining of suction hose collapsed.
Replace suction hose.
Leaking or wom seal or pump gasket.
Check pump vacuum. Replace
leaking or wom seal or gasket.
i
Suction lift or discharge head too high.
Check piping installation and in-
stall bypass line if needed. See
INSTALLATION.
Strainer clogged.
Check strainer and clean if neces-
sary.
TROUBLESHOOTING PAGE D - 1

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
TROUBLE I
POSSIBLE CAUSE
I PROBABLE REMEDY
PUMP STOPS OR
Air leak in suction line.
Correct teak.
FAILS TO DELIVER
FLOW OR
Lining
ning of suction hose collapsed.
Replace suction hose.
PRESSURE
Leaking or worn seal or pump gasket.
Check pump vacuum. Replace
leaking or wom seal or gasket.
Strainer clogged.
Check strainer and clean I neces-
safy.
Suction intake not submerged at
Check installation and correct sub -
proper level or sump too small.
mergence as needed.
Impeller or other wearing parts wom or
Replace wom or damaged parts.
camagea.
Check that impeller is property,
centered and rotates freely.
1
Impeller clogged.
Free impeller of debris.
Pump speed too slow.
Check driver output; dneck belts or
couplings for slippage.
Discharge head too high.
Install bypass line.
Suction lift too high.
Measure lift w/vacuum gauge. Re-
duce lift and/or friction losses in
suction line.
PUMP REQUIRES
Pump speed too high.
Check driver output; check that
TOO MUCH POWER
sheaves or couplings are correctly
sized.
Discharge head too low.
Adjust discharge valve.
Liquid solution too thick.
Dilute if possible-
Bearing(s) frozen.
Disassemble pump and check
bzaring(s).
PUMP
Liquid solution too Vita.
Dilute if possible.
CLOGS FRE-
QUENTLY
Discharge flow too slow.
Open discharge valve fully to in-
crease flow rate, and run power
source at maximum govemed
speed.
Suction check valve cr foot valve
Clean valve.
clogged or binding.
PAGE D - 2 TROUBLESHOOTING

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
TROUBLE
11
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PROBABLE REMEDY
EXCESSNE NOISE
Cavitation in pump.
Reduce suction lift and/or friction
losses in suction line. Record vaC-
uum and pressure gauge readings
and consult local representative or
factory
Pumping entrained air.
Locate and eliminate source of air
bubble.
Pump or drive not securely mourned.
Secure mourning hardware.
Impeller clogged or damaged.
Clean out debris; replace dam-
aged pans.
BEARINGS RUN
Bearing temperature is nigh, but
Check bearing temperature regu-
TOO HOT
within limits.
larly to monitor any increase.
Low or incorrect lubricant.
Check for proper type and level of
lubricant.
Suction and discharge lines not prop-
Check piping installation for
erly supported.
proper support.
Drive misaligned.
Align drive properly.
TROUBLESHOOTING PAGE D - 3

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
PUMP MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR — SECTION E
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF THE WEARING PARTS OF THE PUMP WILL MAINTAIN PEAK OPER-
ATING PERFORMANCE.
M ry I s«1 I I Ii 4EMVI,1C UFTS M0601 T6A-8 C r 6"
EO'^ t+aeA�a .+ 1. M r^ 12 ww no r^ id on IMP. Dig
24SC «� 4W 1 M rp. 14 MI 11 N f" 21 wM
12W roe 21 wr - 13U 120 � 22 wo RPM VARIOUS
25 I 1&% rra. 27 4w • ISSN r>.. IS 1w
M Fy.. Er" roppr9d r1w r .[rq Maz Soffds
ow" mlM1. 00 WY
110 M. 3'm'w LOU.
32 2�50 TESL ►f W0UAXM
100 *` SF w. w..nl ptan .Kt
aact acme we
23
IJSO
INCr/
I C
24
I
20
T5,
,Ise—_r
;.I
sa
20
12—
8
I
'
X
f
s�
10
a
_ r _
o
pg. 8 8
-14
8
8 8 8
8 3 8 8 S
irmn[S Wx
frMUr[ IM
r.(+.sW 1Qs O � C N
� O
♦ O N � O
� q N O O
+ STANDARD PERFORMANCE FOR PUMP MODE! T6A60•8
*Based on 700 F (21 ° C) clear water at sea level
with minimum suction Iitt. Since pump installations
are seldom identical, your performance may be 011-
ference due to such factors as viscosity, specific
gravity, elevation, temperature, and impeller trim.
If your pump serial number is followed by an "N',
your pump is NOT a standard production model.
M FT —
, 0— 30
h
e
20 0
10 O
2
o__ 0
Contact the Gorman -Rupp Company to verify per-
formance or part numbers.
r :\2P �34 4Y
TION
Pump speed and operating condition
points must be within the continuous per-
formance range shown on the curve.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR PAGE E - t

OM-01929-02 T SERIES
SkCTIOIN DRAWING
I
25
L
19 18 17 16,15 14
Figure 1. Pump Model T6A60—B
PAGE E - 2 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01925—G2
PARTS tJST
Pump Model T6A60-13
(From S/N 791258 up)
If your pump senal number is followed by an 'N', your pump is NOT a standard production model. Contact
the Gorman -Rupp Company to verify part numbers.
ITEM PART NAME
PART
MAIL
OTY
ITEM PART NAME
PART
MAIL OTY
NO.
NUMBER
CODE
NO.
NUMBER
CODE II
1 PUMP CASING
10951-C
10010
NOT SHOWN:
2 * REPAIR ROTATING ASSY
44163-050
---
1
LUBE DECAL
11421
--- 1
3 SUCTION FLANGE
11402
10010
1
WARNING DECAL
38816-0%
--- 1
4 CHECK VALVE PIN
11645
17010
1
5 * SUCTION FLANGE GSKT
11402G
19370
1
OPTIONAL
6 PIPE PLUG
PO4
15079
1
7 HEX HD CAPSCREW
B12W
15991
6
ADI IMPELLER
10958
1102H 1
8 LOCKWASHER
J12
15991
8
DISASSEMBLY TOOL
12859
24000 1
9 DISCHARGE FLANGE
1758
10010
1
10 '* DLSCH FLANGE GSKT
1679G
19370
1
/F FLANGE KTT
4a213-041
- - -
11 NAME PLATE
38818-040
139W
1
-SUCTION
11402A
10010
..2 DR(VE SCREW
BM#U4-03
15990
4
-DISCHARGE
1140ZB
1o010 1
13 ROTAi NG ASSY O-RING
S1676
---
REF
14 ROTATION DECAL
2613M
---
1
FM METRIC FLNG KIT
48213-078
--- 1
15 HEX HD CAPSCREW
B0806
15991
4
-SUCTION
38642-502
10" 1
16 L.CCKWASHER
J08
15991
4
-DISCHARGE
38642-503
10000
17 * ROT ASSY SHIM SET
13131
17000
REF
WEAR PLATES'
18 x WEAR PLATE ASSY
46451-723
24150
1
19 CASING DRAIN PLUG
P20
1 D009
1
-SPA ALLAY
46151 -729
-- - 1
- LINGSTEN CARBIDE
46451-726
--- 1
20 BACK COVER O-RING
S1676
---
1
21 HEX NUT
D06
15991
4
CASING HEATERS:
L
22 LOCKWASHER
J06
15991
4
-120V
47811-004
--- 1
23 HAND NUT
10701A
15040
2
-240V
47811-005
--- 1
24 STUD
C121t
15991,c'
25 BACK CVR PLATE ASSY
42111-9W
---
1
CHECK VALVE ASSYS-
26 -BACK COVER PLATE
NOT AVAILASI F
1
27 -WARNING PLATE
2613EV
130
99
1
-NEO SOLD TYPE
46411 -019
--- t
_VTTONSCUD
46411-078
--- 1
28-DRIVE SCREW
BM,T04-03
15990
4
29 -PRESS RELIEF VALVE
26662-005
---
1
-1vi7TONBLOW-OUT
46411-088
--- 1
30 -CAUTION DECAL
2613FG
---
1
31 HEX HD CAPSCREW
B1211
15991
d
PRESS RELIEF VALVES:
32 LOCKWASHER
J12
1599t
8
-SEWAGE TYPE
46431-628
- - - 1
33 PIPE PLUG
PC4
15079
1
-STAINLESS STEEL
2£662-701
--- 1
34 * SUCT CHK VALVE ASSY
46411-064
---
1
HI TEMP SHUT -DOWN KITS:
35 PIPE. PLUG
PO4
15C79
1
-145 • F
48313 -186
- - - 1
36 CLAMP BAR
38111-004
11010
1
- 0•F
48313-256
- -- 1
37 MACHINE SOLT
A1014
15991
2
-120•F
483t3-257
--- 1
39 CLAMP BAR SCREW
31912-009
15000
1
40 FILL COVER ASSY
42111-344
---
1
41 -FILL COVER PLATE
NOT AVAILABLE
1
AIR RELEASE VALVES:
42 -WARNING PLATE
39816-097
13990
1
-100 COMP SPRING
GRP33-07A
- - - 1
43 -DRIVE SCREW
BM*04-03
17000
2
-25k COMP SPRING
GRP33-07
--- 1
44-CCVE.R GASKET
50G
19210
1
-Sa# COMP SPRING
GRP33-07B
--- 1
* INDICATES PARTS RECOMMENDED FOR STOCK
Above Senal Numbers Do Not Apply To Pumps Made in Can2ca_
CANADIAN SERIAL NO. ..................... ._.. AND UP
NW1N i NANCE & REPAIR PAGE E - 3

OM-01929-02 T SERIES
ECTION DRAWING
DRIVE END VIEW
SEAL AREA DETAIL
1 2 4 5 6,30 7,31 8 9 10
2
13
14
21 20,19 18 33 32 17 16,15
Figure 2. 44163-050 Repair Rotating Assembly
PAGE E - 4 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
PARTS LIST
44163-050 Repair Rotating Assembly
ITEM PART MATL
NO. PART NAME NUMBER CODE OTti
1
IMPELLER
10958
11010
1
2
SEAL PLATE GASKET
10959G
20000
t
3
SEAL ASSEMBLY
48513-151
- - -
1
4
INBOARD BALL BEARING
23276-009
---
1
5
BEARING HOUSING
10959B
10010
1
6
VENTED PLUG
4823A
15079
1
7
AIR VENT
S1530
---
t
8
REDUCING PIPE BUSHING
AP0802
15079
1
9
OUTBOARD BALL BEARING
S 1 G40
- - -
1
10
BEARING CAP
38322-215
10010
1
11
IMPELLER SHAFT
10529
16040
1
12
SHAFT KEY
N0612
15990
1
13
BEARING CAP OIL SEAL
S1352
---
1
14
BEARING RETAINING RING
S244
- - -
1
15
HEX HO CAPSCREW
BC605
15991
4
16
LOCKWASHER
J06
15991
4
17
*
BEARING CAP GASKET
38683-248
18000
1
18
*
INBOARD OIL SEAL
S1352
---
1
19
HEX HD CAPSCREW
B0805 1 /2
15991
4
20
LOCKWASHER
J08
15991
4
21
SEAL PLATE
11837E
10010
1
22
SOCKET HD CAPSCREW
DM1004S
15991
1
23
IMPELLER WASHER
1C278
15030
1
24
PIPE PLUG
P12
15079
1
25
BEARING HOUSING DRAIN PLUG
P08
15079
1
26
SEAL CAVITY DRAIN PLUG
P08
15079
1
27
SIGHT GAUGE
S1471
---
1
28
IMPELLER ADJ SHIM SET
37J
17090
REF
29
SEAL SLEEVE O-RING
S2088
---
REF
30
SNIFFING PLUG
11495B
15079
1
31
SHIPPING PLUG
11495B
15079
1
32
ROTATING ASSY ADJ SHIM SET
13131
17000
4
33
ROTATING ASSY O-RING
S1676
---
1
OPTIONAL
SST IMP SHAFT (LESS SLEEVE),
10529B
17060
1
SPACER WASHER (FOR SST SHAFT)
38329-041
---
1
IMPELLERS:
-AUSTEMPERED DUCTILE IRON
10958
1102-H
1
-TUNGSTEN CARBIDE COATED
10958A
11000
1
SEAL PLATE (TUNGSTEN CARBIDE COATED)
11837F
10010
1
PERMALON COATED MECH SEAL ASSY
46512-150
---
1
t
STD MECHANICAL SEAL ASSEMBLY
46512-047
- - -
1
t
MECH SEAL SHAFT SLEEVE
11876A
16000
1
INDICATES PARTS RECOMMENDED FOR STOCK
FOR PUMPS WITH SERIAL NUMBERS BELOW 864836, ORDER 10530G/18000 BEARING CAP
GASKET.. _
IF BOTH BEARING CAP AND GASKET MUST BE REPLACED, ORDER PARTS LISTED ABOVE.
MECHANICAL SEAL SHAFT SLEEVE MUST BE USED WITH OPTIONAL MECHANICAL SEAL(S).
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR PAGE E - 5

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
PUMP AND SEAL DISASSEMBLY
AND REASSEMBLY
Review all SAFETY information In Section A.
Follow the instructions on ail tags, label and decals
attached to the pump.
This pump requires little service due to its rugged,
minimum -maintenance design. However, if it be-
comes necessary to inspect or replace the wearing
parts, tollow these instructions which are keyed to
the sectional views (see Figures'; and 2) and the ac-
companying parts lists.
Many service functions may be performed by drain-
ing the pump and removing the back cover assem-
bly. H major repair is required, the piping and/or
power source must be disconnected. The following
instructions assume complete disassembly is re-
quired.
Before attempting to service the pump, disconnect
or lock out the power source and take precautions to
ensure that it will remain inoperative. Close all
valves in the suction and discharge lines.
For power source disassembly and repair, consult
the literature supplied with the power source, or con-
tact your local power source representative.
Before attempting to open or service the
pump:
1. Familiarize yourself with this man-
ual.
2. Disconnect or lock out the power
source to ensure that the pump will
remain inoperative.
3. Allow the pump to cool if over-
heated.
4. Check the temperature before
opening
plugs.
5. Close the
valves.
any covers, plates, or
suction and discharge
6. Vent the pump slowly and cau-
tiously.
7. Drain the pump.
se I ng an moving equipment in
good repair and with adequate capacity
to prevent injuries to personnel or dam-
age to equipment.
Back Cover And Wear Plate Removal
(Figure 1)
The wear plate (18) is easily accessible and may be
serviced by removing the back cover assembly
(25). Before attempting to service the pump, remove
the pump casing drain plug (19) and drain the pump.
G;ean and re,nstall trte drain plug.
Remove the hand nuts (23) and pull the back cover
and assembled wear plate from the pump casing
(1). Inspect the wear plate, and replace a if badly
scored or worn. To remove the wear plate, disen-
gage the hardware (21 and 22).
Inspect the back cover 0-ring (20) and replace it if
damaged or worn
Suction Check Valve Removal
(Figure t )
If the check valve assembly (34) is to be serviced,
remove the check valve pin (4), reach through me
back cover opening and pull the complete assem-
bly from the suction flange (3).
NOTE
Further disassembly of the check valve is not re-
quired since it must be replaced as a complete unit.
Individual parts are not sold separately.
Rotating Assembly Removal
(Figure 2)
The rotating assembly may be srevided without dis-
connecting the suction or discharge piping; howev-
PAGE E - 6 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
er, the power source must be removed ;o provide
clearance.
The impeller (1) should be loosened while the rotat-
ing assembly is still sewed to the pump casing. Be-
fore loosening the impeller, remove the seal cavity
drain plug (26) and drain the seal lubricant. This will
prevent the oil in the seal cavity from escaping when
the impeller is loosened. Clean and reinstall the seal
cavity drain plug.
Immobilize the impeller by wedging a block wood
between the vanes and the pump casing, and re-
move the impeller capscrew and washer (22 and
23)
Install a lathe dog on the drive end of the shaft (11)
with the -V" notch positioned over the shaft keyway.
With the impeller rotation still blocked, see Figure 3
and use a long piece of heavy bar stock to pry
against the arm of the lathe dog in a counterclock-
wise direction (when facing the drive end of the
shaft). Use caution not to damage the snarl or key-
way. When the impeller breaks Iccse, remove the
lathe dog and wood block.
NOTE
Do not remove the impeller until the rotating assem
bly has been removed from me pump casing.
Tum
Counterclockwise
i
Lathe Dog Arm
"V" Notch
Heavy /! Shaft Keyway
Bar ,
Stock r Impeller Shaft
Lathe Dog
Set Screw
Figure 3. Loosening Impeller
(Figure 1)
Remove the hardware (15 and 16) securing the rotat-
ing assembly to the pump casing. Separate the ro-
tating assembly by pulling straight away from the
pump casing.
NOTE
An optional disassembly tool is available from the
factory. If the tool is used, follow the instructions
packed with it. A similar tool may be assembled us-
ing 112-inch pipe (schedule 60 steel or malleable
iron) and a standard tee (see Figure 4). All threads
are 1/2-inch NPT. Do not pre -assemble the tool.
TEE APPROX. 6IN.
(152MM) LONG
I
APPROX. 14 IN.
(356 MM) LONG
Figure 4. Rotating Assembly Tool
To install the tool, remove the air vent (7, Figure 2)
from the bearing housing, and screw the longest
length of pipe into the vent hole until fully engaged.
Install the tee, and screw the handles into the tee.
Use caution when lifting the rotating assembly to
avoid injury to personnel or damage to the assem-
bly.
Remove the bearing housing 0--ring (13).
Impeller Removal
(Figure 2)
With the rotating assembly removed from the pump
casing, unscrew the impeller from the shaft. Use
caution when unscrewing the impeller, tension on
the shaft seal spring will be released as the impeller
is removed. Inspect the impeller and replace if
cracked or badly wom.
Remove the impeller adjusting shims (28); tie and
tag the shims, or measure and record their thickness
for ease of reassembly.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR PAGE E - 7

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
Seal Removal
(Figure 2)
Slide the integral shalt sleeve and rotating portion of
the seal off the shaft as a unit.
Use a pair of stiff wires with hooked ends to remove
the stationary element and seat.
An altemate method of removing the stationary seal
components is to remove the hardware (19 and 20)
and separate Me seal plate (21) and gasket (2) from
the intermediate (5). Position the seal plate on a flat
surface witt1 Me impeller side down. Use a wooden
dowel or other suitable tool to press on the back side
of the stationary seat until the seat, O-nngs, and sta-
tionary element can ce emoved.
Remove the shaft sleeve 0-ring (29).
ff no furtner disassembly is required, refer tc Seal In-
stallation.
Shaft and Bearing Removal and Disassembly
(Figure 2)
When the pump is properly operated and main-
tained, the bearing hcusing should not require dis-
assembly. Disassemble the shaft and bearings only
when there is evidence of wear or damage.
A CAUTION
Shaft and bearing disassembly in the field
is not recommended. These operations
should be performed only in a properly -
equipped shop by qualified personnel.
Remove the bearing housing drain plug (25) and
drain the lubricant. Clean and reinstall the drain plug.
Disengage the hardware (15 and16) and slide the
bearing cap (10) and oil seal (13) off the shaft.Re-
move the bearing cap gasket (17). and press the oil
seal from the bearing cap.
Place a block of wood against the impeller end of
Me shaft and tap the shatt and assembled bearings
(4 and 9) from the bearing housing.
After removing the shaft and bearings, clean and in-
spect the bearings in place as follows.
UT�.
To prevent damage during removal from
the shaft, it is recommended that bearings
be cleaned and inspected in place. It is
strongly recommended that the bearings
be replaced any time the shaft and bear-
ings are removed.
Clean the bearing housing, shaft and all component
parts (except the bearings) with a soft cloth soaked
in cleaning solvent. Inspect the parts for wear or
damage and replace as necessary.
Most cleaning solvents are toxic and
flammable. Use them only in a well -ven-
tilated area free from excessive heat,
sparks, and flame. Read and follow ail
precautions printed on solvent contain-
ers.
Clean the bearings thoroughly in fresh cleaning sol-
vent. Dry the bearings with filtered compressed air
and coat with light oil.
CAUTION
Bearings must be kept free of all dirt and
foreign material. Failure to do so will greatly
shorten bearing life. DO NOT spin dry
bearings. This may scratch the balls or
races and cause premature bearing failure.
Rotate the bearings by hand to check for roughness
or binding and inspect the bearing balls. If rotation is
rough or the bearing balls are discolored, replace
the bearings.
The bearing tolerances provide a tight press fit onto
the shaft and a snug slip fit into the bearing housing.
Replace the bearings, shaft, or bearing housing it
the proper bearing fit is not achieved.
If bearing replacement is required, remove the out-
board bearing retaining ring (14), and use a bearing
puller to remove the bearings from the shaft.
Press the inboard oil seal (18) from the bearing
housing
PAGE E - 8 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
Shaft and Bearing Reassembly and Installation
(Figure 2)
Clean the bearing housing, shaft and all component
parts (except the bearings) with a soft cloth soaked
in cleaning solvent. Inspect the parts for wear or
damage as necessary.
NINE. -_
o cleaning solvents are toxic
flammable. Use them only in a well -ven-
tilated area free from excessive heat,
sparks, a.^,d flame. Read and follow all
precautions printed on solvent contain-
ers.
Inspect the shaft tot distortion, nicks or scratches, or
for thread damage on the impeller end. Dress small
nicks and burrs with a fine file or emery cloth. Re-
place the shaft if defective.
Position the inboard oil seal (18) in the bearing hous-
ing bore with the lip positioned as shown in Figure 2.
Press the oil seal into the housing until the face is
just flush with the machined surface on the housing.
To prevent damage during removal from
the shaft, it is recommended that bearings
be cleaned and inspected in place. It is
strongly recommended that the bearings
be replaced any time the shaft and bear-
ings are removed.
NOTE
Position the inboard bearing (4) on the shaft with the
shielded side toward the impeller end of the shaft.
Position the outboard bearing (9) on the shalt with
the integral retaining ring on the bearing O.D. to-
ward the drive end of the shaft.
The bearings may be heated to ease installation. An
induce ion heater, hot oil bath, electric oven, or hot
plate may be used to heat the bearings. Bearings
should never be heated with a direct flame or di-
rectly on a hot plate.
NOTE
1f a not oil bath is used to heat the bearings, both the
oil and the container must be absolutely clean_ if
the oil has been previously used, it must be thor-
oughly filtered.
Heat the bearings to a uniform temperature no
higher than 250OF (1200C), and slide the bearings
onto the shaft, one at a time, until they are fully
seated. This should be done quickly, in one continu-
ous motion, to prevent the beanngs from cooling
and sticking on the shaft.
After the bearings have been installed and allowed
to cool, check to ensure that they have not moved
away from the shaft shpulCersin 5,7r:r.K.rg. If move-
ment has occurred, use a suitable sized sleeve and
a press to reposition the bearings against the shaft
shoulders.
if heating the bearings is not practical, use a suitable
sized sleeve, and an arbor (or hydraulic) press to in-
stall the bearings on the shaft.
CAUTION
When installing the bearings onto the shaft,
never press or hit against the outer race,
balls, or ball cage. Press only on the inner
race.
Secure the outboard bearing on the shaft with the
bearing retaining ring (14),
Slide the shaft and assembled bearings into the
bearing housing until the retaining ring on the out-
board bearing seats against the bearing housing.
.`
10
>:
When installing the shaft and bearings into
the bearing bore, push against the outer
race. Never hit the balls or ball cage.
Press the outboard oil seal (13) into the bearing cap
(10) with the lip positioned as shown in Figure 2. Re-
place the bearing cap gasket (17), and secure the
bearing cap with the hardware (15 and 16). Be care-
ful not to damage the oil seal lip on the shaft keyway
Lubricate the bearing housing as indicated in LU-
BRICATION.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR -Ac c

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
Seal Installation
(Figures 2, 5, 6 and 7)
WARNITM
EMU
lqo qcelnRin'solvents are toxic and
flammable. Use them only in a well -ven-
tilated area free from excessive heat,
sparks, and flame. Read and follow all
precautions printed on solvent contain-
ers.
Clean the seal cavity and shaft with a cloth soaked in
fresh c.eaning soNent. Inspect the stationary seat
bore in the seal plate for dirt, nicks and burrs, and
remove any that exist. The stationary seat bore must
be completely clean before installing the seal.
UNION .
A new seal assembly should be installed
any time the old seal is removed from the
pump. Wear patterns on the finished faces
cannot be realigned during reassembly.
Reusing an old seal could result in prema-
ture failure.
To ease installation of the seal, lubricate the shaft
sleeve 0-ring and the external stationary seat O-ring
with a very small amount of light lubricating oil. See
Figure 5 for seal part identification.
RETAINER -' '
ii �
r_ SEAL PLATE
SPRING
,�}
I
O-RINGS
IMPELLER
�.�'IQ
�f
f
�,
4�-k.
SLEEVE
IMPELLER ,7
f/
O-RING
SHIMS
IMPELLER --�;
SHAFT
INTEGRAL
SHAFT
ROTATING STATIONARY
SLEEVE
BELLOWS
ELEMENT ELEMENT
SHEAR
SPRING RING
CENTERING I (SHEARED)
WASHER v
STATIONARY
DRIVE BAND SEAT
Figure 5. 46513-151 Cartridge Seal Assembly
� CAUTION
This seal is not designed for operation at
temperatures above 160 ° F (71 ° C). Do not
use at higher operating temperatures.
If the seal plate was removed, install the seal plate
gasket (2). Position the seal plate over the shaft and
secure it to the intermediate with the hardware (19
and 20).
To prevent damaging the shaft sleeve O-ring (29) on
the shaft tMeads, stretch the 0-ring over a piece of
tubing 1-1/4 I.D. x 1-1 /2 O.D. x2-inches long (32 mm
PAGE E - 10 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
x 38 mm 51 mm). Slide the tube over the snarl
threads, then slide the 0-ring off the tube and onto
the shaft Remove the tube, and continue to slide the
O-nng down the shaft until rt seats against the shaft
shoulder.
When Installing a new cartridge seal assembly,
remove the seal from the ccntainer, and remove the
mylar storage tabs from between the seal faces.
f f l
New cartridge seal assemblies are
equipped with mylar storage tabs between
the seal faces. These storage tabs must be
removed before installing the seal.
Lubncate the extemal stationary seat O-ring wth
light al. Slide the seal assembly onto the shaft until
the extemal stationary seat O-ring engages the bcre
in the seal plate.
Clean and inspect the impeller as described in Im-
peller Installation and Adjustment. Install the full
set of impeller shims (28) provided with the seal, and
screw the impeller onto the shaft until it is seated
against the seal (see Figure 6).
C-RING ENGAGED
\ , WITH SEAL PLATE
BORE
/7/--:T7
i
�i
S1iEAR RING
(UNSHEARED)
Figure 6. Seal Partially Installed
Continue to screw the impeller onto the shaft. This
will press the stationary seat into the seal plate bore.
NOTE
A firm resistance will be fett as the impeller presses
the stationary seat into the seal plate bore.
As the stationary seat becomes fully seated, the
seal spring compresses, and the shaft sleeve will
break the nylon shear ring. This allows the sleeve to
slide down the shaft until seated against the shaft
shoulder. Continue to screw the impeller onto the
snaft until the impeller, shims, and sleeve are fully
seated against the shaft shoulder (see Figure T.
STATIONARY SEAT
FULLY SEATED IN
SEAL PLATE BORE
(HEAR RING
(SHEARED)
Figure 7. Seal Fully Installed
Measure the impeller -to -seal plate clearance, and
remove impeller adjusting shims to obtain the prop-
er clearance as described in Impeller Installation
and Adjustment.
If necessary to reuse an old seal in an emergency,
carefully separate the rotating and stationary seal
faces trom the bellows retainer and stationary seat.
A I GAUTI O N
A new seal assembly should be installed
any time the old seal is removed from the
pump. Wear patterns on the finished faces
cannot be realigned during reassembly.
Reusing an old seal could result in prema-
ture failure.
Handle the seal pans with extreme care to prevent
damage. Be careful not to contaminate precision fin-
ished faces, even fingerprints on the faces can
shorten seal life. If necessary, clean the faces with a
non -oil based solvent and a clean, lint -free tissue.
Wipe lightly in a concentric pattern to avoid scratch-
ing the faces.
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR PAGE E - 11

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
Carefully wash all metallic parts in fresh cleaning
solvent and allow to dry thoroughly.
CAUTION
o not attempt o separate Me rotating
portion of the seal from the shaft sleeve
when reusing an old seal. The rubber bel-
lows will adhere to the sleeve during use,
and attempting to separate them could
damage the bellows.
Inspect the seal components for wear, scoring,
grooves, and other damage that might cause leak-
age. Inspect the integral shaft sleeve for nicks or
arts on either end. It any components are wom, or
the sleeve is damaged, replace the complete seal. -
never mix old and new seal parts.
Install the stationary seal element in the stationary
seat. Press this stationary subassembly into the
seal plate bore until it seats squarely against the
bore shoulder. A push tube made from a piece of
plastic pipe would aid this installation. The I.D. of the
pipe should be slightly larger than the 0.0. of the
shaft sleeve.
Slide the rotating portion of the seal (consisting of
the integral shaft sleeve. spring centering washer,
spring, bellows and retainer, and rotating element)
onto the shaft until the seal faces contact.
Proceed with Impeller Installation and Adjust-
mern.
Impeller Installation
(Figure 2)
Inspect the impeller, and replace it if cracked or
badly wom. Inspect the impeller and shaft threads
for dirt or damage, and clean or dress the threads as
required.
'A :a.;::... ..
CAUTION:
The shaft and impeller threads must be
completely clean before reinstalling the im-
peller. Even the slightest amount of dirt on
the threads can cause the impeller to seize
to the shaft, making uture remova,' c. ,1i
or impossible without damage to the im-
peller or shaft.
Install the same thickness of impeller adjusting
shims (28) as previously removed. Apply 'Never-
Seez' or equivalent to the shaft threads and screw
the impeller onto the shaft until tight. Be sure the seal
spring seats squarely over the shoulder on the back
side of the impeller.
NOTE
At Me slightest sign of binding, immediately back
the Impeller off, and check the threads for dirr. Do
not try to force the impeller onto the shaft.
A c.earance or .025 to .04.0 inch (0,64 to 1,02 mm)
between the impeller and the seal plate is recorti_
menced for maximum pump efficiency. Measure this
clearance, and add or remove impeller adjusting
shims as required.
NOTE
11 the rotating assembly has been installed in the
pump casing, Mis clearance may be measured by
reaching through the priming port with a feeler
gauge.
NOTE
Proceed with Rotating Assembly Installation be-
fore installing the impeller capscrew and washer (22
and 23). The rotating assembly must be installed in
the pump casing in order to torque the impeller cap -
screw.
After the rotating assembly is installed in the pump
casing, coat the threads of the impeller capscrew
(22) with'Never-Seez' or equivalent compound, and
install the impeller washer (23) and capscrew:
torque the capscrew to 90 ft. lbs. (1080 in. lbs. or
12A m. kg.).
Rotating Assembly Installation
(Figure 1)
NOTE
If the pump has been completely disassembled, it is
recommended that the suction check valve and
,,awe cover assembly be reinstalled at this point The
PAGE E - 12 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

T SERIES
OM-01929-02
back cover assembly must be in place to adjust the
impeller face clearance.
Install the bearing housing and lubricate il with light
grease. Ease the rotating assembly into the pump
casing using the installation tool_ Be careful not to
damage the 0-ring.
Install an the four sets of rotating assembly adjusting
s,'1;ms (; -7� using the same thicRness as previcusiy
removed. Secure the rotating assembly to the pump
casing with the hara'ware (15 and 16). Do not fully
tighten the capscrews until the oaek cover has been
reinstalled and the impeller face clearance has been
set.
A clearance of .010 to .020 inch (0,25 to 0,51 mm)
between the impeller and the wear plate is also rec-
ommended for maximum pump efficiency. This
clearance can be obtained by removing an equal
amount of snims from each rotating assembly shim
set until the impeller scrapes against the wear plate
when the shaft is turned. After the impeller scrapes,
add approximately .015 inch (0,4 mm) of shims to
each shim set.
NOTE
An affernate method of adjusting this clearance is to
reach through the suction pen with a feeler gauge
and measure the gap. Add or subtract rotating as-
sembly shims accordingly.
Suction Check Valve Installation
(Figure 1)
Inspect the check valve assembly (34), and replace
it if badly wom.
NOTE
The check valve assembly must be replaced as a
complete unit. Individual parts are not sold sepa-
rateN
Reach through the back cover opening witn the
check valve (42), and position the check valve adap-
tor in the mounting slot in the suction flange (3), Align
the adaptor with the flange hole, and secure the as-
sembly with the check valve pin (4).
NOTE
If the suction or discharge flanges were removed,
replace the respective gaskets, apply 'Permatex
Aviation No. 3 Form -A -Gasket' or equivalent ccm-
pound to the mating surfaces, and secure mem to
Me pump casing with the attaching hardware.
Back Cover Installation
(Figure 1)
If the wear plate (18) was removed for replacement,
carefully center it on the back cover and secure :i
with the hardware (21 and 22). The wear plate must
be concentric to prevent binding when the back
cover is installed.
Replace the back cover O-fing (20), and lubricate if
wittt a generous amount of No. 2 grease. Clean any
scale or debris from the contacting surfaces in the
pump casing that might interfere or prevent a good
seal with the back cover. Slide the back cover as-
sembly into the pump casing. Be sure the wear plate
does not bind against the impeller.
NOTE
To ease future disassembly, apply a film of grease or
'Never-Seez' on the back covershoulder, oranysur-
face which contacts the pump casing. This action
will reduce rust and scale build-up.
Secure the back cover assembly by tightening the
hand nuts (23) evenly. Do not over -tighten the hand
nuts; they should be just tight enough to ensure a
good seal at the back cover shoulder. Be sure the
wear plate does not bind against the casing.
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
MAINTENANCE
(Figure 1)
The back cover is equipped with a pressure relief
valve (28) to provide additional safety for the pump
and operator (refer to Liquid Temperature And
Overheating in OPERATION).
It is recommended that the pressure relief valve as-
sembly be replaced at each overhaul, or any time
the pump ovemeais and activates the valve. Never
replace this valve with a substitute which has not
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR PAGE E - 13

OM-01929-02
T SERIES
been specified or provided by the Gorman -Rupp
Company.
Periodically, the valve should be removed for in-
spection and cleaning. When reinstalling the relief
valve, apply 'Loctite Pipe Sealant With Teflon No.
592', or equivalent compound, on the relief valve
threads. Position the valve as shown in Figure 1 with
the discharge port pointing down.
Final Pump Assembly
(Figure 1)
Install the shaft key (12, Figure 2) and reconnect the
power source. Be sure to install any guards used
over the rotating members.
rDANGERI
Do not operate the pump w out the
guards in place over the rotating parts.
Exposed rotating parts can catch cloth-
ing, fingers, or tools, causing severe in-
jury to personnel.
Install the suction and disc�harge lines and open all
valves. Make certain that all piping connections are
tight, properly supported and secure.
Be sure the pump and power source have been
properly lubricated, see LUBRICATION.
Remove the fill cover assembly (40) and fill the
pump casing with clean liquid. Reinstall the fill cover
and tighten it. Refer to OPERATION, Section C, be-
fcre putting the pump back into service.
LUBRICATION
Seal Assembly
(Figure 2)
Before starting the pump, remove the vented plug (6)
and fill the seal cavity with approximately 40 ounces
(1,4 liters) of SAE No. 30 non -detergent oil, or to a
level just below the tapped vented plug hole. Clean
and reinstall the vented plug. Maintain the oil at this
level.
Bearings
(Figure 2)
The bearing housing was fully lubricated when
shipped from the factory. Check the oil level regu-
larly through tMe sight gauge (2T) and maintain it at
the middle of the gauge. When lubrication is re-
quired, add SAE No. 30 norr4etergent-oil through
the hole for the air vent (7). Do not over -lubricate.
Over -lubrication can cause the bearings to over-
heat, resulting in premature bearing failure.
NOTE
The white reflector in the srgM gauge must be p=-
ticned horizontally to provide proper drainage.
Under nermal conditions, drain the bearing housing
once eac'1 year and refill with approximately 32
ounces (1 liter) clean oil. Change the oil more fre-
quently if the pump is operated continuously or irr
stalled in an envircr.�; gent with rapid temperature
change.
.A CAUTION
Monitor the condition of the bearing lubri-
cant regularly for evidence of rust or mois-
ture condensation. This is especially im-
portant in areas where variable hot and
cold temperatures are common.
For cold weather operation, consult the factory or a
lubricant supplier for the recommended grade of oil.
Power Source
Consult the literature supplied with the power
source, or contact your local power source repre-
sentative.
PAGE E - 14 MAINTENANCE & REPAIR

July 18, 1979
WARRANTY
Pumping units manufactured by The Gorman -Rupp Company,
Mansfield, Ohio are guaranteed to be free from defects in material
and workmanship for one year from date of shipment from factory
in Mansfield. Ohio The obligation under this Warranty, statutory or
otherwise, is limited to replacement or repair at Mansfield, Ohio
factory or at a point designated by Gorman -Rupp, of suCi part as
shall appear to us upon inspection at such point, to have been de-
fective in material or workmanship.
This Warranty does not obligate The Gormar:-Rupp Company to
bear the cost of labor or transportation charges in connection with
replacement or repair of defective parts: nor stall it apply to a
pump upon wftich repairs or alterations have been made unless
authorized by Gorman -Rupp.
No warranty is made in respect to engines, motors. or trade acces-
sories, such being subject to warranties of their respective manu-
facturers.
In Submersible Pumps, pump and motor are integral and Submer-
sibles are warranted as a unit. Since motor is subject to an impor-
tant degree upon quality and performance of electrical controls,
unit warranty is valid only when controls have been specified and
provided by Gorman -Rupp.
No express implied or statutory warranty, other than herein set forth
is made or authorized to be mace by Gorman -Rupp.
In no event shall The Gorman -Rupp Company be liable for conse-
quential damages or contingent liabilities arising out of the failure
of any Gcmtan-Rupp pump or parts thereof to operate properly.
THE GORMAN-RUPP COMPANY
Mansfield, Ohio
Ecr
OTE: In Canada, all above references to "The Gorman -Rupp
ompany, Mansfield, Ohio" is understood to mean "Gormarr
Rupp of Canada Limited, St. Thomas, Ontario."
THE GORMAN-RUPP COMPANY . MANSFIELD, OHIO
GORMAN-RUPP OF CANADA LIMITED • ST. THOMAS, ONTARIO, CANADA
Ccooyngru oy we C"r%a+ =.,o amsxty

il U M a
Technicai Data GS 40.3 - GS 125.3
T Warm Gearboxes _
Worm gearbox model -
GS40.3
GS50.3
GS63.3 GS80.3
GS100.3
GS10O.fl
GS100.3
GS125.3
GS125.3
I GS125.3
Primary reducer
n/a
nia
n/a I n/a
n/a
VZ2 3
VZ4 3
nra
VZ2 3
1 VZ4 3
Manual Operation
Rated torque (h Ibs) ri
185
370
740
1475
2960
2960
69
2960
43
5900
308
5900
137
5900
86
Input torque at max. rated torque h Ibs
15
22
44
83
153
Max. rec. handwheel dia (in)
8
10
12.5
16
20
16
125
31 5
20
16
Suitable for buried service
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
no
Electric 0 eratiori
Rated torque 111 Ibs)
130
260
515
1 1030
1 2060
2060
2060
4130
4130
4130
In ul for ue al max. rated torque ft Ibsi 1
10
15
31
1 58
1 116
48
30
215
96
60
Mounting flange for mulliturn actuator
GO
GO
GO
GO
GO-G'h
GO
GO
G'h
GO-G'h
GO
Max. allowable wl-multilurn actuator
66
66
66
88
155
88
66
155
155
68
Suitable muiliturn actuator model
SA07.1 Al
SA07.1
SA07.5
SA10.1
SA14.1
SA10.1
SA07.5
SA14.1
SA14.551
3A10.1
SA14.1�1
SA10.1
Operating
time sec for 90 de
Iree stroke a1 actuator rpm 60hz
4 8 rpm
122
160
160
167
163
393
nra
163
393
nia
6 7rpm
68
114
114
118
117
282
455
117
282
455
9.6r m
61
80
80
83
62
197
318
82
197
318
13 rpm
44
58
58
60
59
143
232
59
143
232
19 r m
30
40
40
42
41
98
159
41
98
159
26 rpm
23
29
29
30
29
72
116
29
72
116
38 rpm
n/a
20
20
21
20
49
80
20
49
80
54 (prn
n/a
n/a
14
15
14
35
57
14
35
57
75 rpm
n/a
n/a
nia
n/a
n/a
25
40
n/a
25
40
108 r m
n/a
n/a
nia
n/a
n/a
n/a
28
n/a
nia
28
Common Data
Max. permilled input torque 61 185 1 185 300 1 300 300 300 185 300 300 1 185
Overall reduction ratio
391 1
51 1
51:1
53:1
52:1
126:1
204 1
52 1
126 i
1 204:1
Turns for 90 degrees
975
12.75
12.75
13.25
13
31.5
51
13
315
51
Mechanical advantage 21
12.5
16.9
166
179
17.7
43
6S
192
43
69
Valve mounting flange MSS SP101
FA07
FA10
FA12
FA14
FA16
FA16
FA16
FA25
FA25
FA25
Max valve shalt dia. (inches)a)
I
1'/,.
11/.
2'1+
3
3
3
T4
3'r,
YA
Max. valve shah dia. mm 9)
28
38
50
60
80
80
80
90
90
90
Max. valve shalt - square mm
19 1
32
41
50
65
65
65
75
75
75
Max. valve shaft • two flats mm
23 1
36
46
55
75
75
75
85
85
85
Gearbox input shalt dia in
0.63
0.63
0.787
0 787
1 181
0 787
0.787
1 181
0.787
0.787
Gearbox input shah dia mm
16
16
20 1
20
30
20
20
30
20 1
20
Gearbox weight Ibs 3)
11
15
29 1
39
71
84
84
88
110 1
110
Notes:
1) 15% higher input torque required during wear -in period. 6) Sale against enJ-stop
2) Conversion factor of output torque to input torque. 7) Not for AWWA service Consult separate Selection chart.
3) With undrilled coupling. 8) When using sq.jare keys per ANSI 817. 1.
a) Requires actuator with reduced output torque 9) When using re+_,angutar keys per DIN 6885.
5) Required for max, output torque of gearbox Data subject to change without notice.
AUMA Actuators, Inc.
Issue 4.96
MA•05.04-0002

auma
GS 40.3 - GS 125.3
1.94
DO 04PA Anr-'JSA

a Technical [data for
il U M 3Mulfi-turn Actuators SA07.1 thru SA16.1
Speed Rated Torque Max. Thlos1 Max. Slem Acceptance MSS Nandwheel Handwheel Wei hl
Model fbs (tbs (Inchas) Mmmlin0 Diameler Ratio phs)g3)
(rpm) 1) Mln. A�ax. Type 'A'' Drive Type "A" Drive Type "B" Drive Flange (Inches) (XX:1)
SA 07 I 4 9 7 20 11 47
SA 07 I o 7 7 20 8 47
SA 07 1 96 7 20 11 47
SA 07 1 13 7 20 8 47
SA 07 1 - 19 7 20 - - it— --41 -
SA07.1 26 7 20 9.000 1 FA10 p 8 47
SA 07 1 38 7 20 1 11 50
SA 07 1 54 7 20 g 50
SA 07 I 75 7 20 11 — 52 --
SA 07 1 •106 7 20
SA 07 1 -150 2) 7 20 S 52
52
SA 07 1 .2162) 7 18 4 52
SA 07 5 4 8 15 /5-' - 11 50
SA 075 67 15 45 a 50
SA 07.5 96 15 45 11 50
SA 015 13 15 45 8 S0
SA 07 5 19 15 45 11 52
SA 07.5 25 15 45 9 101 1 1'y 4 A 10 6 8 52
SA 07 5 38 15 45 11 52
SA 07 5 54 15 45 8 52
SA 07 5 75 15 45 11 54
SA 07.5 108 15 45 6 54
SA 07 5 150 21 15 45 5 54
SA 07.5 •216 2 15 37 S4
SA 10 1 6 7 30 Be - i -- -- — __ .... w,_. �_ 11 61--
SA 10 1 96 30 88 B 61
SA 10 -1 13 30 as 11 61
8 61
SA 10 1 - 4____ 30 a8 - 11 63--
SA 10 1 26 3088 1S OYJ tN 1'; !AM R g 63
SA 10.1 38 30 68 11 65
SA 10 1 54 30 Be a 65
SA 10 1 75 30 88 11 72 -
SAW 1 •108 30 Be a 72
SA 10.1 •150 2) 30 86 5 72
SA 101 -216 2) 30 74 _ 4 72
SA 14 1 48 70 1a5
SA 14 1 67 70 185 11 126
SA 14 1 96 70 185 18 26
SA 14 1 13 10 185 a 126
-- - ------ --
SA 14 1 - - 19 70 Ias 11 131
SA 14 1 26 70 185 36 000 L'S 13/4 FA14 im 8 131
SA 14 1 38 70 165 11 146
SA 14 1 54 70 185 8 146
SA 14 1 75 70 ley �>i I46
SA 14 1 108 70 165 8 146
SA 14 1 1.2) 70 lay 5 146
_SA 14 1 -216 21 70 150 4 146
- -- - - — -- -- -
SA 14 5 4 8 150 370 11 135
SA 14 5 67 150 370 a 135
SA 14 S 96 150 370 11 135
SA 145 13 150 370 a I35
SA 14 5 19 150 370 it — - �135
SA 145 26 150 370 3609) ?4: 1% FA14 16 B 135
SA 145 38 I50 370 11 155
SA 14 5 54 150 370 9 155
- SA 14 5 75 -- - I50 370 11 _ _-155
SA 14 5 •108 150 370 8 155
SA 14 5 150 2) 150 370 g 155
SA 145 .216 2) I50 300 4 , 155
SA 16 1 4 8 290 740 11 225
SA 16 1 67 290 740 a 225
SA 16 1 9 6 ,Z90 740 11 225
SA 16 1 13 so 740 a 225
SA 16 1 19 290 , 740 11 236
SA 16 1 1x 26 290 740 56a1 3 2114 IAt6 20 8 236
SA 16 1 38 290 740 11 279
SA 18 1 54 290 740 6 Y79
SA 16 1 75 290 740 11 990
SA 16 1 106 290 740 g 290
SA 16 1 .1602)
290 600 5 290
_SA 16 1 .2162) 290 600 4 P90
Nola. 1) a1601u-
2) non sell lucking gearing S ecommended for posllloo sealing appkalKm only)
31 AUMA NORM version wit r Type "B" drive
All data subpct to change without notice.
AUMA ACTUATORS, INC. I Issue SA. 1-116
USA "3

Actuator Technical Data Sheet
91
Sales Order No: �S� ;AAkclua Mors, c.
SA-FO-00-0004
Customer: f �j 6 nson Customer PO M
Customer Item No: Qty: �� Valve/Gate Size & Type
Project: Part No: Tag:
AUMA Model: -1. I - I
Item No(s): _ a-____-_!
Motor: r� I (' : 1) Power Supply: GIO volts / 1 phase t �DQ hertz
HP: _ FLA: LRA: _ ly,� NEC: —Duty (Min.): io
NEMA Rating:_ Oper. Time: _LQO (sec.)
[ ] 2 gtls - contacts N 4 gtls - 16 contacts [ ] _
0
Stroke/ #of turns: Q/ Rot. to Close
[ ] MDPI (
[ I RWG _ Position Transmitter (4-20mA output) [ ] Potentiometer [ ] _ k [ ] _k /_k [ ] Mylar
Accessories: [ I Declutch Lever -Lock [ ] ft. Stem Protection Tube (Steel / Plastic) [ ] Motor Heater
MOTOR CONTROLS:
[ ] NORM BASIC COMPACT [ ] MATIC 'C' [ ] MATIC 'S' [ ] INTEGRAL NEMA CONTROL BOX
Reversing Starters ( ] Transformer/Power Supply (110vac / 24vdc) [ I Overload Relays amp
[ I Positioner ( 4-20mA inpu t) [ ] Interface Board ( 110vac / 24vdc) [ j
Pushbuttons (Q / S / , ■ Indicating Lights (Q = l / L) [
( ]
Selector Switchi j) with [ ] aux. contact in remote [ J padlockable
[ ] Control Switch
Wiring Diagram: rev:
Outline Drawing:I O 1 rev:
Accessory Dwg: rev:
[ ] REMOTE NEMA CONTROL BOX:
[ ] Reversing Starters [ I Transformer/Power Supply (110vac / 24vdc) [ ] Overload Relays amp
[ ] Positioner ( 4-20mA input) [ ] Interface Board ( 110vac / 24vdc) [ ] __......
[ ] Pushbuttons (_ / _ /_) []Indicating Lights (_ / _ / _) []
[ ] Selector Switch(— I / _) with [ aux. contact in remote [ ] padlockable
[]Control Switch (_ / _ / _ } ) 5 CYI ts»I� oys
Wiring Diagram: rev: _
Outline Drawing: rev:
GEARBOX DATA (if applicable):
Style: fI RR (cw to close) [ ] LL (ecw to close) [ I
NEMA Enclosure: 0 4 [] 4X [ 16 (IP68 Submersible) [ ] AWWA [ ] Buried Service i Standard Service
Degrees of Rotation: 90 [ ] 180 [ 1360 [ ] _^ [ ] Handwheel Dia: [ j 2' Sq, Operating Nut
[ ] Chainwheel Dia: _ w/ ft. chain [ ]
Outline Drawing: - _ _ _ _ _ rev:
OUTPUT DRIVE TYPE:
O Coupling (Gearbox / SG Only) [] Bronze 'A' Nut [] Steel 'B' Nut [] Machined Blank (un-machined)
[ ] Bore Dia: _ / Keyway: / Overkey. I [ I
Output Drive / Mounting Flange Drawing: !:-L Q Q Q _C, 'L _ rev: 2
Certified By:(, AUMA ACTUATORS. INC. PITTSBURGH. PA ISMS SHEET ) OF
Date: I LCLl �qj Rev: Q PH. (412) 787 - 1340 FAx (412) 767 - 1223

I PHASE L
SUPPLY L
POWER
Hove"
# Hbl$Ra
a"
LOCALTE
L
!
Tso
R
E
e
R
11
lo
e1
to Lasc
w
I r rjj � i
» �j 7
c'cm T OL liey I
ROAM
-� -� •
TNT
FROM M►
I _
2
_
1 ! I
`� •�1I
]e L� •A
27
]t 10
l•_�1 1Z
� I
IS(---T
at
a•
]
i40
u
tt
� taR
411,--
E+-'—jj
w
TC L A TA
LCURT01HER
CONNECTIONS
0
1 PHASE Ll —�Ulr
L] ---IV1 1 PH
L', I 1
]
r--- ,f
ynlK1 2 i AW lUPq•JEO
L---J
Fe
H
OPP OPEN
TN LOCAL l AWAOTE STOP
CLOD[
¢- L
I LEC e
OPEN 11 LSo 7 TSO ]� C
�--Lao e
I igO°E LSC I TSC 1 O l
o-• • is
ADO FOR Tomom SEAT
Lao p_~
i. OPEN
CLOSE I
r'- - -
CLOSE
Leo le
RRTTCN VALVE POe/T10N
IRAMIRS OPEN f"RIANTRATI CLOW
-MEN
Lao 7 ON
LEO 0 /n WjW - - - - -
•
l$A a f71
LRA W IU1 --_- - - -
I
LR$ 11 till
II- -40M CONTACTS 1=1 OL03E OONTACTRI
mom
L - • - • - POM WIRING SY OTWft
I SWITCHES WITH/ $RACKETS MUST HAVE SAW VOLTAGE
1 ACTUATOR ORAWING SHOWS THE I09T M THE L04PO&MO6
a U M a AUMA ACTUATORS, WC
SINGLE PHASE WIRING FOR SA
BASIC COMPACT

II
21 3/4' CONDUIT ENTRIES-
i
10 2' 14111
1
10.8' 1275,
I
I NOTE 3 -
9 S' 124SI
I �
_ I
ISO' 114571
28.8' 17911
f� 1
70' 11781
4.9' 112SI f
I
2.5' 1821 2.0' 1501
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.
METRIC EQUIVALENCE IN BRACKETS 11.
j2. SEE DRAWING NUMBER S0000355 FOR
MOUNTING FLANGE DIMENSIONS.
3, SEVEN INCH MINIMUM CLEARANCE RECOMMENDED
FOR REMOVAL OF ACCESS COVER AND
EQUIPMENT ADJUSTMENT.
4. CONSULT FACTORY FOR MORE
DETAILED DIMENSIONALS
5. ACTUATOR DIMENSIONS WILL NOT EXCEED
AWING DIMENSIONS,
1
L_
NOTE 3 -/
S`6• 1431
1
i
I
REF JOINT X
FgR 30000355
NOTE 2
1.6' 1401
3.2' 1801
10.9' 12771
a u m a IAUMA ACTUATORS, IN(
•-vro- .. •1u
SA 071 . 07.5 / GS50.3
AM021 MSOI.2
(STYLI u
D 7JWoaoo +SoO19o00

u m AUMA ACTUATORS, INC.
a I I PITTSBURGH, PA 15205
h�
4 HOLE
PATTERN
FA 07
- FA 18
ACTUATOR
MODEL
GS40.3
riv
FLANGE TYPE PER
MSS STANDARD SP-101
8 HOLE
PATTERN
ALL DIMENSIONS STATED IN INCHES
FA
25
LANCE
d l d2 d3
L d4,unc
�9 y'�
h l h2
TYPE HB TOL
FA 07
3.54
::E2.362]2.75
(4) 5/16 - 18
0.138
0.51
GS50.3
GS63.3
GS80.3
FA 10
4.92
3.346
4.00
(4) 3/8 - 16
(4) 1/2 - 13
0.157
0.63
0.75
0.98
FA 12
5.91
6.89
4.134
4.527
4.92
0.157
FA 14
5.51
(4) 5/8 11
0.197
GS100.3
FA 16
8.27
5.512
6.50
(4) 3/4 - 10
0.197
1.26
GS125.3
FA 25
11.81
8.858
10.00
(8) 5/8 - 11
0.197
0.98
I--
FA FLANGE DIMENSIONS
BY/DATE r
P/DATE DWG. No. REV
GS40.3 - GS125.3ITL 3/14/67„�y7 S0000355 2

W
Cl�
r
U�
W
W
�'Y
rY
W
W_
F--
Z
Q
Q
U

3000 13250 13500
WIDE BODY SERIES
CADMAN TRAVELLER
OPERATOR'S PARTS and MAINTENANCE MANUAL
2007 EDITION
0
Cadman
POWER EQUIPMENT o
—r= �
AGRICULTURAL MACHINERY 8 IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT
BOX 100, COURTLAND, ONT. CAN. NOJ lE0
Phone [phone] Fax [phone]
TR-MAN-3000

Cadman
POWER EQUIPMENT
..
.oX l". COURRMIY. OIR. wL Mo,=4
""-"""""" `"""""-21W4
TR-MAN-3000
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Creation
Revision
date:
26JAN02
date:
I
03APR07
I by:
Greg Laemers
by:
Ivon LeBlanc
Table of Contents
Tableof Contents................................................................................................. 1
Wide Body Series Traveller.................................................................................. 3
WarrantyPolicy.................................................................................................... 4
WhenApplying Liquid Manure.............................................................................. 5
SafetyPrecautions............................................................................................... 6
SafetyDecals....................................................................................................... 7
Planning Your Application.................................................................................... 8
Example of Retrieve Rate Selection................................................................... 12
EquipmentSet-up............................................................................................... 15
Beginning the Retrieve Cycle............................................................................. 25
PartsSection...................................................................................................... 33
Required Maintenance....................................................................................... 82
Indexing System Adjustment.............................................................................. 87
UsefulInformation.............................................................................................. 90
Pagel of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Page 2 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Wide Body Series Traveller
We would like to thank you for purchasing your new Cadman Wide Body Series
Traveller. You have purchased a product of superior quality that will serve your needs
for a long time provided you follow this manual and safety procedures.
Figure 1 — 3500 Wide Body Traveller
img-00229. png
BEFORE operating your new Wide Body Series Traveller, inspect the machine for
any damage or parts which may have come loose during shipping. REPORT ANY
DAMAGE TO CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED OR YOUR LOCAL DEALER
IMMEDIATELY!
Page 3 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Warranty Policy
CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED warrants that each machine it
manufactures shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship. The terms of
this warranty are as follows:
• All components manufactured by CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED shall
be warranted for a period of one (1) year from the date of delivery, except the frame
and hose drum structures which shall be warranted for a period of three (3) years.
The polyethylene hose used on CADMAN HARD HOSE DRAG REELS will be
warranted for a period of five (5) years from the date of delivery, on a pro-rata basis.
The schedule for the polyethylene hose warranty is as follows:
1st to 10th month from the date of delivery is 100%
11th to 60th month from the date of delivery, the warranty shall diminish from 100%
to 0% at a rate of 2% per month.
• CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED makes no warranty whatsoever in regard
to tires, engines, and other trade accessories used on its equipment. The customer
shall rely solely on the warranties offered (if any) by the respective manufacturer of
these trade accessories.
The sole obligation to CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED under this
warranty is limited to the repair or replacement of any part it manufactured, which, in
the judgment of CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED, failed under normal and
proper use and maintenance due to defective materials or workmanship. All freight
charges incurred shall be the sole responsibility of the customer.
CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED and its dealers (who are neither
authorized nor qualified to undertake any obligations on behalf of CADMAN
POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED) DO NOT, under any circumstances, accept any
responsibility for any losses or costs incurred due to parts failure and/or delays during
the parts replacement process.
This warranty will be considered void if any alterations or modifications have been
made to the machine without the express written consent of CADMAN POWER
EQUIPMENT LIMITED outlining the nature and the extent of such modifications.
CADMAN POWER EQUIPMENT LIMITED, whose policy is one of continuous
improvement, reserves the right to change specifications and designs without notice or
incurring obligation.
The warranties expressed herein are non -transferable and replace any other
warranties, either written or verbal, which may have been given or implied.
Page 4 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000'
''°'"'E" E°"'""'E'R
13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
MNEWr
When Applying Liquid Manure
Environmental concerns seem to be driving legislative agendas in many agricultural
areas across the continent. Current and pending laws in many agricultural regions of
North America are changing the ways in which the agricultural community is expected
to manage their liquid animal waste products.
The changes in legislation typically target two main issues; run-off prevention during
and after application and soil nutrient loading.
Run-off seems to be the largest concern with nutrient application. Run-off may result
from several different factors, most of which are controllable. These factors include;
exceeding the soil intake rate; nutrient application on steep grades; high application
amounts; leaking mainline fittings and seals; sudden rainfall during or immediately after
application; ground frost; etc. Constant watch must be kept and immediate action taken
when necessary to prevent run-off from occurring.
Soil nutrient loading depends on many variables. Some of these variables (but
certainly not all) are soil type, type of crop being grown in the irrigated area, application
timing, nutrient value of the material being applied (nutrient value should be assessed
at the time of application as it can change throughout the year), etc.
Soil type will determine the intake rate at which liquid may be applied. Cultivation of
the field just prior to application can improve the intake rate of some soils.
Great potential benefit lies in using the nutritional value of the nutrient being applied
to replace some or all of the traditional chemical fertilizer used. Application timing and
amount are important considerations. Soil analysis taken prior to planting and during
the growth periods of the crop will help determine if there is room for further application
amounts to be added prior to crop maturity. A total management plan should include
provisions to end the crop season without surplus nutrients left as residual. These
excess nutrients typically end up in the ground water supply. Local colleges,
universities and agricultural extension services are usually a good source of
information. They can usually help you determine an application program that prevents
soil nutrient overload due to excess application.
Cadman Power Equipment Limited cannot possibly provide up-to-date
recommendations with regard to the legal obligations you must deal with in your
particular area. However, as a manufacturer of equipment used in nutrient application
(liquid manure, milk house run-off, etc.), we feel it necessary to make you aware that
the municipal, regional and state governing bodies in your area may have recently
enacted new legislation or revised existing legislation with regard to nutrient handling
practices and procedures.
It is your responsibility to make yourself aware of and abide by the current legislation
in your area. Please take the time to contact your local agricultural representative to
obtain the latest information regarding legal handling and application of nutrient.
Page 5 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUI�PMEIfT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Safety Precautions
Please take the time to read and understand this manual so that unnecessary
errors and risks are avoided. If you have any questions or concerns, please contact
Cadman Power Equipment Ltd. or your local dealer/distributor.
• DO NOT move or operate this machine until you have read
and understand these instructions in this manual.
• NEVER allow untrained persons to operate this machine.
• DO NOT attempt to service this machine while it is in
operation.
• MAKE CERTAIN all mechanical and hydraulic tension has
been released before attempting any service on the
machine.
• CHECK all fasteners (nuts and bolts) regularly for tightness
• PERFORM REQUIRED MAINTENANCE as prescribed or
as necessary to keep this machine in safe operating
condition.
• KEEP ALL SPECTATORS at a safe distance.
OPERATOR NOTE
Safety is just a word
until put into practice.
Safety must be the first
thing on your mind when
operating any piece of
machinery.
Failure to follow all
safety instructions can
result in serious injury or
death to you or any
spectators.
Remember...
SAFETY FIRST!
• STAY CLEAR of high pressure supply lines, especially when first pressurizing
the system.
• STAY CLEAR of power lines, contact with power lines with irrigation water WILL
result in the machine being a conductor of electricity.
• DO NOT remove or alter any shielding on this machine.
• BE CERTAIN that the machine is securely anchored (using stabilizer legs) before
unwinding the hose.
• KEEP CLEAR of all moving parts.
• NEVER tow this machine at speeds greater than 10 mph / 16 km/h and be certain
the tow vehicle has adequate braking capacity to maintain safe control at all times.
• REGULAR INSPECTION of your pipe couplings, tubing and gaskets should be a
part of your regular set-up routine. Any defective parts MUST be replaced or
repaired before the machine is put into service.
This symbol, the safety -alert symbol, indicates a hazard. When you
come across this safety -alert symbol in this manual, make certain you
fully understand and abide by the given instructions or warnings.
Page 6 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EaU1PMEMT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Safety Decals
The safety decals on this machine are intended to warn the operator of potential
hazards. It is important that these decals are properly maintained.
• keep all safety decals legible (remove dirt or debris)
• replace any damaged or illegible decals
• replace any missing decals
• if applicable, include the current safety decal specified by Cadman Power
Equipment Limited on any components installed during repair
To prevent To prevent To prp.... it
over -filling over -filling ov. -olling
of tank be sure of tank be sure o{ , ank be sure
to shift valve to to shift valve to to shift v veto
proper position proper positior proper position
before before oefore
operating. operating oper;t.ng.
I I ��
I I �� -^i
v r
UNWIND WIND UNWIND WIND UNWIND WI'.D
New Replace Replace
Figure 2 - Replace Decal
img-00131. png
To obtain the required replacement safety decals contact Cadman Power
Equipment Limited. Re -install all decals in the proper location on the machine. For
part numbers and locations please refer to the Assembly drawings of this manual.
Page 7 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMEWT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Planning Your Application
You will benefit from having an accurate plan to follow before you set-up or operate
your equipment. When creating your plan, remember that a properly planned field
layout will cover the most area with the least amount of set-up time.
Field Preparation:
1. Determine the depth of application in inches.
• Irrigating deeper than the root zone is considered over watering. This will result
in lost productivity and adds to the overall cost of irrigation.
Figure 3 - Root Zone - Depth of Application
img-00197. png
2. Divide your field into the least number of sections to obtain complete
coverage.
• First determine the area you plan to irrigate. If your field width is greater than
what can be achieved with one (1) pull you will be required to divide the field
into the least number of sections to reduce setup time. Use the performance
data tables (see Table 1 on page 13) of your sprinkler gun to determine the
coverage of your Traveller.
B 1//
A ( �
J
C Hose Length
3000WB = 1075ft (327m)
3250WB = 975ft (297m)
350OWB = 925ft (281m)
A = Total Irrigated Length / B = Sprinkler Diameter of Throw / C= Length of Hose (maximum)
Figure 4 - Reel Coverage
img-00193. wmf
Page 8 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
You MUST leave as a MINIMUM one (1) coil of hose on the drum at all
times. Failure to do so WILL result in hose damage.
• Several nozzle sizes are supplied with the sprinkler gun. The "best" nozzle
choice for application may take some experimentation to determine. Typically,
two nozzle sizes will perform well for each model. See the chart below for
nozzles to try.
MODEL•
3000WB 0.97" or 1.08"
325OWB 1.08" or 1.18"
350OWB 1.18" or 1.24"
• Customize your application by choosing the right nozzle
and pressure combination to accommodate the area to
be irrigated. Changing the nozzle size and adjusting the
pressure setting can improve your irrigation plan.
• Avoid quarter circle (partial pattern) operations while
irrigating. During quarter circle operation, gun thrust
tends to steer the gun cart in the direction of the water
being thrown. Reduce the size of the gun nozzle and
pressure to reduce the diameter of spray. Remember the
retrieve rate WILL require adjustment to accommodate
the reduced flow.
AVOID.
. .
PREFERRED
Figure 5 - Avoid Quarter Circle Applications
img-00199. wmf
Page 9 of 90
OPERATOR NOTE
There are two (2)
reasons for this.
(1)
Even divisions of the
field allow maximum
versatility to combat
rising winds from any
direction.
(2)
The gun cart will track
straight and be less
affected by gun thrust.
Partial Pattern
Full Pattern
210° - 270'

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
If conditions dictate that a quarter circle (partial pattern) pass is unavoidable,
prepare the travel lane with a shallow trench for the hose to follow. Adding
extra weight to the rear of the gun cart is also beneficial. If these preparations
are not possible or prove inadequate you must adjust your step up to allow for a
full spray pattern.
During normal operation, (full pattern the gun operates to both sides of the cart)
gun thrust will correct this steering action automatically. The side to side
movement of the cart should be no more than the width of the cart's rear tube.
(where hose and gun cart are connected)
3. If a curved pull is necessary.
If you are required to curve the hose, pull a minimum of 200 feet (61 m) of hose
straight out from the machine prior to beginning a long gradual curve. The arc
or curve must not form a ninety degree (900) bend.
The hose will naturally take the shortest path (a straight line). Without
resistance such as a contour, trench or a furrow the hose will tend to
straighten. The gun cart will make contact with any obstacle if there is
no resistance. Failure to provide a form of resistance will result in
serious equipment damamge and could result in you and/or your
spectators becoming injured.
4. Plan to leave open travel lanes and ample head lands.
If you typically hill your row crops and plan to leave open travel lanes, hill and
cultivate your travel lanes as well. The absence of grass and weeds will
dramatically reduce the amount of towing effort and traction required to pull out
the hose. The hills will also help guide the hose and cart through the field.
Provide ample head land (lane way) space to allow the machine chassis to be
pivoted and setup.
5. Some crops provide a great deal of resistance.
Crops such as sod, alfalfa, potatoes and peas provide a great deal of
resistance to pulling the hose. If you irrigate such a crop, consider uncoupling
the feeder hose at the mainline valve and pull out the hose slightly slower. This
WILL expel a great deal of water from the P.E. (polyethylene) hose, reducing
the amount of towing effort required.
Several hundred gallons of water can be expelled. Exercise good
judgement to prevent excessive muddying of the area near the chassis
of the machine.
Page 10 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMEWr 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
6. Determine the best position for your reel in each section.
• The best start position for your reel is at the center of the furthest section away
from the source of water. (see Figure 6) By doing this your subsequent setups
will not require additional water source changes.
Figure 6 - Multiple Pass Setup
img-00233. png
• Where field conditions permit, always attempt to pull the hose either up or down
sloping terrain instead of operating on the side of a hill. If a side hill condition is
unavoidable, provide a hilled trench as a guide for the hose and add extra
weight to the gun cart to prevent upset.
The hose will slide down the hill if a trench is not created. The hose
will become much heavier once water is introduced. Failure to provide
a trench will result in serious equipment damage and could result in
you and/or spectators becoming injured.
• Obstacles will play a big part in the planning process. If an obstacle interferes
with the area to be irrigated an adjustment to the plan will be required.
Trees
Hills
Figure 7 - Obstacles in
7. Determine the retrieve rate.
img-00234.png
With your sprinkler gun data chart, system pressure, field width and desired
application depth you can choose the retrieve rate. Follow the example below.
Page 11 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER E°WPMEMT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Example of Retrieve Rate Selection
Determine the retrieve rate required to apply 0.75" to a field 250 feet in width.
A 3250 model traveller is fitted with a Nelson SR-150 gun. The gun has a 1.18" ring
nozzle operating at 70 PSI.
• From the Nelson gun chart (Table 1 and Table 2 found on page 13), find the
GPM you are pumping under the nozzle size you have in the gun. The shaded
block under the 1.18" ring nozzle column tells you that the gun is flowing 245
GPM.
• From Table 3 on page 14, determine how long it should take to cover one (1)
acre, in minutes, by crossing the GPM (from above) by the required application of
0.75". The shaded block tells you that it should take 81 minutes to cover one (1)
acre.
• From Table 4 on page 14, determine the retrieve rate you need to obtain the
desired application of 0.75" by crossing the time required to cover one acre (81
minutes) by the lane spacing (250 feet). The shaded block tells you to set the
hose retrieve rate at 26 inches per minute as a starting point.
• The gun should be set up so that the 250 foot width is covered plus sufficient
overlap (beyond the edge of the crop) to provide adequate watering at the edge
of the field.
Keep in mind that the charts are to be used as a guide only. Always
check the actual application amount with rain gauges to confirm that
the application amount is correct.
Page 12 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EouiEKr 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Nelson 150 Series Big Gun® 270 Trajectory
NOZZLE
50
:.
100
RING
245
0.97
130
RING
265
1.08
165
285
205
300
255
320
300
335
350
350
60
110
260
143
280
182
300
225
315
275
335
330
350
385
365
70
120
270
155
290
197
310
330
295
350
355
365
415
380
80
128
280
165
300
210
320
260
340
315
360
380
380
445
395
90
135
290
175
310
223
330
275
350
335
370
405
390
475
405
100
143
300
185
320
235
340
290
360
355
380
425
400
500
415
110
150
310
195
330
247
350
305
370
370
390
445
410
525
425
120
157
315
204
335
258
360
1 320
380
1 385
400
465
420
545
435
Table 1 - Nelson 150 Series Big Gun° (Ring)
NOZZLE
PSI
50
0.7 TAPER
GPM
100
DIA.
250
0.8 TAPER
GPM
130
DIA.
270
0.9 TAPER
GPM
165
DIA.
290
1.0 TAPER
GPM
205
DIA.
310
1.1 TAPER
GPM
255
DIA.
330
1.2 TAPER
GPM
300
DIA.
345
1.3 TAPER
GPM
350
.•
360
60
110
265
143
285
182
305
225
325
275
345
330
365
385
380
70
120
280
155
300
197
320
245
340
295
360
355
380
415
395
80
128
290
165
310
210
3350
260
355
315
375
380
395
445
410
90
135
300
175
320
223
345
275
365
335
390
405
410
475
425
100
143
310
185
330
235
355
290
375
355
400
425
420
500
440
110
150
320
195
340
247
365
305
385
370
410
445
430
525
450
120
157
330
1 204
350
1 258
375
1 320
395
1 385
420
1 465
440
545
460
Table 2 - Nelson 150 Series Big Gun® (Taper)
The diameter of throw is approximately 2% less for the 24° trajectory angle and 5%
less for the 21 ° trajectory angle. The NELSON BIG GUN° performance data has been
obtained under ideal test conditions and may be adversely affected by wind, poor
hydraulic entrance conditions or other factors. Nelson Irrigation Corporation makes no
representation regarding droplet condition, uniformity or application rate.
Page 13 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER 'rt 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
150
36
54
PRECIPITATION
.0
72
91
RATE (ACRE
136
INCHES)
00
181
226
272 1"*
00
175
31
47
62
78
116
155
194
233
1*'
200
27
41
54
68
102
136
170
204
272
225
24
36
48
60
91
121
151
181
241
250
22
33
43
54
109
136
163
217
275
20
30
39
49
74
99
123
148
197
300
18
27
36
45
68
91
113
136
181
350
16
23
31
39
58
78
97
116
155
400
"*
20
27
34
51
68
85
102
136
450
***
18
24
30
45
60
75
91
121
500
**"
16
22
27
41
54
68
81
109
550
*"*
15
20
25
37
49
62
74
99
600
'' *
' "
18
23
34
45
57
68
91
650
"`*
*"*
17
21
31
42
52
63
84
Table 3 - Minutes Required to Water One (1) Acre
MIN.
15
""
LANE
127
SPACING
116
FEET)
107
100
93
87
20
***1
116
105
95
87
80
75
70
65
25
105
93
84
76
70
64
60
56
52
30
87
77
70
63
58
54
50
46
44
35
75
66
60
54
50
46
43
40
37
40
65
58
52
48
44
40
37
35
33
45
58
52
46
42
39
36
33
31
29
50
52
46
42
38
35
32
30
28
26
60
44
39
35
32
29
27
25
23
22
70
37
33
30
27
25
23
21
20
19
80
33
29
A
22
20
19
17
16
90
29
26
23
21
19
18
17
15
15
100
26
23
21
19
17
16
15
14
13
125
21
19
17
15
14
13
12
11
10
150
17
15
14
13
12
11
10
"*
175
15
13
12
11
10"
200
13
12
10
10
225
12
10
1
250
10
Table 4 - Retrieve Rate (Inches per Minute)
Page 14 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Equipment Set-up
Now that you have created a plan you are ready to set up your Wide Body Series
Traveller in the field. Complete the following instructions to prepare for irrigation.
Step 1
Following your plan, tow the machine to the first section.
It is important to verify that the drive system is engaged and the
engine fuel valve is in the OFF position prior to moving your Wide
Body Traveller. Failure to do so can result in equipment damage.
Figure 8 - Engage Drive System Prior to Transport / Shut Fuel Valve
img-00231. png / img-00263. png
For the first use of a new machine or a machine which has been
drained prior to storage, start in an area which will allow you to pull
out the full length of hose ( EXCEPT for one full coil ). This will allow
you to be sure that the hose is properly laid on the base layer and
properly indexed.
If you are unable to pull out all of the hose in the area you are working,
pull out enough hose to reach the base layer. This will allow you to see
if the coils of hose in the base layer are stacked tightly together. If the
hose is found to be improperly indexed (the hose tries to climb up on
itself or gaps exist between the coils of hose), complete the Indexing
System Adjustment found on page 87.
Page 15 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
I MEN
Low pressure operation can cause indexing problems. The hose
indexing system of your Cadman Traveller is set up to properly index
the polyethylene hose onto the hose drum under most operating
conditions. However, when operating at very low inlet pressures (110
PSI or less), the P.E. (polyethylene) hose can flatten slightly causing
the indexing system to appear to be either out of adjustment or not
functioning properly. This is probably not the case in this
circumstance.
It is advisable to increase the inlet pressure at the machine to at least
110 PSI to help prevent further hose indexing problems related to low
inlet pressures.
Step 2
Park the traveller on the head land (lane way) at right angles to the row to be
irrigated. Keep the machine on firm and level ground. Use the tongue jack to level the
frame prior to machine operation.
Figure 9 - Work on firm and level ground (image exaggerated)
img-00119. wmf
Page 16 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
vowEre E°u'P""E"T 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Step 3
Release the turntable lock and rotate the upper frame to the desired operation
position and re-engage the turntable lock.
Figure 10 — Rotate Upper Frame
img-00239. png
Figure 11 - Correct Upper Frame Position
img-00240. png
4AThe upper frame position MUST allow the hose to be pulled out
striaght from the machine. Adjust the upper frame position if
necessary to insure proper unreeling of the hose. Failure to have the
correct upper frame position will result in equipment damage.
Page 17 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIP�MErrr 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Step 4
Stabilize your machine by fully engaging the stabilizers.
Figure 12 - Engage Stabilizers
img-00241. png
Lower BOTH Stabilizer legs. Remove the leg pin "A" (see Figure 12 above)
allowing the drop leg to extend.
Replace the pin in one of the available holes so that when the stabilizer is extended,
the drop leg and extension leg will be approximately equal length. This will balance the
side loading of the stabilizer and help to prevent damage caused by over -extending
one of the inner jack legs. Repeat these steps for the other stabilizer.
Never operate this machine without BOTH (2) stabilizers engaged.
Failure to engage both stabilizers will result in serious equipment
damage and potential for injuries to you and/or spectators.
4AIf a rear pull is needed, provisions MUST be made to leave the tractor
attached to the tongue of the machine. The tractor must be left in gear
and the parking brake engaged. This provides extra anchoring in
addition to the stabilizer legs during the retrieve cycle.
Page 18 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Step 5
Shift the transmission lever to the disengaged position.
Figure 13 — Disengage Drive System
img-00242. png
Step 6
Adjust the brake handle position so that a slight amount of brake tension is applied.
This tension should be enough to control the hose drum and prevent loosening of the
hose on the drum when the tractor stops pulling the hose.
Figure 14 - Adjust Brake Tension
Step 7
img-00243. png
Set the gun cart track width as wide as possible to maximize stability.
Page 19 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EO—z-- T4d: 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
With gun flows exceeding 240 gallons per minute, or when operating on uneven
terrain, additional weight MUST be added to maintain gun cart stability and help
prevent gun cart upset.
Figure 15 - Gun Cart Weight
img-00258.png
Additional weight may be gained by "loading" the rear gun cart tires and/or using
tractor front end weights as required.
Lower the cart to the ground by operating the hand winch on the cart lift assembly.
Disconnect the lift chain from the cart.
Step 8
Move the tractor from the front of the machine, position it behind the gun cart and
attach the gun cart tow chain to the tractor drawbar.
Step 9
Tow the gun cart to the start point of irrigation. Always leave as a minimum one (1)
wrap of hose on the drum. When pulling the hose out keep it straight. (See Figure 16
on page 21)
Page 20 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
�.. .
Figure 16 - Pull Out Hose Straight
img-00244.png
DO NOT exceed 3 mph (5 km/h) while pulling out the hose. DO NOT
stop suddenly at the end of your travel lane. Slow gradually when
nearing the end of the pull. Keep spectators away from the machine
while pulling out the hose. Failure to follow these instructions may
result in serious equipment damage and potential for injuries to you
and/or spectators.
Step 10
Verify the gun set up is correct. Install the correct nozzle and tighten the nozzle
cone. Also at this time, set the part circle stops on the gun. The gun should be set
behind the cart so that the travel path remains dry until the cart passes.
Page 21 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMEKIPME WT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
x
INCORRECT
2100 - 2700
CORRECT
Figure 17 - Correct Spray Setting
img-00201. wmf
4AIf the gun is set so that it rotates forward of the rear wheels of the cart
(towards the reel), stop the retrieve cycle no less that 10 Feet (3 m) out
from the machine in order to prevent gun damage caused by the gun
hitting the cart lift assembly.
Step 11
Remove the tractor from the gun cart and clear the area of operation. Return to the
machine and inspect the hose remaining on the drum. The hose should be tightly
coiled and not loose. If the hose is loose, tighten the coils so that they form a neatly
packed spool. Rotate the drum with the hand crank if necessary.
x
Figure 18 - Spool Condition
img-00245. png
4ADO NOT leave the hand crank on the drive shaft. REMOVE IT
IMMEDIATELY after use. Failure to remove the hand crank may result
in injuries to you and/or spectators.
Page 22 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
PQMIER EQUIPMPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Step 12
Inspect the indexer. The hose should travel in a straight line through the hose guide.
If the hose is angled through the indexer refer to the "Indexing System Adjustment'
found on page 87.
Figure 19 - Indexer/Hose Alignment
img-00238. wmf
Step 13
Adjust the brake handle to the full "ON" position after ensuring that the hose is tight.
Figure 20 - Adjust Brake Tension
img-00243.png
Page 23 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Step 14
GRADUAL pressurization of the system may now begin. Keep the pressure low
(under 50 PSI) until ALL the air is purged from the system and a steady stream is
flowing from the gun nozzle. AFTER all the air is purged from the system, pressure
may be slowly raised to a maximum of 150 PSI at the inlet of the machine.
4AIdeally, operating pressures at the inlet will be between 120 PSI and
150 PSI. This will allow gun pressures ranging from approximately 50
PSI to 110 PSI (depending on nozzle size, hose size and length).
Assuming proper nozzle selection has been made based on the
pressure and flow volume available, proper droplet sizing and proper
gun action, an even and uniform watering pattern will result.
4AThe irrigation gun projects a large volume of pressurized water.
Contact with the gun's discharge will result in injury. Avoid the area
where irrigation is taking place.
Step 15
Check the mainline and inlet elbow connections.
Page 24 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
IPM
Beginning the Retrieve Cycle
Once you have successfully set up your Wide Body Series Traveller you can begin
irrigating.
Step 1
Check the engine oil and fuel levels.
Figure 21 — Check Engine Oil
img-00246. png
Step 2
Open the fuel valve on the engine, Move the ON/OFF switch to the "ON" position
and start the engine.
Figure 22 - Fuel Valve / ON/OFF Switch
img-00247. png
If after several attempts, the engine fails to start, check the shut off bar
at the opposite end of the machine to insure that BOTH shut off
switches are depressed. The engine WILL NOT START if either switch
is released.
Page 25 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
" EQUMM* 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Step 3
After engine is running smoothly, Check to ensure that all three (3) engine shut off
and safety switches are functioning properly.
IRM ..—sbp
0 0
SMA OFF
Switch
To check the shut off
switches, lift the shut off
bar to a vertical position,
while manually holding
one (1) of the two (2)
switches in the depressed
position. The engine
should shut off as the
opposite switch releases.
Re -start the engine and
repeat the test for the
opposite switch.
Figure 23 - Shut OFF Bar- Shut OFF Switches
img-00248. png
Pull the compensator
frame away from the hose
drum. As the frame clears
the outer edge of the
drum, the engine should
shutoff.
Figure 24 - Compensator - Shut OFF Switches
img-00249. png
Page 26 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
'°'"'E" EouMNeKr 3000 13250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
�a
•
7
0
If the engine does not
shut off at this point,
adjust the elevator bolt
(arrow) so that the engine
will.
Figure 25 - Compensator - Shut OFF Switches
img-00250. png
Step 4
Check the adjustment of the compensator system when the machine is first put into
service and periodically during normal use to insure accuracy. The following outlines
the set-up routine and operation of the compensator system.
When the engine is first
started after pulling out the
hose, the pulley cam
should rotate, positioning it
for the start of the retrieve
cycle. The cam rollers
should now be near the
top of the ramp (see
illustration)
Start Position
Al
Second Position
Figure 26 — Compensator Pulley Cam - Start Position
img-00251. png
Page 27 of 90

Cadman POWIM Eaurmm 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
During the hose retrieve cycle, the
compensator frame rests against the
hose on the drum. As each layer of hose
is rewound, the compensator frame
moves outward with the hose. This
movement causes the pulley cam to
rotate a measured amount, allowing the
pulley to open slightly. This changes the
diameter of the pulley. The change in
pulley diameter changes the overall drive
ratio which keeps the hose retrieve rate
constant (compensating for the increase
in net drum diameter). This process
repeats for each layer of hose.
Figure 27 — Compensator Pulley Cam - Final Position
img-00252. png
As the hose is un-spooled to
prepare for the next irrigation cycle,
the compensator frame will follow the
hose level. At this time, the
compensator control cable, the cable
drive arm, and the pulley cam do not
move (the engine pulley cannot
close against the drive belt). As
soon as the engine is started, the
reset spring will cause the pulley
cam to return to its "START" position
(at the top of the cam ramp). If the
cam does not reposition properly it
can be adjusted. This is
accomplished by changing the length
of the push -rod.
Figure 28 — Push Rod Stop
img-00253. png
Page 28 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER eo°'P'"E'R 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
--
Step 5
Select a retrieve rate to achieve the desired application rate. (See Example of
Retrieve Rate Selection on page 12).
Step 6
With the engine running adjust the pulley control knob until the speedometer reads
the required retrieve rate (from Step 5).
Figure 29 - Control Knob / Speedometer
img-00254. png
4ADO NOT adjust the pulley control knob unless the engine is running.
Permanent damage to the pulley may result.
The control knob should maintain its position when released. If the control knob
position changes on its own, an increase in drag on the control stem may be gained by
tightening the drag adjustment screw. (Arrow "A", Figure 27 on page 28)
4AThe speedometer reads actual hose speed ONLY on the base (1st)
layer of hose.
If the retrieve rate is set or checked on the second, third, or fourth layer, the desired
retrieve rate must be set to the "corrected value" for the layer being loaded. This is
easily done by referring to the chart decal next to the speedometer. This "corrected
value" is read directly from the speedometer.
Page 29 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMEKT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
BASE LAYER
2nd LAYER
ui
3rd LAYER
4th LAYER
}
1
ADJUST PULLY CONTROL KNOB UNTIL THE SPEEDOMETER READS
THE APPROPRIATE VALUE FOR THE LAYER OF HOSE BEING LOADED
DESIRED HOSE SPEED (INCHES PER MINUTE)
2nd LAYER 9 11 13 14 16 18 20 22 27 32 36 41 45 50 64 59 63 68 72 77 81 86 90 99 108
3rd LAYER 8 10 11 13 15 16 18 19 24 28 32 36 41 4S 49 53 57
61 65 69 73 77 81 89 97
4th LAYER 7 9 10 12 14 15 17 18 23 26 30 34 38 41 45 49 53
56 60 64 68 71 , 7S 83 90
Figure 30 - Speed Conversion Chart Label
img-00255. png
Example
• The desired retrieve rate is 30 inches per minute. The hose is on the
second layer when the speed is set. On the SPEED CONVERSION
CHART, find 30 inches per minute in the line labeled BASE LAYER. Read
the corrected speed value on the 2ND LAYER line in the 30 inches per
minute column.
• Set the speed so the speedometer reads this corrected value (27).
• The actual hose speed will be 30 inches per minute
If you are unsure of your retrieve rate for any reason, manually check the retrieve
rate by measuring the hose movement over a three (3) minute period and average this
measurement (divide by 3).
Page 30 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Step 7
Shift the transmission lever to engage the drive system.
Figure 31 - Engage Transmission
img-00257. png
Step 8
Fully release the brake.
Figure 32 - Release Brake
img-00256. png
Step 9
Make a thorough visual inspection of the of the machine's function to insure proper
operation.
Page 31 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
•Owe EOUPMEWr3000 / 3250 13500 Wide Body Traveller
Page 32 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
'O11E1601! ��'!* 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Parts Section
From Serial Number:
0019901 WB - 3000WB / 3250WB / 350OWB
Frame Assembly — Lower................................................................................
34
FrameAssembly — Upper................................................................................
36
HoseDrum Assembly......................................................................................
40
Hose Indexing System.....................................................................................
42
CompensatorSystem.......................................................................................
44
CartLift Assembly............................................................................................
46
ElectricalSystem..............................................................................................
48
4.0 HP Engine Assembly..................................................................................
50
4.0 HP Drive System.........................................................................................
52
6" V.S. Pulley w/ Cam Kit.................................................................................
56
6" V.S. Spring Loaded Pulley..........................................................................
58
Stabilizer Jack Assembly.................................................................................
60
3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly......................................................................
62
3000 Series 28" Gun Cart Assembly *............................................................
66
Symmetrical Cart Assembly *.........................................................................
70
Asymmetrical Cart Assembly *.......................................................................
72
Drive System and Shielding*..........................................................................
76
GearBox Assembly*.......................................................................................
78
SprinklerKit *...................................................................................................
80
* All assemblies marked with an asterisk are optional equipment.
Page 33 of 90

Cadman POVAM ECueKT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
.Ld
Frame Assembly — Lower All
Page 34 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Frame Assembly — Lower
A11
Item
1
Description
LOWER FRAME
07-100-99
1
2
TURNTABLE RING
07-602-A
1
3
CLEVIS HITCH STANDARD
01-111-A
1
4
PINTLE HITCH OPTIONAL
02-662
1
5
JACK DROP LEG
40-122-A
1
6
HAIR PIN CLIP
90-PIN-HP016X331
1
7
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF;
55-047
2
8
TIRE, 11L-15 8 PLY. TUBELESS
55-048
1
9
RIM, 15 X 10 X 6 BOLT, H.D.
55-049
1
10
VALVE STEM
55-046
1
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF;
55-026
2
11
GREASE SEAL
55-033
1
12
BEARING CONE, INNER
55-028
1
-
BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN)
55-027
1
13
HUB, 6-BOLT
55-026-A
1
14
BEARING CONE, OUTER
55-030
1
-
BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN)
55-029
1
15
DUST CAP
55-031
1
16
WHEEL BOLT, 9/16"-18
55-032
6
17
SPINDLE WASHER, 1.00"
55-016
2
18
SPINDLE NUT
55-034
2
19
COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 1 3/4" LG.
90-PIN-CT018X175
2
20
LOCK PIN, PLATED
07-601
1
21
ROLL PIN, 3/16" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-PIN-RL018X150
2
22
COMPRESSION SPRING TURNTABLE
40-053
1
23
SAE FLAT WASHER, 3/4"
90-WSR-SAE075
2
24
BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-05013X125
6
25
BOLT, 3/4" X 4 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-0751OX450
2
26
LOCKNUT, 1/2"-13
90-NUT-L00050-13
6
27
LOCKNUT, 3/4"-10
90-NUT-HEX075-10
2
28
LABEL — MAX TOW SPEED
40-291-A
1
Page 35 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMEWT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Frame Assembly — Upper
Page 36 of 90
N cc;
N
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
oowEp EouiPMeKr 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
�.r
Frame Assembly - Upper All
1
DescriptionItem
UPPER FRAME
07-400-03
1
2
INDEXER SHIELD
07-685-A
1
3
IDLER SHIELD
07-625-B
1
4
SAFETY SWITCH COVER
07-643-A
1
5
DRIVE COVER DOOR
07-677-A
1
6
BRASS HINGE PIN, 3/16" X 3" LONG
40-200-C
2
7
FUEL TANK CRADLE
07-676-C
1
8
END COVER
07-678
1
9
FUEL TANK, 3.0 IMP. GAL.
40-175
1
10
GAS CAP, VENTED
40-017-A
1
-
14mm O-RING NOT SHOWN
40-HDA-91353671004
1
11
FUEL LINE STRAINER
40-HDA-16955ZE1000
1
12
NEOPRENE FUEL LINE, 3/16" 10" LG.
40-066
1
13
TANK CUSHION
40-093-20
2
14
VIBRATION ISOLATOR
40-095
1
15
BEARING CAP
02-631-A
2
16
ANTI -ROTATION PLATE
07-623
2
17
RUBBER GROMMET
40-253
2
18
TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1" LG.
90-SCR-TEK025X100
12
19
BOLT, 5/16" X 3/4" LG.
90-BLT-03118XO75
2
20
BOLT, 5/16" X 1" LG.
90-BLT-03118X100
5
21
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X150
1
22
BOLT, 5/8" X 1 3/4" LG.
90-BLT-06311X175
4
23
NYLON FLAT WASHER, 1/4"
90-WSR-FLT025NYLON
12
24
SAE FLAT WASHER, 5/16"
90-WSR-SAE031
9
25
SAE FLAT WASHER, 3/8"
90-WSR-SAE038
1
26
SAE FLAT WASHER, 5/8"
90-WSR-SAE063
4
27
LOCK WASHER, 5/16"
90-WSR-L00031
5
28
LOCK WASHER, 5/8"
90-WSR-L00063
4
29
LOCKNUT, 5/16" - 18
90-NUT-L00031-18
2
30
LOCKNUT, 3/8" - 16
90-NUT-L00038-16
1
Continued
Page 37 of 90

Cadman POWER eowewr 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Frame Assembly - Upper
Page 38 of 90
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOU1PMENMEliT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
c.
Frame Assembly — Upper All
31
DescriptionItem
LABEL -ENTANGLEMENT
40-051-A
3
32
LABEL — MOVING PARTS HAZARD
40-290-A
2
33
LABEL - GREASE POINT
40-041-A
2
34
LABEL — INDEXER CONDITION
40-115-A
1
35
LABEL — SPEED ADJUST CHART
40-218-A
1
36
LABEL - SPEED CONTROL
40-189-A
1
37
LABEL — GASOLINE
40-039-A
1
38
LABEL - PINCH POINT
40-289-A
1
39
LABEL - ROTATING DRUM
40-287-B
2
40
LABEL — BRAKE CONTROL
40-293-A
1
41
LABEL — BURN HAZARD
40-286-B
1
42
DECAL, 3500 LEFT SIDE PANEL 3500 only)
40-281-3500
AR
-
DECAL, 3250 LEFT SIDE PANEL 3250 only)
40-281-3250
AR
-
DECAL, 3000 LEFT SIDE PANEL 3000 only)
40-281-3000
AR
-
DECAL, 3500 RIGHT SIDE PANEL 3500 only)
40-280-3500
AR
-
DECAL, 3250 RIGHT SIDE PANEL 3250 only)
40-280-3250
AR
-
DECAL, 3000 RIGHT SIDE PANEL 3000 only)
40-280-3000
AR
43
LABEL — DRIVE DISCONNECT (NOT SHOWN)
40-151-A
1
Page 39 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EGUIPMEIfT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
N .
Hose Drum Assembly
o
Page 40 of 90
N
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMEMT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
�
Hose Drum Assembly
All
1
DescriptionItem
DRUM
,.
07-500-99
1
2
DRUM ACCESS PANEL
07-513-A
1
3
PE HOSE
-
3" ID X 1075 FT. LG.
50-001-1075
AR
-
3 1/4" ID X 975 FT. LG.
50-002-975
AR
-
3 1/2" ID X 925 FT. LG.
50-064-925
AR
4
FLANGE HOSE END
-
FLANGED HOSE END, 3000
07-619
1
-
FLANGED HOSE END, 3250
07-620
1
-
FLANGED HOSE END, 3500
07-690
1
5
4" BAND -I CLAMP
50-017
4
6
MARKER FLAG, 3000 / 3250
02-681-A
1
7
MARKER CLAMP, 3000 / 3250
02-681-B
1
8
DRUM BEARING
40-021
2
9
SPROCKET, 50A43
10-077
1
10
4" INLET ELBOW SEAL
40-014
1
11
INLET ELBOW
07-680-A
1
12
GAUGE, 0-160 PSI, LIQUID -FILLED
45-017
1
13
GALV. REDUCING BUSHING, 3/4"-1/4"
40-NPT-RB075XO25
1
14
4" RINGLOCK FITTING CLAMP
IR-FCL-4
1
15
SPOOL DRIVE LUG
15-040-A
16
16
TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1"
90-SCR-TEK025X100
11
17
BOLT, 1/4" X 2" LG.
90-BLT-0252OX200
1
18
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-03816X125
8
19
BOLT, 1/2" X 4" LG.
90-BLT-0501 1 X400
2
20
NYLON FLAT WASHER, 1/4"
90-WSR-FLT025NYLON
11
21
SAE FLAT WASHER, 112"
90-WSR-SAE050
4
22
JAM NUT, 1/2"
90-NUT-JAM050-13
16
23
LOCKNUT, 1/4" - 20
90-NUT-L00O25-20
1
24
LOCKNUT, 3/8"-16
90-NUT-L00038-16
8
25
LOCKNUT, 1/2"-13
90-NUT-L00050-13
2
26
LOCK WASHER, 1/2"
90-WSR-L00050
16
27
DECAL, "CADMAN"
40-031
4
28
LABEL — HIGH PRESSURE SPRAY
40-049-A
1
Page 41 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-300(
POWER: EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Hose Indexing System
i
34 q'j 13
14
30
28
33 (35
27
Paae 42 of 90
A11

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Hose Indexing System
All
Item
1
Description
HOSE GUIDE
07-689-A
1
2
INDEXER DRIVE BUTTON
15-041
1
3
SPACER, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG.
40-108
2
4
HOSE RUB BLOCK
07-682
1
-1
4" HOSE GUIDE ROLLER ASS'Y CONSISTING OF:
15-018
1
5
SNAP RING, 5/8" EXTERNAL
15-018-D
2
6
6203 BEARING
15-018-C
2
7
ROLLER BODY, 4"
15-018-G
1
8
ROLLER SHAFT, 4"
15-018-F
1
9
6" HOSE GUIDE ROLLER ASS'Y CONSISTING OF:
15-019
2
-
SNAP RING, 5/8" EXTERNAL
15-018-D
2
-
6203 BEARING
15-018-C
2
-
ROLLER BODY, 6"
15-019-G
1
-
ROLLER SHAFT, 6"
15-019-F
1
10
RIGHT ANGLE GEARBOX
40-084
1
11
SPROCKET, 60139 X 1" 3000,3250 ONLY
10-SPT-60B9X100
2
-
SPROCKET, 60B12 X 1" 3500 ONLY
10-SPT-60B12X100
2
12
SPROCKET, 50B29 X 1" (3000 ONLY)
10-SPT-50B29X100
1
-
SPROCKET, 50B26 X 1" 3250 ONLY
10-SPT-50B26X100
1
-
SPROCKET, 50B32 X 1" 3500 ONLY
10-SPT-50B32X100
1
13
IDLER SPROCKET, 50A17 X 5/8"
10-SPT-50-17IDLER
1
-
#50 CONNECTING LINK (NOT SHOWN)
10-LNK-5000NN
1
14
#50 ROLLER CHAIN
10-CHN-50-1 RIV
200P
15
SET SCREW, 5/16" - 18 X 1/4" LG.
90-SCR-ST03118XO25
6
16
KEY, 1/4" X 1 1/4" LG.
90-KEY-SQ025
3
17
INDEXER IDLER BLOCK
15-016-F
1
18
INDEXER IDLER SHAFT
15-017
1
19
OILITE BUSHING, 1" ID
15-016-B
2
20
GREASE ZERK, 1/8" NPT
40-001
1
21
#60 ROLLER CHAIN
10-CHN-60-1RIV
142P
22
#60-2 CONNECTING LINK
10-LNK-60-2CONN
1
23
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 3/4" LG.
90-BLT-03816X175
4
24
BOLT, 3/8" X 2 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X250
2
25
BOLT, 3/8" X 4 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X450
4
26
BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-05013X100
6
27
BOLT, 1/2" X 2 1/2" LG., FULL THREAD
90-BLT-FT05013X250
1
28
BOLT, 5/8" X 2 112" LG.
90-BLT-0631 1 X250
1
29
FLAT WASHER, 3/8"
90-WSR-SAE038
10
30
FLAT WASHER, 5/8"
90-WSR-SAE063
3
31
SAE FLAT WASHER, 1"
90-WSR-SAE100
2
32
LOCK WASHER, 1/2"
90-WSR-L00050
6
33
LOCK NUT, 3/8"-16
90-NUT-L00038-16
10
34
LOCK NUT, 5/8"-11
90-NUT-L00063-11
1
35
JAM NUT, 1/2" - 13
90-NUT-JAM050-13
1
Page 43 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Compensator System
Page " of 90
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
PowER E°'"P"'E"T 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Compensator System
All
Item
1
Description
COMPENSATOR FRAME
08-631
1
2
1" SET COLLAR
40-144
1
3
SWITCH LEVER
08-648
1
4
ARM DRIVE
07-633-A
1
5
CABLE DRIVE ARM
07-632
1
6
TORSION SPRING
40-279
1
7
EXTENSION SPRING
40-228
1
8
SAFETY SWITCH COVER
07-643-A
1
9
CABLE, 66.50" LG.
40-272
1
10
THROTTLE BALL JOINT, 1/4"-28
40-226
1
11
THROTTLE BALL JOINT, #10-32
40-225
1
12
JAM NUT, 1/4"-28
90-NUT-JAM025-28
1
13
LOCK NUT #10-32
90-NUT-L00010-32
1
14
LOCK NUT, 1/4"-28
90-NUT-L00O25-28
1
15
JAM NUT, 1/2"-20
90-NUT-JAM050-20
4
16
TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1"
90-SCR-TEK025X100
1
17
NYLON WASHER, 1/4"
90-WSR-FLT025NYLON
1
18
SET SCREW, 5/16"-24 X 1/4"
90-SCR-ST003124XO25
2
19
SHCS, 1/4"-28 X 3/4"
90-SCR-SH02528XO75
2
20
CABLE BELLOWS
40-302
1
21
CABLE TIE-4" BLACK
40-391
1
Page 45 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Cart Lift Assembly
Page 46 of 90
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
.owEn E°°'P"'E"T
13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
.
Cart Lift Assembly
All
1
DescriptionItem
BOOM ARM, RIGHT
06-617-RA
1
2
BOOM ARM, LEFT
06-617-LB
1
3
BOOM BRACE
06-618
2
4
BOOM
07-687
1
5
LIFT ARM
06-620
2
6
SHUT OFF BAR
07-686
1
7
RETAINING COLLAR
11-454
2
8
STABILIZER JACK BODY
07-628
2
9
STABILIZER JACK DROP LEG
07-624
2
10
PILLOW BLOCK BEARING, 1"
40-143
2
11
BEARING LOCK COLLAR
PART OF ITEM #10
-
12
HOSE ROLLER
07-688
1
13
HAND WINCH, 1000#
40-024-A
1
14
AIRCRAFT CABLE, 3/16" 14FT. LG.
40-058
1
15
CABLE CLAMP
40-060
2
16
RAPID LINK, 3/8"
40-063
4
17
GALVANIZED CHAIN, 3/8"
40-065
2
18
3/4 TON SAFETY HOOK
40-062
2
19
OILITE BUSHING, 1/2" ID
15-003-B
1
20
CABLE PULLEY ASSEMBLY, 3"
15-003
1
21
CLEVIS PIN, 1/2" X 2" LG.
90-PIN-CL05OX200
1
22
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X150
10
23
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 3/4" LG.
90-BLT-03816X175
4
24
BOLT, 3/8" X 3 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-03816X325
8
25
BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-05013X125
8
26
FLAT WASHER, 3/8"
90-WSR-FLT038
5
27
LOCKNUT, 3/8"-16
90-NUT-L00038-16
22
28
COTTER PIN, 1/8" X 1.25"
- - -
1
Page 47 of 90

ION11 E
NO NC
IIIIIE III C-1
NOTE I ALL OL GRNDS AT ENGINE
sw
*-..-.. . .. . .. . .. . ..
3- �-* C
ENGINE
HARNESS
w.
------ ------ ------ ------
7,
18 B 16
12
1=1

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
- --- E°u'""'E"T 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
�.,
Electrical System
All
Item
1
Description
SPEEDOMETER KIT
Part Number
40-190-RL
Qty
1
2
PVC BOX
40-262
1
2A
STRAIN RELIEF KIT, 3/4"
40-263
1
2B
GASKET
40-264
1
2C
BOX COVER W/LID
40-271
1
3
MAGNETIC PICKUP ASSEMBLY, 5/8" DIA.
40-239-RL
1
4
PICKUP MOUNT
07-645
1
5
SHUT OFF SWITCH
40-020
3
6
ON/OFF TOGGLE SWITCH
40-260
1
7
BOOT FOR TOGGLE SWITCH
40-261
1
8A
MACHINE SCREW, #6-32 X 1 3/4" LG.
90-SCR-RM0632X175
4
8B
MACHINE SCREW, #6-32 X 1" LG.
90-SCR-RM0632X100
2
9
LOCKNUT, #6-32
90-NUT-L00006-32
6
10
TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1" LG.
90-SCR-TEK025X100
1
11
FLAT WASHER, 1/4" NYLON
90-WSR-FLT025NYLON
1
12
FLAT WASHER, 1/2" SAE
90-WSR-SAE050
1
13
LOCK WASHER, 1/2"
90-WSR-L00050
1
14
HEX NUT, 1/2" - 13
90-NUT-HEX050-13
2
15
WIRE HARNESS
40-205
1
16
ON/OFF SWITCH HARNESS
40-277
1
17
BOLT, 1/4" X 3/4"LG.
90-BLT-252OX075
1
18
LOCKNUT, 1/4"
90-NUT-L00O25-20
1
19
SWITCH SPACER BLOCK
04-628
2
20
FEMALE SPADE CONNECTOR, BLUE
40-068
6
21
TERMINAL EYE, #10 BLUE
40-069
1
22
MALE BULLET CONNECTOR, BLUE
40-070
1
Page 49 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
4.0 HP Engine Assembly
Page 50 of 90
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
4.0 HP Engine Assembly
All
1
DescriptionItem
4.0 HP HONDA ENGINE, GX120K1HX
40-159-A
1
2
ENGINE MOUNT PLATE
07-604-C
1
3
6" VARIABLE SPEED PULLEY W/CAM
40-315-A
1
4
HAND WHEEL
40-191-B-407-712
1
5
5/8-18 LEFT-HAND THREAD. JAM NUT
90-NUT-JAM063-18LH
1
6
SET SCREW, 5/16"-24 X 1/4" LG.
90-SCR-ST03124XO25
2
7
RUBBER ENGINE MOUNT
40-285
4
8
BOLT, 1/4" X 4" LG.
90-BLT-025OX400
1
9
BOLT, 5/16" X 3/4" LG.
90-BLT-03118XO75
8
10
BOLT, 5/16" X 1 112" LG.
90-BLT-03118X150
3
11
BOLT, 5/16" X 3" LG.
90-BLT-03118X300
1
12
BOLT, 3/8" X 2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X200
3
13
SAE FLAT WASHER, 5/16"
90-WSR-SAE031
5
14
SAE FLAT WASHER, 3/8"
90-WSR-SAE050
3
15
HEX NUT, 1/4"
90-NUT-HEX025-20
1
16
LOCKNUT, 1/4"
90-NUT-L00052-20
1
17
LOCKNUT, 5/16"
90-NUT-L00031-18
11
18
LOCKNUT, 3/8"
90-NUT-L00038-16
3
19
AIR FILTER
40-HDA-1721OZE0505
1
20
SQ. KEY, 3/16"X 1 1/4" LG.
90-KEY-019X125
1
21
EXHAUST DEFLECTOR
40-HAD-1834OZE1000
1
22
PAN HEAD SCREW
90-SCR-PHM4.70X006
2
NOT SHOWN: MODIFIES HONDA ENGINE HARNESS
HEAT SHRINK TUBE, 1/4" X 2 1/2"
40-210
1
FEMALE BULLET CONNECTOR, BLUE
40-247
1
Page 51 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
PO11Ei EOUIPMEffr13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
4.0 HP Drive System
Page 52 of 90
o
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
.owEn E°u'P"'E"T 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
,P
4.0 HP Drive System
All
Item
1
Description
RIGHT ANGLE TRANSMISSION
40-267
1
2
SPRING -LOADED PULLEY, 6"
40-195
1
3
SET SCREW, 5/16"-24 X 5/32" LG.
90-SCR-ST03124XO16
2
4
SQ. KEY, 3/16" X 2.00" LG.
90-KEY-019
2 in.
5
BRAKE CALIPER W/ MT. BRACKET
40-296
1
6
BRAKE DISC
40-169-CM017
1
7
BRAKE HANDLE
40-270
1
8
EXT. SPRING
40-229
1
9
SNAP RING
40-169-106-09
1
10
BOLT, 1/4" X 112" LG.
90-BLT0252OX050
2
11
BOLT, 1/4" X 3/4" LG.
90-BLT-0252OX075
2
12
LOCKNUT, 1/4"
90-NUT-L00O25-20
2
13
SHIFTER KNOB
40-182
1
14
SCREW -IN SHIFTER HANDLE
40-222
1
15
SHIFTER FORK
40-221
1
16
CLEVIS PIN, 3/8"X 1 1/4" LG.
90-PIN-CL038X125
2
17
COTTER PIN, 5/32" X 3/4" LG.
90-PIN-CT016075
2
18
IDLER TENSION BRACKET
08-650
1
19
BOLT, 3/8" X 3/4" LG.
90-BLT-03816XO75
1
20
SAE FLAT WASHER, 1/2"
90-WSR-SAE050
1
21
LOCK WASHER, 3/8"
90-WSR-L00038
1
22
LOCKNUT, 112"
90-NUT-L00050-13
1
23
IDLER ARM
08-656-A
1
24
SPRING ADJUSTING ROD
06-635-B
1
VINYL CAP, 1/2" X 1" LG.
40-230
1
25
IDLER SPRING
40-056
1
26
GREASE FITTING, 45 DEGREE
40-001-45
1
27
BOLT, 5/8" X 3" LG.
90-BLT-0631 1 X300
1
28
FLAT WASHER, 5/8"
90-WSR-FLT063
1
29
IDLER ARM BUSHING, 1 1/4" X 2" LG.
06-656-A
1
30
SPACER, 3/4" X 1/2" LG.
40-110
1
31
IDLER SPROCKET, 80-12 X 3/4"
10-SPT-80-121DLER
1
32
BOLT, 3/4" X 2 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-0751OX225
1
33
SPROCKET RETAINING PLATE
01-314-B
1
34
SPROCKET, 80B12 X 1 3/4"
10-SPT-80B12X175
1
35
SO. KEY, 112" X 1 5/8" LG.
90-KEY-SQ05OX163
1
Continued
Page 53 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMEUT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
4.0 HP Drive System
Page 54 of 90
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
'arm E°'nP"'EIPME"T 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
,
4.0 HP Drive System
A11
Item
36
Description
BOLT, 1/2"-20 X 1 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-0502OX125
1
37
LOCK WASHER, 1/2"
90-WSR-L00050
1
38
V-BELT, A-42 STANDARD
40-294
1
V-BELT, A-41
40-294-A41
1
39
BOLT, 1/2" X 2 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-05013X225
2
40
SAE FLAT WASHER, 1/2"
90-WSR-SAE050
4
41
LOCKNUT, 1/2"
90-NUT-L00050-13
4
42
BOLT, 112" X 2" LG.
90-BLT-05013X200
2
43
SET SCREW, 1/4"-28 X 1/4" LG.
90-SCR-ST02528XO25
2
44
CLEVIS PIN, 1/4" X 3/4" LG.
90-PIN-CLO25XO75
1
45
LOCKNUT, 3/4"-10
90-NUT-L00075-10
1
NOT SHOWN
HAND CRANK
06-647
1
Page 55 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
6" V.S. Pulley w/ Cam Kit
N
N
N
Q
M N •-
Page 56 of 90
40-315-A

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EalUtVIAENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
IPM
6" V.S. Pulley w/ Cam Kit
40-315-A
Item
1A
Description
PULLEY FIXED FACE
Part Number
Not Serviced
Qty—�
-
1 B
PULLEY ADJUSTABLE FACE
Not Serviced
-
2
SPECIAL KEY
40-129-2181
1
3
BOLT, #10-32 X 3/8" LG.
40-129-3305
1
4
FLAT WASHER, #10
40-129-3232
1
5
SPRING WASHER
40-129-3231
1
6
CONTROL STEM BEARING
40-129-BRG60002RS
2
7
BEARING SPACER
40-216-B-407-074
1
8
CONTROL STEM
40-223-13-206-091-A
1
9
SNAP RING
40-129-2606
1
10
CAM BEARING
40-216-BRG6205
1
11
CAM
40-243-B-207-025
1
12
JAM NUT, 1/4" - 20
90-NUT-JAM025-20
1
13
CABLE TORQUE ARM
40-216-2588
1
14
NYLON PLUG
40-129-2454
1
15
SET SCREW, 1/4" - 28 X 1/4' LG.
90-SCR-ST02528XO25
1
16
CAM ROLLER
40-243-2589
1
17
THRUST NUT
40-243-B-207-147
1
18
JAM NUT, 1/4" - 28
90-NUT-JAM025-28
1
19
TORQUE ARM 4/1/4" LG.
40-821-A
1
20
SET SCREW, 5/16 - 24 X 1/4"
90-SCR-ST03124XO25
2
21
CONTROL STEM & BEARING PULLER
88-TOL-SSBRGPULLER
OPT.
22
PULLEY PULLER
88-TOL-SSPULLEYPUL
OPT.
Page 57 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMEKT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
6" V.S. Spring Loaded Pulley
Page 58 of 90
40-313

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
�Q .
6" V.S. Spring Loaded Pulley
40-313
1 A
DescriptionItem
FIXED PULLEY FACE
Not Serviced
-
1 B
ADJUSTABLE PULLEY FACE
Not Serviced
-
2
SPRING
40-195-A-632-1
1
3
SPRING CAP
40-195-A-633-1
1
4
RETAINING RING
40-195-3070
2
5
KEY
40-128-2195
1
6
PLUG RETAINING RING
40-195-2671
1
7
PLUG ADAPTER
40-195-A-625-052
1
8
SHAFT
Not Serviced
-
9
KEY, 3/16" SQ. X 2" LG.
90-KEY-019
1
10
SET SCREW, 5/16"-24 X 5/32 LG.
90-SCR-ST03124XO16
2
Page 59 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
PCRVER E°u'EN
,rM- 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Stabilizer Jack Assembly
-AE7
Page 60 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
.owEre EQUIPMENT 13000 13250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Stabilizer Jack Assembly
Item
Description
STABILIZER JACK BODY
Number1
40-176-C
2
MIDDLE LEG TUBE
40-176-B
3
STABILIZER JACK DROP LEG
07-624
4
JACK HANDLE
40-176-E
5
JACK SCREW
40-176-F
6
THRUST BEARING
40-176-H
7
BEVEL GEAR, 16T
40-176-K
8
ROLL PIN, 6MM X 36MM LG.
-
9
SHIM WASHER
-
10
BEVEL GEAR, 32T
40-176-J
11
SQUARE KEY
-
12
LOCKING NUT
40-176-L
13
COVER PLATE
40-176-G
14
LOCKNUT, 8MM - 1.25
-
15
GREASE FITTING
40-001
16
LOCK PIN
-
17
HAIR PIN CLIP
-
Page 61 of 90

Cadman POWER EowP"eKr 3000 / 3250 13500 Wide Body Traveller
ffr
3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly
Lo
N
N N
N N N
M M
M
CM
N
Page 62 of 90
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER E°u'P"'E"T 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
V
3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly
All
Item
1
Description
GUN CART BODY, LOW 46- CLEARANCE
02-247
1
-
GUN CART BODY, HIGH 62" CLEARANCE
02-249
1
2
GUN CART LEG, LEFT LOW
02-241-LA
1
-
GUN CART LEG, LEFT HIGH
02-245-LA
1
3
GUN CART LEG, RIGHT LOW
04-241-RA
1
- I
GUN CART LEG, RIGHT HIGH
02-245-RA
1
4
CROSS TUBE
04-831-72
1
5
PICK-UP COLLAR, SHORT
02-234
1
6
NELSON SR-150 GUN KIT
SP-NEL-SP150KIT
1
7
GAUGE, 0-100 PSI WET
45-022
1
-
GAUGE, 0-160 PSI LIQUID
45-017
Opt.
8
GUN FLANGE GASKET
DO-PRT-30-040-A
1
9
HOSE END GASKET
02-216-A
1
10
3" DRAIN CAP
02-223
1
11
GUN CART TOW CLEVIS
02-220
1
12
3/8" GALVANIZED SHACKLE CLEVIS
40-064
2
13
3/8" GR.30, REGULAR LINK CHAIN GALV.
40-065-72
6 ft.
14
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-041
2
15
TIRE, 670-15 RIB IMPLEMENT
55-043
1
16
RIM, 15 X 5, 5-130LT
55-042-A
1
17
VALVE STEM
55-046
1
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-036
1
18
TIRE, 480 - 8, 5 RIB
55-037
1
19
RIM, 8 X 3.75, 4-130LT
55-038
1
20
VALVE STEM
55-039
1
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-018
2
21
GREASE SEAL
55-015
1
22
INNER BEARING CONE
55-020
1
-
INNER BEARING CUP (NOT SHOWN)
55-019
1
23
HUB, 5-BOLT
55-018-A
1
-
OUTER BEARING CUP (NOT SHOWN)
55-021
1
24
OUTER BEARING
55-022
1
25
DUST CAP
55-023
1
26
WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20
55-007
5
27
SPINDLE WASHER
55-016
2
28
SPINDLE NUT
55-008
1
29
3/16" X 2" LG. COTTER PIN
90-PIN-CT019X200
1
Continued
Page 63 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly
ON
Page 64 of 90
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
'°'" E°'"P'''E"T 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
3000 Series Gun Cart Assembly
All
Item
Description
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
Number-
55-002
1
30
GREASE SEAL
55-006
1
31
BEARING CONE
55-004
2
-
BEARING CUP (NOT SHOWN)
55-003
2
32
HUB, 4-BOLT
55-002-A
1
33
DUST CAP
55-005
1
34
WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20
55-007
4
35
SPINDLE NUT
55-008
1
36
3/16" X 2" LG. COTTER PIN
90-PIN-CT-019X200
1
37
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X150
6
38
BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-05013X125
10
39
BOLT, 5/8" X 2" LG.
90-BLT-0631 1 X200
4
40
5/8" LOCK WASHER
90-WSR-L00063
4
41
HEX NUT, 3/8"-16
90-NUT-HEX038-16
6
42
HEX NUT, 5/8"-11
90-NUT-HEX063-11
4
43
LABEL — MAX HOSE PULL
40-288-A
1
JAM NUT, 1/2"-13
90-NUT-JAM050-13
10
Page 65 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOwPMEwr 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
3000 Series 28" Gun Cart Assembly *
M O
co
M
N
M co
ch
O
c�M
O
i M
O
M
01)
co
eo
A
Page 66 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
_PME W
3000 Series 28" Gun Cart Assembly *
All
Item
Description
28" CART BODY
Number1
02-235
1
2
GUN CART LEG, RIGHT
02-243-R
1
3
GUN CART LEG, LEFT
04-243-L
1
4
CROSS TUBE
04-831-72
1
5
PICKUP COLLAR, SHORT
02-234
1
6
ORCHARD EXTENSION, 5 FT.
02-226
Opt.
7
EXTENSION, 2 FT.
02-237
Opt.
8
NELSON SR-150 GUN KIT
SP-NEL-SP150KIT
1
9
GUN FLANGE GASKET
DO-PRT-30-040-A
1
10
GAUGE, 0-100 PSI WET
45-022
1
-
GAUGE, 0-160 PSI WET
45-017
Opt.
11
EXTENSION GASKET
DO-PRT-30-040-A
1
12
HOSE FLANGE GASKET
02-216-A
1
13
GALVANIZED CHAIN, 3/8"
40-065
6 ft.
14
GALVANIZED SHACKLE CLEVIS , 3/8"
40-064
2
15
GUN CART TOW CLEVIS
02-220
1
16
3" DRAIN CAP
02-223
1
17
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-041
2
18
TIRE, 670-15 RIB IMPLEMENT
55-043
1
19
RIM, 15 X 5, 5-BOLT
55-042-A
1
20
VALVE STEM
55-046
1
-
HUB ASSEMBLY, 5-BOLT CONSISTING OF:
55-018
2
21
GREASE SEAL
55-015
1
22
INNER BEARING
55-020
1
-
INNER BEARING RACE (NOT SHOWN)
55-019
1
23
HUB, 5-BOLT
55-018-A
1
-
OUTER BEARING RACE (NOT SHOWN)
55-021
1
24
OUTER BEARING
55-022
1
25
DUST CAP
55-023
1
26
WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"
55-007
5
27
SPINDLE WASHER
55-016
2
28
SPINDLE NUT
55-008
2
29
COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG.
90-PIN-CT019X200
2
30
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-036
1
31
TIRE, 480 X 8, 5 RIB
55-037
1
32
WHEEL RIM, 3.75" X 8", 4 BOLT
55-038
1
33
VALVE STEM
55-039
1
Continued
Page 67 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
p EQwP.�Ew*
3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
MMEN :
3000 Series 28" Gun Cart Assembly *
Page 68 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER E°u'""'E"T 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
3000 Series 28" Gun Cart Assembly *
All
Item
Description
HUB ASSEMBLY, 4 BOLT CONSISTING OF;
Number-
55-002
1
34
GREASE SEAL
55-006
1
35
WHEEL BEARING
55-004
2
-
WHEEL BEARING RACE (Nor SHOWN)
55-003
2
36
HUB, 4 BOLT
55-002-A
1
37
DUST CAP
55-005
1
38
WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"
55-007
4
39
SPINDLE NUT
55-008
1
40
COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG.
90-PIN-CT019X200
1
JAM NUT, 1/2"
90-NUT-JAM050-13
10
41
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X150
6
42
BOLT, 112" X 1 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-05013X125
10
43
BOLT, 5/8" X 2" LG.
90-BLT-06311X200
4
44
LOCK WASHER, 5/8"
90-WSR-L00063
4
45
HEX NUT, 3/8"
90-NUT-HEX038-16
6
46
LOCK NUT, 5/8"
90-NUT-L00063-11
4
47
LABEL — MAX HOSE PULL (NOT SHOWN)
40-288-A
1
Page 69 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POVIn EMPMEIff 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Symmetrical Cart Assembly * Broadcast Cart
Page 70 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
"°'" E°u'""'E"T
a 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Symmetrical Cart Assembly * Broadcast Cart
Item
1
Description
CART BODY, SYMMETRICAL
14-114
1
2
28 IN. CART LEG, LEFT
02-243-L
1
3
28 IN. CART LEG, RIGHT
02-243-R
1
4
72 IN. LG. CROSS TUBE
04-831-72
1
5
SHORT PICK UP COLLAR
02-234
1
6
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-041
2
TIRE, 670-15 RIBBED IMPLEMENT
55-043
1
WHEEL RIM, 15" X 5" X 5 BOLT
55-042-A
1
VALVE STEM
55-046
1
7
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-036
1
TIRE, 480 X 8, 5 RIB
55-037
1
WHEEL RIM, 8" X 3.75" X 4 BOLT
55-038
1
VALVE STEM
55-039
1
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-018
2
8
GREASE SEAL
55-015
1
9
BEARING CONE, INNER
55-019
1
-
BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN)
55-020
1
10
WHEEL HUB INCL. BEARING CUPS
55-018-A
1
-
BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN)
55-021
1
11
BEARING CONE, OUTER
55-022
1
12
DUST CAP
55-023
1
13
WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20
55-007
5
14
SPINDLE WASHER
55-016
2
15
SPINDLE NUT
55-034
2
16
COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG.
90-PIN-CT019X200
2
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF
55-002
1
17
GREASE SEAL
55-006
1
18
BEARING CONE, INNER
55-004
1
-
BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN)
55-003
1
19
WHEEL HUB INCL. BEARING CUPS
55-002-A
1
-
BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN)
55-021
1
20
BEARING CONE, OUTER
55-022
1
21
DUST CAP
55-005
1
22
WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20
55-007
4
23
SPINDLE NUT
55-008
1
24
COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG.
90-PIN-CT019X200
1
25
PRESSURE GAUGE, 0-160 PSI, WET
45-017
1
26
3/4 - 114 REDUCING BUSHING
40-NPT-RB075XO25
1
27
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X150
8
28
FLANGE HEAD BOLT, M10 X 20MM
90-BLT-FM10150XO20
4
29
LOCK WASHER, 3/8"
90-WSR-L00038
8
30
LOCK NUT, 5/16" — 18
90-NUT-L00031-18
4
31
RINGLOCK CLAMP, 41N.
IR-CPL-RL4P
1
32
COUPLING PLUG
14-115
1
Page 71 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
PO11ER E°u�P�Mo 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Asymmetrical Cart Assembly * Broadcast Cart
M
Page 72 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER W
EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Asymmetrical Cart Assembly * Broadcast Cart
Item
Description
CART BODY
Number1
14-101
1
2
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-041
2
TIRE, 670-15 RIBBED IMPLEMENT
55-043
1
WHEEL RIM, 15" X 5" X 5 BOLT
55-042-A
1
VALVE STEM
55-046
1
3
WHEEL ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-036
1
TIRE, 480 X 8, 5 RIB
55-037
1
WHEEL RIM, 8" X 3.75" X 4 BOLT
55-038
1
VALVE STEM
55-039
1
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-018
2
4
GREASE SEAL
55-015
1
5
BEARING CONE, INNER
55-019
1
-
BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN)
55-020
1
6
WHEEL HUB INCL. BEARING CUPS
55-018-A
1
-
BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN)
55-021
1
7
BEARING CONE, OUTER
55-022
1
8
DUST CAP
55-023
1
9
WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20
55-007
5
10
SPINDLE WASHER
55-016
2
11
SPINDLE NUT
55-034
2
12
COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG.
90-PIN-CT019X200
2
HUB ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF:
55-002
1
13
GREASE SEAL
55-006
1
14
BEARING CONE, INNER
55-004
1
-
BEARING CUP, INNER (NOT SHOWN)
55-003
1
15
WHEEL HUB INCL. BEARING CUPS
55-002-A
1
-
BEARING CUP, OUTER (NOT SHOWN)
55-021
1
16
BEARING CONE, OUTER
55-022
1
17
DUST CAP
55-005
1
18
WHEEL BOLT, 1/2"-20
55-007
4
19
SPINDLE NUT
55-008
1
20
COTTER PIN, 3/16" X 2" LG.
90-PIN-CT019X200
1
Continued
Page 73 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Asymmetrical Cart Assembly *
N
O
Page 74 of 90
Broadcast Cart

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
vowER EQUIPMEIIT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Asymmetrical Cart Assembly * Broadcast Cart
Item
Description
REAR WHEEL COVER
Number21
14-235
2
22
FRONT WHEEL COVER
14-236
1
23
3" GATE VALVE
40-NPT-VLV300GATFF
1
24
3/4 NPT PLUG, GALV.
40-NPT-PLGO75G
1
25
PRESSURE GAUGE, 0-160 PSI, WET
45-017
1
26
3/4 - 1/4 REDUCING BUSHING
40-NPT-RB075XO25
1
27
CARRIAGE BOLT, '/4" X 1" LG.
90-BLT-CGO2520-100
36
28
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X150
8
29
FLANGE HEAD BOLT, M10 X 20MM
90-BLT-FM10150XO20
4
30
FENDER WASHER, 1/4"
90-WSR-FEN025
36
31
LOCK WASHER, 1/4"
90-WSR-L00O25
36
32
LOCK WASHER, 3/8"
90-WSR-L00038
8
33
HEX NUT, 1/4" — 20
90-NUT-HEX025-20
36
34
LOCK NUT, 5/16" — 18
90-NUT-L00031-18
4
35
CART TOW CHAIN GROUP (NOT SHOWN)
TR-CRT-TOWCHAIN
1
36
CART LIFT CHAIN (NOT SHOWN)
TR-CHN-25L
2
Page 75 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
vowEn E°uM'!E'R 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Drive System and Shielding *
23
24
22
26 32 20
21
19
18
35
17
16
29
Page 76 of 90
Broadcast Cart
31
(�� 114
®11

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMEPMENT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
I
Drive System and Shielding *
Broadcast Cart
Item
Description
GINSENG GUN ASSEMBLY
Number1
20-000
1
2
DRIVE ARM
14-240
1
3
ROD END, 3/4" - 16 MALE THREAD
40-488
1
4
DRIVE LINK
14-105
1
5
SPACER, 3/4" X 1/2" LG.
40-110
1
6
GEAR BOX ARM
14-108
1
7
GEAR BOX
40-486
1
8
1/4" SQ. X 1 1/4" LG. KEY
90-KEY-SQ025X125
1
9
GEAR, H50-14-1 1/8"
10-SPT-50B14X113
1
10
SET SCREW
4
11
RIVETED ROLLER CHAIN, #50-2
10-CHN 50-2RIV
14
12
CONNECTING LINK, #50-2
10-LNK-50-2CONN
1
13
GEAR, H50-14-3/4"
10-SPT-50B14X075
1
14
3/16" SQ. X 1 1/8" LG. KEY
90-KEY-SQ019X113
1
15
5.5 HP. HONDA ENGINE, GX120K1 LX
40-159-A
1
16
GEARBOX HOUSING
14-102
1
-
LATCH KIT (NOT SHOWN)
40-217
1
17
GEARBOX HOUSING DOOR
14-103
1
18
BRASS HINGE PIN, 3/16" X 3" LG.
40-200-C
2
19
FUEL TANK CRADLE
14-104
1
20
TANK CUSHION
40-093-20
2
21
VIBRATION ISOLATOR
40-095
1
22
ALUMINUM FUEL TANK, 5 GAL.
40-017
1
23
VENTED GAS CAP
40-017-A
1
-
FUEL TANK STRAINER (NOT SHOWN)
40-HDA-16955ZE1000
1
-
14MM O-RING (NOT SHOWN)
40-HDA-91353671004
1
24
NEOPRENE FUEL LINE, 3/16"
40-066
16"
25
BOLT, 5/16" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03118X150
4
26
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-03816X125
1
27
BOLT, 3/4" X 3" LG.
90-BLT-0751OX300
2
28
BOLT, 112" X 1 1/4" LG.
90-BLT-05013X125
1
29
FLANGE HEAD BOLT, M10 X 20MM
90-BLT-FM10150XO20
12
30
LOCK WASHER, 1/2"
90-WSR-L00050
1
31
FLAT WASHER, 5/16"
90-WSR-FLT031
4
32
FLAT WASHER, 3/8"
90-WSR-FLT038
1
33
FLAT WASHER, 1/2"
90-WSR-FLT050
1
34
FLAT WASHER, 3/4"
90-WSR-FLT075
6
35
LOCK NUT, 3/8" - 16
90-NUT-L00038-16
1
36
LOCK NUT, 3/4" - 10
90-NUT-L00075-10
2
Page 77 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EaUIPMEW 3000 / 3250 13500 Wide Body Traveller
Gear Box Assembly *
Broadcast Cart
16 26 9
14 1 1
19 © 28
30
15 2
5 17
134 23825
21
21
27
21 29
11 �
L•5)
Page 78 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
P°^"E" EouiPMeKr 13000 13250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Gear Box Assembly *
Broadcast Cart
DescriptionItem
DRIVE ARM
Number1
14-240
1
2
SHORT INLET
20-002
1
3
LONG INLET
20-003
1
4
GUN BALL
20-004
2
5
RANGE TUBE WELDMENT
20-005
2
6
CROWN GEAR
20-006
1
7
PINION GEAR
20-007
2
8
PIVOT ARM
20-008
4
9
FLANGE GASKET - VITON
20-009-V
2
10
GUN GASKET - VITON
20-010-V
1
11
GEAR CASE - TOP
20-011
1
12
GEAR CASE - BOTTOM
20-012
1
13
O-RING 2 3/4 ID X 0.135 - VITON
20-013-V
2
14
ADJUSTING ROD
20-014
2
15
PIVOT - R.H. THREAD
20-015
2
16
PIVOT - L.H. THREAD
20-016
2
17
SHAFT
20-017
1
18
2 IN. INLET SEAL
20-018
2
19
EXT. RETAINING RING - 5/8 IN. S.S.
20-019
8
20
2 IN. TAPER BUSHING
40-467
3
21
2 IN. SHAFT SEAL
40-468
4
22
2 IN. X 14 GA. MACHINERY BUSHING
90-WSR-M51
6
23
ROTATION BUSHING
SP-NEL-9993
4
24
1/4-20 X 1 1/2 LG. SHCS
89-SCR-SH0252OX150
9
25
BOLT, 5/16" X 3/4" LG.
90-BLT-03118XO75
8
26
BOLT, 3/8" X 1 1/2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X150
8
27
BOLT, 3/8" X 2" LG.
90-BLT-03816X200
11
28
BOLT, 1/2" X 1 1/4" LG.
90-131-T-05013X125
1
29
SAE FLAT WASHER, 3/8"
90-WSR-SAE038
30
30
LOCK WASHER, 1/2"
90-WSR-L00050
1
31
LOCK NUT, 3/8" - 16
90-NUT-L00038-16
19
Page 79 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPIPMEKT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
..
Sprinkler Kit *
7
13 14 15
14
3
0
rQ O
� 6
7
Page 80 of 90
All

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
°°""E" E°UW"E'R 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Sprinkler Kit *
All
Item
Description
RAINBIRD, 65PJ TNT PART CIRCLE
Number1
SP-RBD-KIT65PJTNT
1
2
1 NPT CLOSE NIPPLE GALV.
40-NPT-NPLC100G
1
3
SPRINKLER MOUNT
06-672
1
4
BOLT, 3/8" X 3 3/4" LG.
90-BLT-03816X375
2
5
LOCKNUT, 3/8"
90-NUT-L00038-16
2
6
1" - 3/4" RED. BUSHING GALV.
40-NPT-RB10OX075G
1
7
3/4" X 90 DEG STREET ELBOW GALV.
40-NPT-ELS075X90G
2
8
3/4" NPT X 3/4" HOSE BARB GALV.
40-NPT-BRB075G
2
9
GEAR CLAMP, HS-08
50-024
2
10
3/4" SUCTION HOSE
IR-HOZ-SUC075
15 ft.
11
GALV. SINGLE TUBE CLAMP, 1IN.
50-058
5
12
TEK SCREW, 1/4" X 1" LG.
90-SCR-TEK025X100
5
13
3/4" BALL VALVE, F X F
40-NPT-VLVO75BLLFF
1
14
3/4" CLOSE NIPPLE GALV.
40-NPT-NPLCO75G
2
15
3/4" NPT GALVANIZED TEE
40-NPT-TEE075G
1
NOT SHOWN: FOR USE ON TRAVELLERS WITHOUT AN EXISTING FLANGE
3/4" NPT WELD -IN FLANGE
30-210
1
GALV. RED. BUSHING, 3/4"-1/4" NPT
40-NPT-RB075XO25G
1
Page 81 of 90

Cadman
TR-MAN-3000
13000
POWER EOUIPMEKT
/ 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Required Maintenance
Prevention of mechanical failure is the goal of any good maintenance schedule. The
secret to preventing unwanted down time is to adhere to a maintenance schedule
suited to the way you use the equipment. Your maintenance schedule should include
the following minimum requirements:
perform maintenace when the machine is shut down and is in a
non -loaded condition. This means that no fluid is being pumped
4AONLY
through the reel and all mechanical and hydraulic tension has been
released from the hose rewind system.
Each Use
Maintenance Item Figure Procedure
Visually inspect equipment N / A Walk around the unit and inspect for loose, missing
or damaged items. Check the condition of the
indexer button, chains and connecting links.
Replace missing or damaged items and tighten
loosened items.
Maintain tire pressure.
N / A
Using a tire pressure gauge, check the pressure of
each tire and add or remove air to achieve the
manufacturer's recommended pressure posted on
the tire sidewall.
DO NOT LOWER TIRE PRESSURE
BELOW THE RECOMMENDED LEVEL.
A lower pressure than the
recommended pressure will result in
the tire separating from the rim.
Tighten all wheel bolts
I
3 ° 4
°
10.0
Before moving the unit, verify that the wheel bolts
are tight. When tightening the lug nuts use the star
pattern with your torque wrench set at
s .°O° s
110 ft/Ibs (149 N.m).
2
Img-00224w f
Adjust, if necessary, the
N / A
Remove protective shield. The indexer chain is
tension of the indexer chain
properly tensioned when it has no visible slack.
Adjustments are made by moving the idler wheel
(rub block) towards the chain. Replace the shield
before operating this machine.
Lubricate the indexer drive
Figure 34
Use a brush to liberally apply acceptable grease
button and indexer slide rail.
along the length of the indexer screw and drive
button. See Lubricants
Check engine oil and filter. N / A Check the oil level of the Honda engine, replenish if
required. Check the condition of the air filter,
re lace if necessary.
Check main drive chain. N / A Check the alignment and tension of the main drive
chain. Adjust if necessary.
Table 5 - Required Maintenance - Each Use
Page 82 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EQUIPMENT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
After First 25 Hours
Table 6 — After First 25 Hours of Use
Figure 33 - Transmission Plug Layout
img-00259. png
<; Drive Mon
i
Slide Raft !
Figure 34 - Lubricate Indexer
img-00260. png
Page 83 of 90

Cadman POW01 EouiwMeKr 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Eve
ry iuu hours
Maintenance Item
Figure Procedure
Change engine oil.
N / A Change the engine oil. Consult the Honda engine
manual for further information on oil requirements
and change intervals as well as other required
en ine maintenance.
Lubricate the following.
Figure 34
■ Turntable Ring
• Indexer Slide Rails
• Indexer Idler Block
• Drive Chain Idler Arm Pivot
• Drive Pulley Lead Screw
• All chains
Check transmission oil level
Figure 33
Check the oil level in the transmission gearbox.
Replenish as necessary.
Check Indexer oil level
Figure 35
Check the oil level in the indexer gearbox.
Table 7 — Every 100 Hours of Use
Figure 35 - Indexer Gearbox Oil Plug
img-00261. png
Every 250 Hours
Table 8 — Every 250 Hours of Use
Page 84 of 90

Cadman
TR-MAN-3000
13000
POWER EQUIPMENT
IPM
/ 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Before Storing
You MUST properly empty your Wide Body Series Traveller before
storing the machine for more than one day. Failure to properly clean
out the hose could result in the hose being plugged with sediment.
Maintenance Item Figure Procedure
Drain the hose. N / A Drain the hose. This is easily done by pulling out
all but one (1) coil of hoses along a level path.
Remove the drain plug from the gun cart. Use the
Honda engine or a tractor PTO shaft to rewind the
hose.
NOT leave the machine unattended
ADO
during the hose drain process. Without
fluid pressure present, the hose may
flatten slightly causing it to lie
improperly on the drum. It may be
necessary to manually adjust the hose
position on the hose drum during the
draining process
Disassemble and clean the
N / A
Disassemble and clean the variable speed pulley
variable speed pulley.
mounted on the engine. Remove the "moving face"
of the pulley. Clean the bronze bushing and shaft
of gum and belt dust and lubricate with a thin coat
of light oil.
Main chassis wheel
N / A
Disassemble, clean, inspect and re -pack the main
bearings.
chassis wheel bearings with acceptable grease.
see Lubricants
Lubricate all chains
N / A
Brush each chain with acceptable grease.
see "Lubricants"
Prepare Honda Engine. N / A Prepare the Honda engine for storage. See the
storage instructions provided in the Honda engine
manual.
Table 9 — Required Maintenance - Before Storing
Page 85 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EGUIPMEKT 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
- IPM . .
Before Start Up (After long term storage)
Maintenance Item
Figure
Procedure
Review Operator's manual.
N / A
Review this manual to refresh your memory
regarding the proper operation of this machine.
This will reduce the potential for equipment
damage and user injury.
Maintain tire pressure.
N / A
Using a tire pressure gauge, check the pressure of
each tire and add or remove air to achieve the
manufacturer's recommended pressure posted on
the tire sidewall.
DO NOT LOWER TIRE PRESSURE
BELOW THE RECOMMENDED LEVEL.
A lower pressure than the
recommended pressure will result in
the tire separating from the rim.
Change gearbox oil.
Figure 33
Change the oil in both the transmission gearbox
and the indexer gearbox.
Fill fuels stem
N / A
Fill the fuels stem with fresh fuel.
Table 10 - Every 100 Hours of Use
Lubricants
Grease: Any good grade multi -purpose, waterproof grease is compatible
with the greasing requirements of your Cadman Wide Body
Series Traveller.
Engine Oil: Consult the Honda owner's manual for oil recommendations.
Transmission: SAE 80W or 90W gear oil.
Indexer Gearbox: SAE 80W or 90W gear oil.
Page 86 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
nowEn EooinMewr 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Indexing System Adjustment
The indexing should ONLY be checked when only the base layer of hose is
remaining on the drum. The hose connection should be in the 6 o'clock position
(closest to the ground). If gaps exist between the coils of the hose, set the drum brake
and manually push the coils together. If the hose does not travel straight off the drum
and through the hose guide the indexing system must be adjusted using the
instructions below.
During adjustments of the indexing system safety shields are
removed. Before operating the machine you MUST properly re -install
ALL shields.
Step 1
Remove the indexer and idler shields. Remove the bolts (4) from the indexer shield
and the tek screws (5) from the idler shield and remove them both.
Figure 36 - Remove Shields / Loosen Chain
A
img-00235. wmf / img-00236. wmf
Step 2
Loosen the #50 chain ("A"). Remove the idler sprocket, and then remove the chain
from the sprocket on the gear box.
Page 87 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
powEn EOuiEwr 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
,
Step 3
Manually adjust the hose guide position. Adjust the position of the hose guide by
rotating the sprocket.
ti
Figure 37 - Adjust Indexer / Hose Position
img-00237. wmf / img-00238. wmf
The hose travels in a straight line through the hose guide and lays snuggly against
the drum elbow.
Step 4
Re -install the # 50 chain from the hose drum axle to the indexer gearbox.
When reinstalling the chain, hold pressure on the idler gear by pushing with a 15/16"
wrench on the inside nut. Make sure all the slack from the lower portion of the chain is
taken up. Tighten the idler gear bolt while holding pressure.
Step 5
Re -install the indexer and idler shields
serious injury or death.
Failure to complete this step can result in
Page 88 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EOUIPMEIIT 13000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Page 89 of 90

Cadman TR-MAN-3000
POWER EGUIPMEWr 3000 / 3250 / 3500 Wide Body Traveller
Useful Information
4=1►Eel 9:!
1 FOOT = 12
Inches
1 METER = 39.37 Inches
1 ROD = 0.3048
Meter
1 MILE = 3.2808 Feet
AREA
1 SQUARE FOOT
= 144
Square Inches
= 0.0929
Square Meters
1 SQUARE YARD
= 1296
Square Inches
= 0.8361
Square Meters
1 SQUARE METER
= 1549.4
Square Inches
= 10.764
Square Feet
1 ACRE
= 43560
Square Feet
= 4047
Square Meters
= 0.4047
Hectare
1 HECTARE
= 107642.62
Square Feet
= 10000
Square Meters
= 2.47105
Acres
1 SQUARE MILE
= 640
Acres
= 259
Hectares
VOLUME
1 GALLON (US) = 0.8327
Imperial Gallons
= 231
Cubic Inches
= 0.1337
Cubic Feet
= 8.345
Pounds
1 CUBIC FOOT = 1728
Cubic Inches
= 7.48
Gallons ( US )
= 62.4
Pounds
= 28.32
Liters
1 ACRE INCH = 27154
Gallons ( US )
= 254
Cubic Meters / Hectare
AREA OF A CIRCLE = Diameter x Diameter x 0.7854
CYLINDER VOLUME (us GAL.) = Diameter (ft.) x Diameter (ft.) x Length (ft.) x 5.8748
Page 90 of 90

ty•
G
Ir-
`� I
N 0
GEA Farm Technologies
Liquid Manure Spreaders
and Tool Bars
For spreading all types of liquid manure
6�
GEA Farm Equipment I Houle
GEA Farm Technologies - The right choice.
0 1

Table of Contents
Our Famous Spreader Tanks __ .......3
Steerable Series Spreaders _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_ 4
Power Steering System and Hitches .. .........
_5
Hydraulic Suspension ....................... .... _
............6
Weight Transfer System ................. _
.............6
Tandem Series Spreaders
Hubs and Optional Brakes ........... ..........................
8
Tires and Wheels __ _ __ .._ .. ... _.... ..........
...... ............ 9
Options_ _ _................................................10
Mudguard _._. ......... _ _ _ _
_ .....10
In -Tank Recirculation Kit .......... _...........................................10
Self -Loading ............................... .. ....... ...........
...............10
Articulated Suction Pipe for Self -Loading Spreader .............
... ..10
Nursing Kit ............................ -_ __.
-_____ 10
Hopper over Fill Opening ......................... .. _ ........ _ _ _
_ _ ... ...... _ _ 11
Flapper Door on Fill Opening...................................................................
... 11
Hydraulic Sliding Door on Fill Opening .....................................................
..... . 11
SignalLights.............................................................................
...............11
Powerful Halogen Beam Lights ................................. ...............
I I I ...11
Specifications..............................................................
........... 12
Steerable Series Spreaders - Specifications................................................
............ 12-13
Tandem Series Spreaders - Specifications ................. ................................
............ 14-15
Truck Mount Spreader ................................................
.. ......... ......16
Options..................................................................................................17
Truck Mount Spreader - Specifications................................................................17
ToolBars ....................................................................................18
38-foot Tool Bar with Three Deflectors................................................................19
Low Spreading Tool Bar with Deflectors .............................................................19
Tool Bar with Ground Surface Flex Drop Hoses.......................................................20
22" Concave Disc Incorporator........................................................................20
16" Disc Cultivator......................................................................................21
S-Tine Cultivator ... ...................................................................................21
Sweep Injectors _ ................._.._...._._......_............ ..............
.. ...............22
24" Hydraulic Disc Injectors ....... ... . ........
I .... ... I ... .....22
Tool Bars - Compatibility _ ...............23
2 1 GEA Farm Technologies

Our Famous Spreader Tanks
For over 18 years, GEA Houle Inc. has designed and manufactured state-of-the-art spreader
tanks. Now sold worldwide, they are recognized for their quality manufacturing, their re-
liability and durability. Discover the unique features that have made and continue to make
this product a success !
The right choice. 1 3

Steerable Series Spreaders
Our directional spreader offers excellent manoeuvrability and control on all types of terrain. Its agility results in less
ground impact when turning. Its exclusive hydraulic power -steering and superior quality suspension provide more
resistance to obstacles.
The walls of the reservoir are made of high quality steel for long life expectancy. Baffles are installed inside the reser-
voir providing excellent liquid manure stability. As all of our line of equipment, our spreaders are coated with a layer
of Epoxy primer and 2 layers of Urethane paint making them resistant to extreme conditions. Because we believe that
a good product must be looked after, we have integrated several easily accessible lubricating points as well as openings
for cleaning on top of the reservoir.
We offer also a selection of tires and a choice of brakes to meet all your needs. Many other options are offered with
the goal of easing your daily tasks. Ask about them.
Basic equipment provided with the steerable spreader:
• Up-market hydraulic suspension
• Power steering system unique to GEA Houle
• Bearing housing and impeller
• Heavy-duty discharge pipe with anti -syphon
• Fill opening with protection grid
• Front fill indicator
• Drain system
• Swivel hitch
• Braided hydraulic hoses
• Integrated ladder
• 8" access door on top
• Hydraulic hose support
• Anti-skid strip on top of spreader
• Jack
• Wheel wrench
4 1 GEA Farm Technologies

EL48-41) spreader ,
EL48-6D spreader
EL48-8D spreader
I
Double hitch
Sinale Dlate hitch
Power Steering System
The GEA Houle power steering patented system is unique in that it matches the
turning angle of the tractor. The operator can disengage the power steering
system to improve stability while traveling on the road. When disengaged, the
wheels are maintained parallel to the reservoir by means of heavy-duty compres-
sion springs.
• Ensures a safer operation
• Reduces damage to vegetation and eliminate strain on spreader hubs, axles and
chassis
• Is protected by a spring -loaded mechanism
Heavy -Duty Power Steering Swivel Hitch
Our heavy-duty power steering swivel hitch adapts to different types of tractor
tow bar. Available with a 3" or 3 %" pivot shaft.
The right choice. 1 5

Hydraulic Suspension
The 12" stroke suspension allows
for smoother travel over irregular
terrain and reduces stress to the
reservoir.
Suspension Design
Suspension cylinders are located close to
the centre of gravity of the reservoir.
When the spreader is full, this unique
design reduces excessive load variations
on the draw bar and improves the trac-
tor traction.
Rigid transaxles, in combination
with suspension cylinders moun-
ted close to the wheels, reduce the
"rebound effect" commonly ex-
perienced on rough roads.
Axles are attached under the tank
by 4 sway bars and i cross member
mounted on rubber bushings.
Suspension cylinders provide equal
weight distribution on each wheel.
The steerable axle(s) chromed king
pins are mounted with greasable
brass bushings. Bolted axles are
easy to remove.
Optional Weight Transfer
System
The weight transfer system is ope-
rated on demand by the operator
to increase the tractor traction as
needed.
6 1 GEA Farm Technologies

Tandem Series Spreaders
Combining lightness and strength, the tandem spreader remains an economical choice. Also appreciated for its effec-
tiveness, it is manufactured with the same quality as the directional spreader.
The GEA Houle tandem axle is closed by a full length central tube, providing more resistance to twisting than the conven-
tional open tandem axles. Its specific " V" shape design lowers the reservoir, thereby reducing the height of the centre
of gravity for greater stability. The wheels are located closer to the reservoir reducing the flex on the axle. The moun-
ting system of the adjustable tandem under the tank can move the wheels forward to decrease the load on the draw
bar or back to increase the load.
V-shape cross member
Chromed pivot pin with
greasable brass bushings
Bolted axle
Basic equipment provided with the tandem spreader:
Tandem bolted
to reservoir
Full-length centre tube to
reinforce the tandem
• Heavy-duty tandem axle • Integrated ladder
• Bearing housing and impeller • 8" access door on top
• Heavy-duty discharge pipe with anti -syphon • Hydraulic hose support
• Fill opening with protective grid • Anti-skid strip on top of the spreader
• Front fill indicator • Jack
• Drain system • Wheel wrench
• Braided hydraulic hoses
The right choice. 1 7

Hubs and Optional Brakes
18,000 Ibs Heavy -Duty Hub
Certain types of terrain are hard on solicited parts. Therefore, we
designed and manufactured a hub exclusive to GEA Houle to meet
the toughest demands.
Our heavy-duty hub is made of ductile cast iron providing more
resistance and an increased life span. The bearing position gives a
better loading charge at the hub.
Disc Brakes
Our hydraulic disc brakes comes with 2 calipers for intensive duty
and ensure good braking capacity. Our system is extremely reliable
and easy to maintain. Provided with a master cylinder and a pres-
sure regulator for the disc brake system.
Air Brakes
Our air braking system is designed to improve safety and to ga-
rantee maximum braking power.
These brakes can achieve up to 14.75 feet/secz of deceleration and
meet ASABE standards.
Brakes that give a maximum braking stability and high performance
in any type of terrain.
8 1 GEA Farm Technologies

Tires and Wheels
Tires on GEA Houle spreaders offer good quality price ratio while reducing soil
compaction to a minimum. Tires available for each model of spreader are listed in
the specifications.
Galaxy 850/50 X32
with 27 X 32 rim
10-3/4" bolts
Alliance 28L X 26
with 25 X 26 rim
10-3/4" bolts
Alliance 850/50-30.5
with 28 X 30.5 rim
10-3/4" bolts
�%
Goodyear 28L X 26
with 25 X 26 rim
10-3/4" bolts
Goodyear 21.51- X 16.1
with 18 X 16.1 rim
10-3/4" bolts
or 8-5/8" bolts
Galaxy 725/65 X26
with 25 X 26 rim
10-3/4" bolts
&
Goodyear 23.1 L X 26
with 20 X 26 rim
10-3/4" bolts
MMMV�
Goodyear 16.5L X 16.1
with 14 X 16.1 rim
8-5/8" bolts
The right choice. 1 9

Options
Mudguard
The mudguard blocks splashing mud, water, etc, and keep your
spreader cleaner. Made of steel for a long life span.
In -Tank Recirculation Kit
The recirculation kit maintains the homogeneity of liquid manure
when traveling on long distances. It uses the impeller pump to agi-
tate manure inside the spreader.
Note: Other options may be required for manure containing sand.
Self -Loading
Designed to pump liquid manure from another spreader.
The optional primer pump is designed to pump very liquid manure
without long fibrous material.
Note: avaailable for the EL48, EL54, and EL84 series
VC
Max. consistency: V
Articulated Suction Pipe
(for self -loading with primer pump)
The operation of all equipment required for self -loading can be ac-
tivated directly from the tractor thus reducing the setup time. It is
faster, more efficient and easier to operate.
Vr' Max. consistency: 1'
Nursing Kit
The nursing kit allows an easy transfer into another manure sprea-
der. An economical system that saves time!
10 1 GEA Farm Technologies

Hopper Over Fill Opening
The 18" high tapered hopper over the fill opening provides easier
positioning under the loading pipe. Comes with a protective grid.
Flapper Door on Fill Opening
An automatic spring -loaded flapper door system to prevent splash.
Hydraulic Sliding Door on Fill Opening
The hydraulic sliding door facilitates closing the fill opening of the
spreader using the tractor hydraulic controls. Includes air vent to
evacuate gases.
Signal Lights
The signal lights increase visibility and safety on the road. The LED
efficiency offers longlife and shock resistance. Built in an air sealed
housing resisting dirt, dust & moisture. Adjustable width and
height to meet road regulations of your area.
Powerful Halogen Beam Light
A beam pattern with broad coverage providing sufficient lumens to
work in the dark. Housing is made of resistant ABS. Available in
multiple mounting options.
The right choice. 1 11

Steerable Series Spreaders- Specifications
EL48-8D Spreaders
Model
capacity
Tires
Length (feet)
'A' overall 'B'tank
Width (Inches)
'C'overall 'D'tank
Height (inches)
'E'
Weight
(Ibs)
23.1 X 26
36
30
113
99
125
23 104
EL48-8D-7400
28LX 26
36
30
123
99
126
24 903
8,900 US gal.
725/65 X 26
36
30
123
99
126
25 362
33 650 litres
850/50 X 30.5
36
30
137
99
129
26 173
850/50 X 32
36
30
137
99
129
26 461
23.1 X 26
38
32
113
99
125
23 620
EL48-8D-7900
28LX 26
38
32
123
99
126
25 419
9,500 US gal.
725/65 X 26
38
32
123
99
126
25 878
35 900 litres
850/50 X 30.5
38
32
137
99
129
26 689
850150 X 32
38
32
138Y2
99
129
26 977
EL48-6D Spreaders
Model
Tires
Length (feet)
Width (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight
capacity
'A' overall 'B' tank
'C' overall 'D' tank
'E'
(Ibs)
18.4 X 26
24
18
109
97
113
13 845
EL48-6D-3600
4,300 US gal.
23.1 X 26
24
18
113
97
114
14 467
16 350 litres
28L X 26
24
18
123
97
115
15 816
725/65 X 26
24
18
123
97
115
16 160
18.4 X 26
26
20
109
97
113
14 273
EL48-6D-4000
4,800 US gal.
23.1 X 26
26
20
113
97
114
14 894
18 200 litres
28L X 26
26
20
123
97
115
16 244
725/65 X 26
26
20
123
97
115
16 588
EL48-6D-4350
23.1 X 26
26
20
113
98
119
15 853
5,250 US gal.
28L X 26
26
20
123
98
120
17 203
19 750 litres
725/65 X 26
26
20
118
98
120
17 547
23.1 X 26
28
22
113
98
119
16 352
EL48-6D-49M
28L X 26
28
22
123
98
120
17 701
5,800 US gal.
725/65 X 26
28
22
123
98
120
18 045
21 800 litres
850/50 X 30.5
28
22
137
98
123
18 653
850/50 X 32
28
22
138Y2
98
123
18 869
23.1 X 26
30
24
113
98
119
17 002
EL48-613-5250
28L X 26
30
24
123
98
120
18 351
6,300 US gal.
725/65 X 26
30
24
123
98
120
18 034
23 850 litres
850/50 X 30.5
30
24
137
98
123
19 304
850/50 X 32
30
24
138Y2
98
123
19 520
23.1 X 26
34
28
113
98
119
18 263
EL48-613-6100
28L X 26
34
28
123
98
120
19 612
7,300 US gal.
725/65 X 26
34
28
123
98
120
19 956
27 750 litres
850/50 X 30.5
34
28
137
98
123
20 565
850/50 X 32
1 34
28
1 138Y2
1 98
123
20 781
12 1 GEA Farm Technologies

EL48-4D Spreaders
Model
Tires
Length (feet)
Width (inches)
Height (inches)
Weight
capacity
'A' overall 'B' tank
'C' overall 'D' tank
'E'
(lbs)
18.4 X 26
22
16
109
97
113
10 994
23.1 X 26
22
16
113
97
114
11 409
EL48-4D-3200
28L X 26
22
16
123
97
115
12 308
3,850 US gal.
725/65 X 26
22
16
123
97
115
12 538
14 550 litres
850/50 X 30.5
22
16
137
97
118
12 943
850/50 X 32
22
16
138/2
97
118
13 087
23.1 X 26
24
18
113
97
114
12 405
28L X 26
24
18
123
97
115
13 305
EL48-4D-3600
4,300 US gal.
725/65 X 26
24
18
123
97
115
13 534
16 350 litres
850/50 X 30.5
24
18
137
97
118
13 940
850/50 X 32
24
18
138t/2
97
118
14 084
23.1 X 26
26
20
113
97
114
13 014
28L X 26
26
20
123
97
115
13 913
EL48-4D-4000
4,800 US gal.
725/65 X 26
26
20
123
97
115
14 143
18 200 litres
850/50 X 30.5
26
20
137
97
118
14 548
850/50 X 32
26
20
1381/2
97
118
14 692
28L X 26
26
20
123
98
115
14 707
EL48-4D-4350
725/65 X 26
26
20
123
98
115
14 936
5,250 US gal.
850/50 X 30.5
26
20
137
98
118
15 342
19 750 litres
850/50 X 32
26
20
138t/2
98
118
15 486
The right choice. 1 13

Tandem Series Spreaders- Specifications
t:a.•II I'�i
EL54 Spreaders
Model
Tires
Axle
Length (feet)
Width (inches)
Height
Weight
capacity
P tY
.A" .B.
C. -D•
(inches)
"E"
(Ibs)
overall tank
overall tank
18.4 X 26
tandem 4"
20
14
109
97
112
10 437
EL54-2800
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
20
14
113
97
113
10 851
3,350 US gal.
28L X 26
tandem 4"
20
14
118
97
114
11 751
12 700 litres
28L X 26
simple 4"
20
14
118
97
114
9 597
725/65 x26
simple 4"
20
14
118
97
114
9 711
EL54-3200
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
113
97
113
11 903
3,850 US gal.
28L X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
118
97
114
12 802
14 550 litres
725/65 x26
tandem 4"
22
16
118
97
114
13 052
EL54-3600
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
24
18
113
97
113
12 394
4,300 US gal.
28L X 26
tandem 4"
24
18
118
97
114
13 294
16 350 litres
725/65 x26
tandem 4"
24
18
118
97
114
13 523
EL54-4000
28L X 26
tandem 4"
26
20
118
97
114
14 409
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
725/65 x26
tandem 4"
26
20
118
97
114
14 639
54-1450
28L X 26
tandem 4"
26
20
118
98
119
14 539
5 3L50 gal.
20 200 litres
725/65 x26
tandem 4"
26
20
118
98
119
14 769
EL54-5000
28L X 26
tandem 4"
28
22
118
98
119
15 309
6,000 US gal.
22 750 litres
725/65 x26
tandem 4"
28
22
118
98
119
15 538
EL84 Spreaders
Model
Tires
Axle
Length (feet)
Width (inches)
Height
Weight
capacity
P
"A" "B"
'C" "D'
(inches)
"E"
(Ibs )
overall tank
overall tank
21.5 X 16.1
tandem 3-1/2"
20
14
131
88
102
7 928
EL84-2650
18.4 X 26
tandem 4"
20
14
127
88
104
9 509
3,150 US gal.
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
20
14
136
88
106
9 923
11 970 litres
28L X 26
tandem 4"
20
14
147
88
108
10 822
725/65 X 26
tandem 4"
20
14
147
88
108
11 052
21.5L X 16.1
tandem 3-1/2"
22
16
131
88
102
8 523
EL84-3000
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
136
88
106
10 280
3,600 US gal.
13 690 litres
28L X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
147
88
108
11 180
725/65 X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
147
88
108
11 409
EL84-3550
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
136
90
110
11 482
4,250 US gal.
28L X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
147
90
112
12 381
16 160 litres
725/65 X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
147
90
112
12 610
EL84-4000
28LX 26
tandem 4"
24
18
147
90
112
13 380
4,800 US gal.
18 200 litres
725/65 X 26
tandem 4"
24
18
147
90
112
13 609
EL84-4450
28L X 26
tandem 4"
26
20
147
90
112
13 849
5,350 US gal.
20 200 litres
725/65 X 26
tandem 4"
26
20
147
90
112
14 079
EL84-5000
28L X 26
tandem 4"
26
20
147
91
119
14 511
6,000 US gal.
22 750 litres
725/65 X 26
tandem 4"
26
20
147
91
119
14 740
14 1 GEA Farm Technologies

EL66 Spreaders
Model
Tires
Axle
Length (feet)
Width (inches)
Height
Weight
capacity
'A' 'B'
overall tank
C. -D'
overall tank
(inches)
'E'
(lbs)
EL66-1950
16.51- X 16.1
tandem 3"
18
12
107
72
100
6 074
2,350 US gal.
21.51- X 16.1
tandem 3"
18
12
113
72
101
6 539
8 780 litres
23.1 X 26
single 3-1/2"
18
12
118
72
103
6 512
16.51- X 16.1
tandem 3"
20
14
107
72
100
6 424
21.51- X 16.1
tandem 3"
20
14
113
72
101
6 892
EL66-2250
18.4 X 26
tandem 3-1/2"
20
14
109
72
103
9 121
2,700 US gal.
23.1 X 26
tandem 3-1/2"
20
14
118
72
104
9 535
10 250 litres
28L X 26
single 4"
20
14
129
72
100
7 915
725/65 X 26
single 4"
20
14
129
72
100
8 029
21.51- X 16.1
tandem 3-12"
22
16
113
72
101
7 352
EL66-2650
18.4 X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
109
72
103
8 858
3,150 US gal.
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
118
72
104
9 273
11 970 litres
28L X 26
single 4"
22
16
129
72
100
7 593
725/65 X 26
single 4"
22
16
129
72
100
7 707
EL66-3000
21.5L X 16.1
tandem 3-12"
22
16
113
75
110
7 762
3,600 US gal.
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
22
16
118
75
114
10 276
13 690 litres
EL66-3400
4,050 US gal.
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
24
18
118
75
114
10 690
15 350 litres
EL66-3750
4,500 US gal.
23.1 X 26
tandem 4"
26
20
118
75
114
11 122
17 100 litres
The right choice. 115

Truck Mount Spreader
Our truck mount spreader is designed to be custom-made for a wide range of vehicles. The tank is made of 1/4" thick
steel providing a long lifespan. The low profile tanks provide maximum visibility and great stability. As all of our line of
spreader tanks, the truck mount spreader offer many options to meet customer requirements.
Basic equipment provided with the truck mount spreader:
• Bearing housing and impeller
• Fill opening with protective grid
• Front fill indicator
• Drain system
• Integrated ladder
• 8" access door on top
• Anti-skid strip on top of spreader
• Spring -loaded mounted brackets
16 1 GEA Farm Technologies

Options
• Steel fenders and rubber mudguards
• Four jacks with telescopic extensions for storage
• Abrasion resistant steel pump
• 40 gpm hydraulic motor
• Mechanical drive
• 18" hopper overfill opening
Optional supports and jacks (storage)
• Flapper door on fill opening
• Hydraulic sliding door on fill opening
• Nursing kit
• In -tank recirculation kit
• Powerful halogen beam
• Roll -off system
Optional mechanical drive
Optional roll -off system
Truck Mount Spreader- Specifications
INN637134"
Model
Length
Width
capacity
(feet)
(inches)
'A' tank
ELC-1900
2,280 US gal.
10
88
8 625 litres
ELC-2250
2,700 US gal.
12
88
10 250 litres
ELC-2650
3,150 US gal.
14
88
11 970 litres
ELC-3000
3,600 US gal.
16
88
13 690 litres
Model
Length
Width
Ca
capacity
p tY
(feet)
(inches)
•A' tank
ELC-2650
3,150 US gal.
12
88
11 970 litres
ELC-3100
3,720 US gal.
14
88
14 075 litres
ELC-3550
4,250 US gal.
16
90
16 160 litres
Model
Length
Width
capacity
(feet)
(inches)
ELC-3500
4,200 US gal.
14
90
15 890 litres
ELC-4000
4,800 US gal.
16
90
18 200 litres
ELC-4500
5,400 US gal.
18
90
20 430 litres
The right choice. 1 17

Tool Bars
�VI�.TT.�! .. iti.hi�K.'Ri. .'•t .`r4M: •.. -r''
We offer a wide selection of tool bars providing easiness and
accrued work performances. Each tool bar is designed for
specific tasks and designed to reduce odours and spatter.
Je
Manure Distributor
Our tool bars are provided with a high performance distributor with a -top gravity
discharge ensuring an even flow at each outlet.
Note: The manure distributor is not provided with the 38 foot tool bar.
Shredder kit
The distributor is also available
with optional hydraulic rotary
knives to spread cow manure
without fibrous material.
18 I GEA Farm Technologies

Tool Bars
38-foot Tool Bar with Three Deflectors
The only tool bar designed to evenly spread thick liquid manure containing long fi-
brous material.
• Equipped with large 6" and 8" pipes, the 38-foot tool bar spreads thick liquid
manure containing long fibrous material at a rate up to 1,800 US gpm
• Unfolding the tool bar and adjusting the height is easily done from inside the
tractor
• The deflectors of the 38-foot tool bar are fed by gravity, reducing odour to a
minimum
• Depending on manure consistency, the width of spreading is set by sizing the
deflectors outlet and by adjusting the height of the tool bar
Low Spreading Tool Bar with Deflectors
Low spreading tool bar to apply manure by gravity, reducing odour to a minimum.
• Available with 5 or 6 deflectors for spreading 25 or 27 feet wide
• The tool bar folds up quickly for road travel
• Deflectors are designed to provide uniform spreading
• Folding ends option available
The right choice. 119

Tool Bars
V
Tool Bar with Ground Surface Flex Drop Hoses
Low spreading tool bar to apply manure by gravity directly onto the ground,
reducing odour to a minimum. Spreads evenly under windy conditions.
i • Tool bar available with 12 or 16 hoses for spreading 15 or 20 feet wide
• Folding ends option available
22" Concave Disc Incorporator
Fast spreading while using less tractor power than conventional injectors. Very
efficient on harvested fields with a large quantity of crop residue (corn, beans,
etc.)
• The pressurized tool bar maintains a constant load on the discs to better follow
the contour of the terrain
• Incorporates manure with the top layer of the soil while reducing odours and
maximum fertilizing value of the manure
• Folding ends option available
20 1 GEA Farm Technologies

Tool Bars
16" Disc Cultivator
To apply manure on growing corn fields at a time when the plants need nutrients
the most. Recommended for fields with crop residue.
• The pressurized tool bar maintains a constant load on the discs to better follow
the contour of the terrain
• Discs lightly work the soil between rows of corn without disturbing the root
system
Folding ends option available
Available with 4, 5, 6 or 8 sets of 16" discs
s-Tine Cultivator
To apply manure on growing corn fields at a time when the plants need nutrients
the most. Recommended for fields free of rocks with minimum crop residue.
• Tool bar with 4, 5, 6 or 8 floating cultivators
• Adjustable gauge wheels and cultivating width
• Aerates and fertilizes the soil between rows
• Helps control weeds
• Folding ends option available
The right choice. 1 21

Tool Bars
YJ 1,
4`
Max. consistency: 1/2"
Straw ✓ Sawdust ✓ Sand
jai
Sweep Injectors
To inject the manure in a wide pattern close to the roots. Manure applied with mi-
nimum odour while maintaining the maximum concentration of nutrients.
• Heavy-duty pressurized tool bar with gauge wheel
• Individual adjustable springs on each injector
• Available with optional 20" coulter wheels
• Injectors available with 16" or 22 112" wide sweeps that gradually slice or cut
open the ground for slurry injection
24" Hydraulic Disc Injectors
The tool bar with hydraulic discs injects liquid manure in all types of soil at a mi-
nimum speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) and a maximum depth of 6". Each disc injector
is connected to a hydraulic cylinder in order to better follow the contour of the
field. This means, each injector adapts to uneven ground while maintaining its
working depth not affecting the working depth of the other injectors.
The 12-foot wide tool bar provides a maximum spreading rate of:
5,000 US gal. per acre with 6 discs mounted at 24" centre to centre
6,700 US gal. per acre with 8 discs mounted at 18" centre to centre
22 1 GEA Farm Technologies

9 i
•
V_
m C
11
MCI
N
40
\,.4
Ol V
in c
`o
'.�
N 7
V
i'
\i
V O
tD j
� V
N
000
n
0
N C
X W
m 2
»
»»»
»»
»
»»
0»»>
00
00»»
ova
0 ; O
0
/go/
m
»
»»»
»»
»»
%
00»»
H w
0!
0
J ~
gC
.,1
»
»»»
»»
»»»
00»»
w
M � �
m
m
O
v
O
01
O
O
%0
CD
O
O
Ln
m
q
O
O
00
q
O
Ln
N
vo
O
O
—
O
O
N
m
O
O
w
m
O
O
O
v
O
Y1
m
q
oo
oo0
u
O d
O
00
�
C 00
Op
QVal
O
to
O
Ln
O
O
O�
N
N
to
N
O
M
a
M
1�
M
v
a
v
a
a
a
v
Q
a
a
v.j
A
Ln
A
A
A
A
j
w
w
w
w
w
00
tO0
4D
w
%W0
t
kc
�n
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
.J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
J
W
C4 i
u,
a
a
E
O
V
0

GEA Farm Technologies
The right choice.
GEA Farm Technologies
GEA Farm Technologies Canada Inc.
Division GEA Houle
Manufacturing Plant and Canadian Sales office
4591, boul. St -Joseph, Drummondville, QC, Canada, RA OC6
Tel.: [phone] / Fax: [phone]
www.geahoule.com
GEA Farm Technologies
GEA Farm Technologies Inc. (Houle)
USA Distributor
1880 Country Farm Drive, Naperville, IL 60563 USA
Tel.: [phone] / Fax: [phone]
www.gea-farmtechnologies.com/houle/en
N
O
Z

Appendix IV - Safety Meeting Attendance Log

DRIVER SAFETY MEETING SIGN -IN SHEET
Meeting Date:
Facilitator: CF Nitrogen, 100 Farmers
Place/Room: Chemical Road
Page 1 of 1

Retention: 3 Years Attachment B
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES
FACILITY NAME:
CONTRACTOR SAFETY ORIENTATION AND TRAINING
DATE:
'K Q LTAIVA �>I7i
This form is to verify that the following personnel have been instructed in Hazard
Communication and Process Safety issues pertaining to this location. The training also
requires compliance with all applicable environmental, health, safety and security policies,
procedures and Programs for this location as well as all applicable federal, state and local
rules, laws and regulations. This form is to be completed annually for each contractor.
Periodic inspections of contractor safety performance are required and will be documented.
Today, I have been given training information that includes the following:
1) ANSI approved hard hats, safety glasses and safety shoes will be worn throughout the
facility except as follows: hard hats and safety glasses may be removed in break
rooms, the main office, restrooms, inside control rooms and inside totally enclosed
cabs on mobile equipment. Contact lenses are not permitted. Other personal
protective equipment (e.g., life jackets, face shields, etc.) may be required in other
areas as designated by CFII policies and procedures or as directed by CFII
supervision (i.e., DF Dress Code Program, DF Fall Protection Program, DF Hearing
Conservation Program, DF PPE Program, DF Respiratory Protection Program and DF
Water Safety Program). Contractors are responsible for furnishing their own personal
protective equipment.
2) Location of facility Material Safety Data Sheet Manuals.
3) Prior to beginning work, all contract personnel must be advised of any potentially
hazardous materials or conditions that they may come into contact with (e.g. process
piping and vessels, known underground and aboveground electrical lines in an area
that could be impacted by the work).
4) Evacuation routes and information regarding the facility emergency plan has been
explained to me. Building exits are labeled. I have received a copy of the facility site
plan designating primary and secondary evacuation routes and designated assembly
locations as well as emergency equipment storage locations.
5) Locations of appropriate areas for eating, drinking, smoking and sanitary facilities.
Alcoholic beverages, controlled substances and weapons are not permitted on site.
Use of telephones must be limited to business or emergency calls only. Information,
process control and computer systems are restricted to authorized personnel only.
CFII has a Harassment Policy that will be enforced at all times.
Review Date: 10/29/04 Page 1 of 4
Re -Issue Date: 01/01/05 Revision 7

6) Permits are required for all of the following operations: hot work activities, confined
space entries, lifting operations involving cranes, and excavations. Permits will be
issued by CFII supervision or a designated CFII employee prior to work authorization.
Each specific operation will be conducted in accordance with all applicable federal,
state and local regulations. All respective requirements of the DF Hot Work Program,
Confined Space Entry Program, Mobile Equipment/Vehicle Mounted Platform/Mobile
Crane Program, and Excavation Program must be adhered to.
7) Emergency information including:
a) Description and location of facility emergency alarms, evacuation routes and
designated assembly locations;
b) Notification procedures by radio or by facility supervision;
c) Location of first aid stations;
d) Hazardous chemical labeling system;
e) Location of wind socks;
f) Location of ESD buttons;
g) Location of safety showers and eyewash stations;
h) Location of fire extinguishers;
i) Location of hazardous material storage areas; and
j) Location of emergency escape respirators.
8) All illnesses and injuries must be immediately reported to the CFII Superintendent or
his designee. (See Attachment G.) All damage to CFII property must be reported to
CFII supervision immediately. All "near miss" incidents must be reported to CFII
supervision immediately.
9) Names of CFII personnel and emergency phone numbers are posted throughout the
facility.
10) Approval to bring hazardous materials on site must be received from the
Superintendent or his designee prior to bringing hazardous substances on site, along
with the MSDS. I understand that I may not dispose of hazardous substances at this
facility by sewer, garbage dumpster, burning or other methods. Contractor is
responsible for proper use, storage and disposal of all applicable used, special, waste
or hazardous materials generated.
11) I have been given instructions as to where the contract operations will take place.
Control rooms, scale houses, warehouses, and shops not specified in the contract are
off limits to the contract employees.
12) The facility Superintendent has discussed the lock, tag & try procedures. I understand
the appropriate lock, tag & try procedures to be followed while conducting work at this
facility. CFII supervision has discussed DF Line Making/Breaking Program
requirements. Operations involving scaffolding or fall protection equipment must be
conducted in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations as well
as CFII policies, procedures and Programs.
Review Date: 10/29/04 Page 2 of 4
Re -Issue Date: 01/01/05 Revision 7

13) This facility has a respirator program. Beards are not permitted on site for contract
workers per DF Facial Hair Program and DF Respiratory Protection Program.
14) All contract personnel must sign "in" and "out" at the main office each time they enter
or exit the facility on a daily basis.
15) CFII' material, tools, equipment or fuel are to be used only as specified in the contract
or by approval of the CFII Superintendent or his designee.
16) Only those vehicles required to perform the work are allowed in the facility and are
subject to search at any time. Vehicles must park in the facility parking lot unless
authorized by CFII supervision to park in other designated locations. Facility speed
limit must be observed at all times. All vehicles and mobile equipment must be
operated in a safe manner at all times.
17) Insurance requirements will be specified in the contract agreement. A certificate of
insurance must be on file with the DF Purchasing Group and the facility
Superintendent prior to the commencement of any work.
18) Contractor is expected to complete his work in a neat and orderly manner and will be
required to leave the area in a clean condition.
19) Contractor and contract personnel will be instructed in the color coding of the piping in
the facility. If no color coding system is in effect, then the contractor would be
required to inspect the P&ID's prior to the commencement of work.
20) 1 assure CFII that the contract employees have been trained to safely perform their job
duties in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local regulations.
21) CFII may suspend work at any time or terminate the contract or purchase order due to
the contractor's, its employees, subcontractors, representatives, agents, or visitors
failure to adhere to any federal, state or local laws and regulations or CFII's
established facility environmental, health, safety and security policies, procedures or
Programs.
22) CFII may deny the contractor, contract employees, subcontractors, representatives,
agents, vendors, delivery personnel or visitors access to the site, if in CFII's sole
judgment, such action is justified on the basis of environmental, health, safety or
security concerns without prior notice.
I have read and understand the information contained in the CF Industries, Inc. Contractor
Orientation form and have been oriented regarding safety precautions in my designated
work area.
Contractor Employer Signature Date
Review Date: 10/29/04 Page 3 of 4
Re -Issue Date: 01/01/05 Revision 7

Contractor's Contractor's Printed DF Trainers
Signature Name Name Date
Any questions, please contact:
Facility Superintendent:
or
Facility Designated Personnel:
or
Facility Designated Personnel:
Review Date: 10/29/04 Page 4 of 4
Re -Issue Date: 01/01/05 Revision 7

Appendix V - Inspection Forms and Logs

}
CF INDUSTRIES, INC.
Groundwater Recovery Facility
Inspection Log
Inspector: Date:
Recovery System: on / off
6" Meter Reading (Basin to Loading Station): Gallons Time of Meter Reading:
Basin Level Indicator:
Check Point 1 (High cutoff setting)
ft. Sump Pump Indicator Light - TPS# 1: on / off
Check Point 2 (High Alarm)
on / off Sump Pump for Loading Station: on / off
Check Point 3 (Low switch setting)
ft. Automatic Mode Working: yes / no
Level Indicator Reading (Level in Basin)
ft. IjAutomatic Mode is not working, describe system problem
Basin Gauge Reading (Gauge in basin)
ft.
in. in Comment section
600 GPM Pump Indicator Lights: High
Pressure:
on / off Low Pressure: on / off
TPS# 1 Trans. Pump Meter Reading:
Total Gallons Time:
Gallons per min.
"No Flow" Indicator Light for main force line:
on / off
Recovery Well Data at TPS#2 Location
Recovery Well Data at TPS#1 Location Time:
Recovery Well Indicator Lights
Amp Meter Flow Meter (gal.) Operating? Total Hrs.
RW-1 on / off
RW-1
RW-1 y / n
RW-2 on / off
RW-2
RW-2 y / n
RW-3 on / off
RW-3
RW-3 y / n
RW-4 on / off
RW-4
RW-4 y / n
RW-5 on / off
RW-5
RW-5 y / n
RW-6 on / off
RW-6
RW-6 y / n
RW-7 on / off
RW-7
RW-7 y / n
RW-8 on / off
RW-8
RW-8 y / n
RW-9 on / off
RW-9
RW-9 y / n
Check Mail: Secure Facility: El
Port -a -John Clean:: Good Housekeeping::
Comments:

DATE:
SITE:
FARM:
GRANVILLE FARMS INC
FIELD OPERATORS LOG
PERMIT NO:
Weather: Fair Cloudy Sunny
Soil: Wet Dry Moist
Temperature: >90 70-90 32-69
24 Rain Fall: Less than .5" Greater than .5"
BUFFERS FLAGGED: (CIRCLE ONE) YES NO
START TIME: END TIME: TOTAL LOADS:
RESIDUALS TYPE (CIRCLE) CLASS B / LIQUID CLASS B / CAKE CLASS A / LIQUID CLASS A / CAKE OTHER
APPLICATION EQUIPMENT: (CIRCLE) GATOR PULL BEHIND REEL PUMPER TRUCK SLINGER
MAINTENANCE: (CIRCLE) FUEL GREASED OIL CHECKED OIL ADDED PUMP OIL ADDED ANTIFREEZE
BREAKDOWNS: DESCRIBE: (CIRCLE ONE) REPAIRED / OUT OF SERVICE
VISITORS:
OPERATOR SIGNATURE
CLIENT:
SOURCE: (CIRCLE ONE) WWTP
CLIENT:
WTP OTHER SOURCE: (CIRCLE ONE) WWTP WTP OTHER
FIELD: LOADS: CROP:
FIELD: LOADS: CROP:
CLIENT: CLIENT:
SOURCE: (CIRCLE ONE) WWTP WTP OTHER SOURCE: (CIRCLE ONE) WWTP
FIELD: LOADS: CROP:
WTP OTHER

#S&ME Land Application Inspection Form
Permit No.: WQ0012404
Inspector:
Site No.:
Field No.:
Field Operator:
Staging Area Adequate
ORC Loading Rate:
Latest Results for N:
Crop:
Weather:
Field Map Available: Yes No
Field Flagged: Yes No
Buffers and Setback Yes No
Correct
Application Rate and Yes No
Field Capacity Correct:
Water Running Off the Yes No
Field
Comments:
Date:
Agreement Forms Signed Yes No

Appendix VI - Spreader Calibration Instructions

Granville Farms Inc. Appropriate
Overview of Spreader Calibration
An application rate is defined as the amount of manure applied per unit of land
area. For manure, it is usually expressed in tons per acre (solid) or gallons
per acre (liquid). Generally, application rate equals the amount of manure
applied (in tons or gallons) divided by the area covered (in acres).
Manure spreader calibration requires reliable estimates of both the amount
applied and area covered. There are two common calibration techniques.
The swath or load -area method involves measuring both the amount of
manure in a typical spreader load and the land area covered by applying one
load of manure. While this method can be used for all manures, it is the best
method for liquid manure applicators. The tarp or weight -area
method involves weighing the manure spread over a small surface and
computing the amount of manure applied per acre. This method is the best
method for solid manure applicators.
Calibration Methods
Below are descriptions of the two most common calibration methods.
Swath (Load -Area) Method
Liquid manure applicators used in pump -and -haul application systems are
best calibrated by the swath or load -area method, which involves land
applying a full load of manure and measuring the land area covered. If
possible, choose an area that is typical of the land where manure will be
spread. If appropriate, a relatively level area long enough for the load to be
applied in a single pass makes measurements and calculations simpler. A
rectangular field pattern should be used to make measuring easier. The

application rate of PTO -driven spreaders depends on ground speed. Therefore,
it is important to maintain a uniform ground speed throughout the swath
length. Ground -driven spreaders deliver reasonably uniform application rates
regardless of ground speed.
For liquid application equipment, application rates and patterns vary
depending on ground speed or PTO speed, gear box settings, gate openings,
operating pressures, spread widths, and overlaps. To change the application
rates, adjustments must be made in tractor/PTO speeds, spreader output
settings, or application management. The calibration process should be
followed for each change or combination of changes. Several calibration
passes may be necessary to determine the settings required for the desired
application rate.
Use the swath (load -area) method procedure and record sheet provided at the
end of this publication for this calibration method.
Tarp (Weight -Area) Method
Solid manure applicators are best calibrated by the tarp or weight -area
method, which involves measuring the amount of manure (weight) applied
over a small measured area (tarp). The application rate is determined by
dividing the amount (weight) of manure collected on the tarp by the size of
the collection area (tarp).
For solid application equipment, applications rates and patterns vary
depending on ground speed or PTO speed, gear box settings, gate openings,
operating pressures, spread widths, and overlaps. To change the application
rates, adjustments must be made in tractor/PTO speeds, spreader output
settings, or application management. The calibration process should be
followed for each change or combination of changes. Several calibration
passes may be necessary to determine the settings required for the desired
application rate.

Use the tarp (weight -area) method procedure and record sheet provided at
the end of this publication for this calibration method.
Determining Manure Spreader Capacity
The load -area method of manure spreader calibration requires knowledge of
the manure spreader's capacity. Manure spreader capacity can be determined
by one of the following methods.
Manufacturer's Capacity Ratings
The rated capacity for liquid spreaders can be used directly if the spreader is
typically filled to capacity. In many cases, the spreader is not fully loaded.
Therefore, adjustments must be made for less than full capacity.
The rated capacity of box -type solid or semisolid spreaders must be adjusted
according to the fullness of a typical load of manure. Make sure to note
whether the rating specifications are for `heaped or piled" or "level" loads.
If there is any uncertainty about the rate capacity, then a more accurate
method is needed to measure the actual volume of manure.
Measure Spreader Volume
Spreader volume can be estimated by using the calculations in Figure 1. All
dimensions used in the following formulas must be in feet in order to obtain
volumes that are in cubic feet. After calculating volume in cubic feet, convert
the cubic feet to pounds and then convert pounds to tons or gallons based on
manure density using the conversion factors in Table 1.

A
B
W
[No
fe
w �
i
Figure 1. Calculating estimated manure spreader volumes.

Solid or Semisolid
A. Box spreader (level load)*
volume = length x width x depth
B. Box spreader (piled load)*
volume = length x width x [depth + (stacking height** x 0.8)]
C. Round -bottom open -top spreader (level load)
volume = length x depth x depth x 1.6
D. Round -bottom open -top spreader (piled load)
volume = length x depth x 1.6 x (depth + stacking height**)
Liquid
A. Box spreader (level load)*
volume = length x width x depth
C. Round -bottom open -top spreader (level load)
volume = length x depth x depth x 1.6 E. Tank spreader (round)
volume = length x tank diameter x tank diameter x 0.8
F. Tank spreader (noncircular)
volume = length x width x depth x 0.8
*For a box spreader with sloping sides, use an average width.
**Stacking height is the height of any mounded manure above level.
Table 1. Commonly required conversions for manure spreader volumes.
To convert from To
bushels cubic feet
Multiply by
1.24
0.134
gallons
cubic feet
gallons
pounds
8.3 (liquid)
gallons
tons
0.0041 (liquid)
cubic feet
gallons
7.48
cubic feet
tons
0.031 (liquid) or 0.0275 (solid)
cubic feet
pounds 62 (liquid) or 55 (solid)

Weigh Manure Load
The most accurate way to determine the capacity of a spreader is to directly
weigh the spreader. The spreader should be weighed using drive -on scales or
weigh pads.
First, weight the spreader empty and then weight at least three typical loads
of manure. Obtain an average weight of the full loads and subtract the weight
of the empty load to determine the weight of the manure. Convert this weight
to tons or gallons.
Determining Manure Density
Manure density (weight per cubic foot) varies with moisture content primarily
depending on the amount of bedding. To calculate a more accurate estimate
of manure density, use the procedure below.
1. Weigh an empty 5-gallon bucket. Record the weight in pounds.
2. Fill the 5-gallon bucket with a typical sample of the manure to be applied
and weigh the bucket and manure. Record the weight in pounds.
3. Subtract the weight of the empty bucket (step 1) from the weight of
manure and bucket (step 2). Record the weight of manure in pounds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 at least six times and calculate the average
manure weight (add the six weights together and divide by six). Record
average weight of manure in pounds.
5. Multiply the average manure weight (step 4) by 1.5 to obtain the
estimated manure density in pounds per cubic foot. Record the manure
density in pounds per cubic foot.

Swath (Load -Area) Method Calibration
Procedure
Obtain calibration equipment and supplies.
• Measuring wheel (available from any farm supply catalog, such as
NASCO).
1. Determine manure spreader capacity.
• Use manufacturer's ratings or actual weighing of the spreader, or
estimate by using spreader volume calculations described above.
• Record the capacity in gallons (liquid manure) or tons (solid
manure).
• Load the spreader consistently with the capacity determination
above.
2. Spread one full load of manure in a rectangular pattern. Note the details
of the operating conditions (e.g., tractor gear, throttle setting, PTO
speed, tractor speed, spreader settings).
3. Measure the length and the effective application width of the application
coverage area.
• Record the distances in feet.
• An alternative method of measuring the application length is to
note the ground speed and time required to make the application
pass. To calculate length covered, multiply the ground speed (in
mph) by the number of seconds by 1.46 feet per second.
4. Calculate the size of the coverage area.
• Multiply the length by the width and divide by 43,560 square feet
per acre.

• Record the coverage area in acres.
5. Calculate the application rate.
• Divide the volume of the spreader load of manure (step 1a) by the
acres covered (step 4b).
• Record manure application rate in gallons or tons per acre.
6. Repeat the calibration procedure one or two more times.
• Repetition is necessary to increase reliability of the application rate.
A certain amount of variation is inevitable. However, if there is
significant variation among repetitions, check over the equipment
and review your calibration procedure to try to determine the cause
of the variation.
• Repeat steps 2 through 5.
• Calculate the average of each of the measured manure application
rates.
• Record the final calibrated rate in gallons or tons per acre.

i W
Manure Spreader Calibration Record Sheet - Swath (Load -
Area) Method
Spreader Identification
Date
1. Determine the capacity of the spreader (use gallons for liquid manure and tons for solid manure).
a. Spreader capacity gallons or tons
2. Spread one full load in a rectangular pattern.
Forward speed, gear. or throttle setting
PTO speed or setting
Spreader gate opening setting
3. Measure the coverage area.
Trial 1 Trial 2 Trial 3
a. Spread area width feet feet
b. Spread area length feet feet
4. Calculate the area covered.
a. Spread area (3a x 3b) it:
b. Spread area 44a . 43-%0 acres
5. Calculate the manure application rate.
a. Application rate (ta _ 4b)
6. Average each of the calibration trials to determine the final application rate.
Final calibrated application rate ;average of trials in 5a)
feat
feet
ft' ft'
acres acres
gallons or tonsfacre
gallons or tonslacre

Tarp (Weight -Area) Method Calibration
Procedure
Obtain calibration equipment and supplies.
• Tarp or plastic (heavy) sheet approximately 100 square feet in size (9 x
12, 10 x 10, 10 x 12, etc.)
• Tent pegs or long nails
• Scales (spring -tension or platform)
• Bucket (optional to assist in weighing)
1. Measure the exact surface area of the trap or plastic sheet (length x
width).
• Record the surface area in square feet.
• Weigh the "empty" tarp or plastic sheet. If using a bucket, weigh
the tarp or plastic sheet with the bucket.
• Record the weight (empty) in pounds. (3a)
2. Position the tarp in the field where the manure can be spread.
• Place it far enough into the field to allow enough distance to get the
spreader in gear and the tractor up to the desired speed.
• Avoid placing the tarp where the beginning or end of the load is
likely to fall.
• Secure each corner of the tarp with a tent peg or long nail.
• Spread the first pass of manure directly over the center of the tarp.
• Operate the spreader at the speed normally driven when applying
manure.
• Note the details of the operating conditions (e.g., tractor gear,
throttle setting, PTO speed, tractor speed, spreader settings).
• Spread two additional passes on opposite sides of the center of the
tarp.
• Apply these passes at the normal spreader overlap spacing.

3. Remove and fold the tarp.
• Be careful not to spill any of the collected manure.
• If using a bucket for weighing, place the manure and tarp in the
bucket.
• Weigh the tarp and manure (and bucket).
• Record the weight (gross) in pounds (step 3b).
• Subtract the empty tarp weight (and bucket if using a bucket) (step
3a) from the gross tarp weight (step 3b).
• Record the weight of collected manure in pounds.
4. Determine the manure application rate.
• Divide the amount of manure collected (in pounds) (step 3c) by the
tarp area (in square feet) (step 1a).
• Multiply this value by 21.8 (43,560 ft2/acre = 2,000 Ibs/ton) to
convert pounds per square foot to tons per acre.
• Record the manure application rate in tons per acre.
5. Repeat the calibration procedure one or two more times.
• Repetition is necessary to increase reliability of the application rate.
• Repeat steps 2 through 4.
• Calculate the average of each of the measured manure application
rates.
• Record the final calibrated rate in tons per acre.

Manure Spreader Calibration Record Sheet - Tarp (Weight -
Area) Method
Spreader Identification
Date
I. Measure tarp surface area. Weigh the empty tarp and record under 3a below. Spread and secure the tarp
or
plastic sheet in the field.
a. Tarp surface area: width x length =
ft;
2. Spread manure over the center of the tarp and on each side of the tarp at the normal overlap spacing.
Forward speed, gear, or throttle setting
PTO speed or setting
Spreader gate opening setting
3. Fold and weigh the tarp (and weighing container) with an accurate set of spring -tension or platform
scales.
TrhY 1 Trial c^^�- — - ----- --—Trial 3 -
— --
a. Empty weight tbs Ibs
Ibs
b. Gross weight with manixe be Ibs
I bs
c. Net weight (3b - 3a)
be
Ibs
ibs
4. Calculate the manure application rate.
a. Application rate (3e + lap ins/W lbslW
Ibslft'
b. Application rate(4a x21A) tors -acre tonsfacm
tons/mm
5 Average each of the calibration trials to determine the final application rate.
Final calibrated application rate (average of trials in 4b)
tons+acre